204 products
204 products
Sort by:
Products
Set Of Two Sun Lounger Garden Chairs: these Sun Loungers are the ideal way to soak up the summer sun when the weather gets warmer. Featuring cup holders and cushions, you are sure to notice the luxury touches added to this set of two chairs.
Lightweight And Portable: these lounger chairs will have no problems with being transported or stored away. They are easy to move around your garden so you will be able to position yourself in the prime sunny spots.
Adjustable: these Sun Recliners can be reclined up to 165° making them ideal for summer snoozes. The head pillows can also be adjusted for ultimate comfort.
Strong And Sturdy: the lightweight steel frame with a reinforced steel frame will prevent rusting on the chairs. The skid-proof footprint on the loungers prevents them from slipping whilst in use. The durable Textilene fabric ensures a quick and easy clean. It is recommended to not exceed over 100Kgs in weight.
Assembled Dimensions: 178 x 65 x 110 cm
What's in the box
2 x Sun Loungers
Anchor 10-Cube Shelf Storage Unit | Vintage Melamine Finish | 120×30×120 cm
Multi-Level Display Shelf | 15 mm Particleboard | Home, Office & Retail Organiser
Upgrade your storage and décor with the Anchor 10-Cube Multi-Level Shelf Storage Unit. Designed with a stylish vintage melamine finish and a durable 15 mm particleboard build, this staircase-style shelving system delivers both functionality and aesthetic appeal for any indoor space.
WHY YOU WILL LOVE IT
• Features 10 spacious cube compartments
• Creative multi-level “staircase” design for décor display
• Strong 15 mm thick particleboard construction
• Beautiful vintage wood melamine finish
• Ideal for books, plants, ornaments, baskets & décor
• Perfect for living rooms, bedrooms, offices & retail stores
• Vertical design saves floor space
• Durable, stable and stylish for everyday use
KEY FEATURES
Durable 15 mm Particleboard
• Thicker, sturdier panels than standard shelving
• Melamine-coated surface resists scratches and moisture
• Long-lasting board quality designed for daily storage
10-Cube Multi-Level Design
• Step-style layout for attractive decorative displays
• Fits a variety of item sizes
• Easier organisation with dedicated cube sections
Vintage Melamine Finish
• Rustic but modern wood texture
• Easy to clean
• Complements any interior décor style
Multi-Functional Use
• Bookshelf, décor shelf, toy organiser, retail display rack
• Suitable for any residential or commercial environment
• Works great as a room feature piece
Stable & Easy to Assemble
• Straightforward screw-based assembly
• Clear instructions included
• Built with stability and structural balance in mind
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Brand: Anchor
Type: 10-Cube Multi-Level Storage Shelf
Material: 15 mm Particleboard with Melamine Finish
Colour/Finish: Vintage Wood Texture
Dimensions: 120 × 30 × 120 cm
Cube Count: 10
Cube Style: Open-display design
Assembly: Required (instructions included)
Use: Indoor – Home, Office, Retail Display
THE ANCHOR ADVANTAGE
Anchor provides durable and modern home storage solutions engineered for long-lasting reliability. With quality materials, stylish finishes and practical designs, Anchor shelving products help elevate your space while keeping it organised.
PERFECT FOR
• Book displays
• Décor arrangements
• Plants & succulents
• Toys & children’s rooms
• Office & workspace organisation
• Retail displays & boutique merchandising
• Storage baskets & organisers
ERGONOMIC & FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
• Reduces clutter and enhances organisation
• Easy-access open cube layout
• Vertical design maximises usable floor area
• Adds stylish visual appeal to any room
• Provides designated zones for better storage management
INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE
Setup
• Assemble on a flat, level surface
• Tighten all screws fully
• Optional: fasten to wall for enhanced safety
• Follow included instructions
Care Tips
• Clean with a soft dry or slightly damp cloth
• Avoid prolonged moisture exposure
• Do not use abrasive cleaners
• Do not overload upper cubes
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Can it support heavy books?
Yes — when weight is evenly distributed across cubes.
Is the finish durable?
The melamine coating is water-resistant and easy to clean.
Is wall mounting needed?
Optional, but recommended for homes with kids/pets.
Is assembly difficult?
No — the instructions make assembly simple.
WHAT’S IN THE BOX
• Pre-Cut Vintage melamine-finish panels (15mm thickness)
• Reinforcement screws and hardware set
• Step-by-step illustrated assembly manual
SAFETY NOTES
• Use only on a stable, flat indoor surface
• Wall-mount recommended for additional safety
• Do not climb or stand on the unit
• Keep away from direct heat and moisture
• Do not overload top cubes with heavy items
⚠️ IMPORTANT NOTICE
The stability and durability of this shelf depend on correct assembly and proper use. Ensure all fittings are tightened securely and weight is distributed evenly. Avoid exposing the furniture to moisture or excessive heat, as this may damage the melamine surface.
If you need assistance during assembly, contact our support team via the details included in your package.
Please Note:
Color and grain patterns may vary slightly due to manufacturing batches and lighting conditions.
12 pcs Tiles Foam Puzzle Mat; 6pcs White 6pcs Black; 1cm Thickness; Interlocking Foam Padding
Created for comfort and functionality, This Anchor Mat is the original in interlocking comfort flooring. These lightweight mats allow you to create instant flooring solutions in any space. Anchor Mat can be used to add colour and safety in playrooms, nurseries, schools, basements, garages, gyms, dorm rooms, and mud rooms. Take them along with you to the park or picnic.
• Puzzle Foam Tiles: You will receive 12 pieces of interlocking foam floor tiles with borders, come in 2 colors, black and white, the foam tiles create an appearance of vibrant flooring, and can match well with various home decorations
• Safe and Comfortable Eva Material: The EVA foam floor tiles are made of high density foam to ensure comfort during exercise and prevent accidental tumbling injuries; Besides, these foam pads have no bad smell, you can use them at ease
• Interlocking Floor Mat Tiles: Each colorful foam play mat comes with a detachable border that allows smooth, straight lines to fit nicely into each other, easily joint the pieces together and pull them apart in a simple way
• Dimensions: Large Area Coverage: Each foam puzzle mat measures about 50 x 50 cm wide, and the thickness is 1cm
• Puzzle Foam Floormar Fit: Our padded floor mats can be applied to protect your floor, create a comfortable and safe play area, or as a protective mat for yoga and sports, they are also suitable for living room, gym, garage, basement and so on, ideal items for creating optimal, safe, learning and play zone
Specification:
• Anti-fatigue relief • Create custom shapes or install wall-to-wall • Easy to install and remove
• Lightweight and portable
• Easy to clean
• Protect floors
• Reduce noise
• Non-toxic
• Does not contain ammonia
• PVC and phthalate free
• 1cm thick
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 50 x 50 cm
PRODUCT COLOR: 6pcs White * 6pcs Black
What’s in the box: 12 x Foam Puzzle Mat
Anchor 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs
Our reduced space shelving unit is Galvanised; is 150cm tall, with five tiers of 75 x 30cm shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply.
HEAVY-DUTY: The 5 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weight (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
FREESTANDING SHELVES: We help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
ADJUSTABLE: Shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily be changed again when necessary.
DURABLE: We use galvanised steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 1-year warranty.
EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
ASSEMBLY REQUIRED (with instructions).
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Leading South African Brand Anchor Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised & Painted; 200Kg Capacity per Shelving; Spread Evenly per Shelf
Product Dimension: 150x75x30cm
What's in a box: 5 tier (150x75x30cm), Steel Racking
Colour: Galvanised
What's in the box
1 x 5 tier (150x75x30cm), Steel Racking
Anchor Racking 4 Tier Wire Mesh Shelving Unit 180x120x54cm 400Kg Max Capacity, Recommended 350Kg per shelf
We help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in the garage/shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
Anchor 4 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 3500Kgs - Black Our reduced space shelving unit in Black is 180cm tall, with 4 tiers of 120 cm wide and x 54cm deep shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply.
- 1400 HIGH LOAD CAPACITY: The wire mesh & metal storage shelves hold a 1400 kg load weight (350 kg per shelf), making them ideal for securely storing away heavy tools and items. Please note that the capacity per shelf is based on the premise of spreading the load evenly across the shelving area
- GALVANISED & POWDER COATED: This dual approach is versatile and suitable for a wide range of storage applications, from industrial storage to basic day-to-day storage applications. Combining powder coating with galvanising ensures both robust protection and aesthetic flexibility.
- ENHANCED CORROSION RESISTANCE: Powder coating on galvanised steel offers a powerful dual-layer defence against corrosion. The galvanized layer underneath acts as a robust barrier, preventing the steel from rusting even if the outer powder coating is damaged. The powder coating adds another layer of protection, sealing the galvanized surface from environmental factors such as moisture, chemicals, and UV light.
- IMPROVED DURABILITY: Combining these two processes significantly enhances the durability of the metal. Galvanising provides a resilient base that is less prone to mechanical damages like scratches and dents. Powder coating, with its inherent toughness and flexibility, reinforces this base by offering additional resistance against impacts, abrasion, and wear over time.
- SUPERIOR AESTHETIC APPEAL: While galvanising generally results in a less visually appealing, industrial finish, powder coating can transform the appearance of the galvanized metal. This model above is Powder Coated colour - Black
- FLOOR PROTECTION: At the bottom of the shelf, there are rubber foot pads, which can effectively protect the floor from scratches, and also increase friction, which contributes to the stability of the shelf. At the same time, we also have fixed accessories that can be fixed on the wall to effectively prevent the shelves from tipping over.
- ENHANCED DURABILITY: Apart from the rubber feet, which act as a stabilising feature, there is also an option to fasten the shelf to the wall, for additional stability. Our upright beams and horizontal beams are 1.15mm thick. This adds further robustness and stability to the product.
A Leading Innovative Brand in SA for Racking & Shelving: Anchor is a leading brand in South Africa for Racking & Shelving, and has built years of experience with ongoing partnerships with UK/European brands.
- ADJUSTABLE SHELVING: Shelves can be adjustable to suit your needs, for strings of various sizes, and can also be easily changed again when necessary.
- EASY TO BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It can be constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. A rubber mallet has been provided to help during installation.
Why you need shelving?
- Properly stored items do not get damaged
- Raise items off the floor for safety
- Be able to locate items easily
- Maximise storage area to keep area clutter
GENERAL ATTRIBUTES
Product Dimension: (180x120x54cm )
Load Capacity: 350kg per shelf but tested Max weight is 400Kg p/shelf
Galvanised: Yes
Painted: (Powder Coating: For anti-Rust)
Upright Beam Size: 1.15mm thickness
Ease of Assembly: Boltless design for quick and easy assembly
Number of Beams: 2
Floor Protection: Yes, Rubber feet
Colour: Black
What's in the box
- 1 x 4 Tier Wire Mesh Shelving Black Colour
This Patio Furniture Set provides a cozy space at the back of your home so you can spend a wonderful moment with family and friends, either read books, enjoy conversation, or just grab a coffee and soak up the sunlight. Whatever you do on the patio, this set can fit smoothly.
Features:
STURDY: UV, Weather, and rust-resistant, the chairs are made of powder-coated hollow steel frame and PE wicker. The coffee table has the same metal frame, and the tabletop is a piece of strong tempered glass, easily bearing a weight of up to 25 kg. The cushion cover is made of durable fabric which not only can be easily cleaned with a damp cloth but also can be removed with the zipper and thrown into the washing machine.
VERSATILE: This garden furniture set includes 1 table and 2 chairs and can be used anywhere: living room, balcony, yard, garden, lawn, poolside, etc.
COMFORTABLE: The wicker chair has a backrest and armrest, which can be used for relaxation. In addition, the chair is also equipped with soft cushions to give you a comfortable sitting.
MODERN: Modern and stylish lines make this furniture set a perfect embellishment for the backyard, patio, balcony, or any other outdoor space.
Specifications:
Powder-coated hollow steel frame tube
PE Wicker in Black
5cm sponge cushions with lace for chairs
5mm tempered glass for table
Cushions covers are made of 160g fabric (machine washable)
Chair dimensions: W62.5 x D62 x H82 CM
Table dimensions including glass: W40 x L40 x H41.5 CM
Tips
To ensure the longevity of the product, it is recommended to cover it during bad weather or winter.
To extend the lifespan of the product, please clean it with a damp cloth only.
For safe use, please do not overload it.
During assembly, first, loosely align all screws with the corresponding pre-drilled holes, then tighten the screws one by one.
If the product wobbles, adjust the screws as necessary to stabilize it.
ASSEMBLY REQUIRED (with instructions).
Product Color: Black
Chair dimensions: W62.5 x D62 x H82 CM
Table dimensions including glass: W40 x L40 x H41.5 CM
What's in the box
2 x Wicker Chairs
1 x Glass Tempered Coffee Table
2 Balcony chairs & Coffee Table Patio set, Rust Resistant, 5mm Tempered Glass Tabletop Washable Zipped Cushions
This Patio Furniture Set provides a cozy space at the back of your home so you can spend a wonderful moment with family and friends, either read books, enjoy conversation, or just grab a coffee and soak up the sunlight. Whatever you do on the patio, this set can fit smoothly.
Features:
STURDY: UV, Weather, and Rust-Resistant, the chairs are made of powder-coated hollow steel frame and PE wicker. The coffee table is the same metal frame and the tabletop is a piece of strong tempered glass, easily bearing the weight of up to 55 lbs. The cushion cover is made of durable fabric which not only can be easily cleaned with a damp cloth but also can be removed with the zipper and thrown into the washing machine.
VERSATILE: This garden furniture set includes 1 table and 2 chairs and can be used anywhere: living room, balcony, yard, garden, lawn, poolside, etc.
COMFORTABLE: The wicker chair has a backrest and armrest, which can be used for relaxation. In addition, the chair is also equipped with soft cushions to give you a comfortable sitting.
MODERN DESIGN: Modern and stylish lines make this furniture set a perfect embellishment for the backyard, patio, balcony, or any other outdoor space.
Specifications:
- Powder-coated hollow steel frame tube (30 x 15.8 mm)
- 2-inch 1850 sponge cushions with lace for chairs
- 5mm tempered glass for table
- Cushions covers are made of 160G Polyester
- Chair dimensions: W59 x D66.5 x H82 CM
- Table dimensions including glass: W40 x L40 x H41.5 CM
- Cushion Thickness: 5CM
- Weight capacity: Chairs: 113kg.; Table: 25kg.
Tips
- To ensure the longevity of the product, it is recommended to cover it during bad weather or winter.
- To extend the lifespan of the product, please clean it with a damp cloth only.
- For safe use, please do not overload it.
- During assembly, first, loosely align all screws with the corresponding pre-drilled holes, then tighten the screws one by one.
- If the product wobbles, adjust the screws as necessary to stabilize it.
Product Color: Black
Cushions Color: Black
Product Dimension:
- Chair dimensions: W59 x D66.5 x H82 CM
- Table dimensions including glass: W40 x L40 x H41.5 CM
- Product Weight: 18.0 kg
What's in the box
- 2 x Wicker Chairs
- 1 x Glass Tempered Coffee Table
FLEXIBLE: This Padded Steel Foldable Chair offers a fantastic flexible seating solution for any bedroom, office, or dining table.
LIGHTWEIGHT: Constructed from tubular steel, these chairs possess the perfect combination of lightness and stability. Built to support a maximum weight of 114kg, a layer of sponge padding on the seat and backrest ensures these chairs will remain comfortable for hours at a time.
SPACE SAVING: The addition of four rubber bumpers on the base means any hard floor surfaces will be protected from scratches, while also helping to secure the chair against slipping. Once the need for it has been fulfilled, simply fold the chair flat for easy, space-saving storage. A handle on the backrest allows for easy movement, so when not in use you simply fold for compact storage.
DIMENSIONS: Overall - 45 x 47 x 78 cm, Folded - 44 x 93.5 x 4.5 cm, Seat - 45cm x 47cm, Seat Height - Floor to Seat - 45cm
Ideal for bedroom or office
Product Color: Black/white
Product Dimension: Folded - 44 x 93.5 x 4.5 cm
Product Weight: 8.0 kg
What's in the box
2 x Padded Folding Chairs
Gravity Chair Folding Patio Recliner with Adjustable Headrest & 2 Cup & Gadget Holder - Weight NOT over 120 kg
LIGHT & FOLDABLE CHAIR: For camping, beach, garden, patio, or even for a picnic in the park. The possibilities are endless. These zero-gravity chairs are compact, versatile, and light enough to carry in your summer getaways. The relaxer chair folds completely flat, allowing easy storage. Featuring cup holders and cushions, you are sure to notice the luxury touches added to this set of two chairs
MULTI-LOCKING MECHANISM: Date of Upgrade January 2023: Now an Improved easy locking mechanism, based on customer feedback.
The new facility ensures
1. Multi-locking position
2. Ease at changing positions
3. No danger of hurting fingers when changing the positions
4. No movement from the selected locking position, as the new mechanism ensures that the locking position is secured
RECLINABLE CHAIR & ADJUSTABLE CUSHION: These Sun Recliners can be reclined up to 165 making them ideal for summer snoozes. The head pillows can also be adjusted for ultimate comfort. Set of Two Sun Lounger Garden Chairs: Let your body experience extreme comfort and stress relief sensation with zero gravity outdoor chairs. These Sun Loungers are the ideal way to soak up the summer sun when the weather gets warmer. Lean back in the chair to find the ideal position while your legs are elevated. Once you found the right posture and feel comfortable, lock it up!
LIGHTWEIGHT & PORTABLE: These gravity chairs will have no problems with being transported or stored away. They are easy to move around your garden so you will be able to position yourself in the prime sunny spots. Strong And Sturdy: The lightweight steel frame with a reinforced steel frame will prevent rusting on the chairs. The skid-proof footprint on the loungers prevents them from slipping whilst in use. The durable Textile fabric ensures a quick and easy clean.
CUP HOLDER TRAY & CUSHIONS: Featuring cup holders and cushions, you are sure to notice the luxury touches added to this set of two chairs. A simple and useful cup holder is built into the chair for drinks, phones, tablets, and other small objects. A movable head cushion also comes on the chairs.
OUTDOOR DURABILITY: The chair is brilliantly suited to outdoor use. The piece features a powder-coated steel frame making them rust-resistant and strong. The fabric is breathable and UV-proof, allowing the pieces to withstand the unpredictable British weather with ease.
ANTI-SLIP FEATURE: The skid-proof footprint on the loungers prevents them from slipping whilst in use.
DURABLE MATERIAL & EASE OF CLEANING: The durable textile fabric ensures quick and easy cleaning.
LOADING CAPACITY: It is recommended to not exceed over 120 kg in weight.
DIMENSION: Folded Dimensions: 95 x 15 x 68 cm Assembled Dimensions: 175 x 68 x 110 cm
Product Color: Black, Grey, Beige
Product Dimension: Folded Dimensions: 95 x 15 x 68 cm Assembled Dimensions: 175 x 68 x 110 cm Product Weight: 15.0 kg
What's in the box
- 2 x Loungers
LIGHT & FOLDABLE CHAIR: For camping, beach, garden, patio, or even for a picnic in the park. The possibilities are endless. These zero-gravity chairs are compact, versatile, and light enough to carry in your summer getaways. The relaxer chair folds completely flat, allowing easy storage. Featuring cup holders and cushions, you are sure to notice the luxury touches added to this set of two chairs
MULTI-LOCKING MECHANISM: Date of Upgrade January 2023: Now an Improved easy locking mechanism, based on customer feedback.
The new facility ensures
-Multi-locking position
-Ease at changing positions
- Multi-locking position tions ers when changing the positions
- No movement from the selected locking position, as the new mechanism ensures that the locking position is secured
RECLINABLE CHAIR & ADJUSTABLE CUSHION: These Sun Recliners can be reclined up to 165 making them ideal for summer snoozes. The head pillows can also be adjusted for ultimate comfort. Set of Two Sun Lounger Garden Chairs: Let your body experience extreme comfort and stress relief sensation with zero gravity outdoor chairs. These Sun Loungers are the ideal way to soak up the summer sun when the weather gets warmer. Lean back in the chair to find the ideal position while your legs are elevated. Once you found the right posture and feel comfortable, lock it up!
LIGHTWEIGHT & PORTABLE: These gravity chairs will have no problems with being transported or stored away. They are easy to move around your garden so you will be able to position yourself in the prime sunny spots. Strong And Sturdy: The lightweight steel frame with a reinforced steel frame will prevent rusting on the chairs. The skid-proof footprint on the loungers prevents them from slipping whilst in use. The durable Textile fabric ensures a quick and easy clean.
CUP HOLDER TRAY & CUSHIONS: Featuring cup holders and cushions, you are sure to notice the luxury touches added to this set of two chairs. A simple and useful cup holder is built into the chair for drinks, phones, tablets, and other small objects. A movable head cushion also comes on the chairs.
OUTDOOR DURABILITY: The chair is brilliantly suited to outdoor use. The piece features a powder-coated steel frame making them rust-resistant and strong. The fabric is breathable and UV-proof, allowing the pieces to withstand the unpredictable British weather with ease.
ANTI-SLIP FEATURE: The skid-proof footprint on the loungers prevents them from slipping whilst in use.
DURABLE MATERIAL & EASE OF CLEANING: The durable textile fabric ensures quick and easy cleaning.
LOADING CAPACITY: It is recommended to not exceed over 120 kg in weight.
DIMENSION:
Folded Dimensions: 95 x 15 x 68 cm
Assembled Dimensions: 175 x 68 x 110 cm
Product Dimension:
Folded Dimensions: 95 x 15 x 68 cm
Assembled Dimensions: 175 x 68 x 110 cm
Product Weight: 15.0 kg
Product Color: Black, Grey, Beige
What's in the box
2 x Loungers
Home & Office Round Table Set of 2; Product Dimension: BIG 80 x 80 x 48cm | SMALL 48 x 48 x 42cm
A coffee table is a versatile and timeless piece of furniture that can enhance the warmth and character of your living room or seating area.
- DESIGN: MDF and steel, a perfect harmony between modern elegance and hospitality and warmth, whose unique grain is highlighted by natural oil treatment. Its minimalist appearance ensures that the coffee table blends harmoniously with other furniture and allows you to furnish your home in a sober and contemporary way.
- EASY MAINTENANCE: Wooden surfaces are relatively easy to maintain. Regular dusting and occasional polishing or waxing can keep the table looking its best.
- TIMELESS APPEAL: The combination of natural beauty and the round shape creates a timeless and enduring aesthetic that won't go out of style. This means your round MDF material coffee table can adapt to changing decor trends and remain a beloved piece in your home.
- HANDMADE: Each coffee table is handmade by skilled craftsmen and each piece is unique.
- QUALITY MATERIALS: Composition of natural solid oak MDF, thickness 20 mm, oil finished, and steel structure treated with electrostatic powder coating.
PRODUCT COLOR: 2 Rustic Brown
PRODUCT MATERIAL: MDF
PRODUCT WARRANTY: 12 MONTHS
PRODUCT DIMENSION: BIG 80 x 80 x 48cm | SMALL 48 x 48 x 42cm
What's in the box
- 2 x Round Table
Sun Lounger Zero Gravity Folding Chair with Phone/Cup Holder; Not exceed over 120 kgs in weight; 178 x 110 x 65cm
In the camping, beach, garden, or patio, or even on a picnic in the park. The possibilities are endless. These zero-gravity chairs are compact, versatile, and light enough to carry in your summer getaways. The relaxer chair folds completely flat, allowing easy storage, and also has removable padded cushions.
- Set Of Two Sun Lounger Garden Chairs: Let your body experience extreme comfort and stress relief sensation with zero gravity outdoor chairs. These Sun Loungers are the ideal way to soak up the summer sun when the weather gets warmer. Lean back in the chair to find the ideal position while your legs are elevated. Once you find the right posture and feel comfortable, lock it up! Featuring cup holders and removable padded cushions, you are sure to notice the luxury touches added to this set of two chairs.
- Lightweight & Portable: These lounger chairs will have no problems with being transported or stored away. They are easy to move around your garden so you will be able to position yourself in the prime sunny spots.
- Adjustable: These Sun Recliners can be reclined up to 165 making them ideal for summer snoozes. The head pillows can also be adjusted for ultimate comfort.
- Strong & Sturdy: The lightweight steel frame with a reinforced steel frame will prevent rusting on the chairs. The skid-proof footprint on the loungers prevents them from slipping whilst in use. The durable Textilene fabric ensures a quick and easy clean. It is recommended to not exceed over 120 kg in weight.
- Assembled Dimensions: 160 x 65 x 110 cm
What's in the box
- 2 x Sun Loungers
- 2 x Trays
Maximise your surface area and floor space with the Anchor 2-Piece Round Nesting Side Table Set. Each table pairs a 15 mm MDF vintage wood-look melamine top with a powder-coated black steel frame for stable, long-lasting performance. The smaller table slides beneath the larger one, freeing up room in tight living areas, offices, and bedrooms. Both tables work together for layered styling or stand alone as independent accent pieces. This set fits modern homes, reception areas, and workspaces where flexibility and clean design matter most.
FEATURES
- 15 mm MDF Melamine Tabletops: Deliver a smooth, wear-resistant surface with a warm vintage wood-look finish
- Powder-Coated Steel Frames: Resist scratches and everyday scuffs for a lasting appearance
- Nesting Structure: Tuck the smaller table under the larger to free floor space instantly
- 20 x 20 x 0.8 mm Primary Steel Tubing: Supports daily weight loads without flexing or wobbling
- 16 x 16 x 0.8 mm Secondary Steel Tubing: Reinforces the frame at key connection points
- Round Tabletop Profile: Removes sharp corners for safer placement in high-traffic areas
- Lightweight Build: Allows quick repositioning between rooms or zones without heavy lifting
- Coordinated 2-Piece Set: Eliminates the need to source matching furniture separately
SPECIFICATIONS
- Colour: Vintage wood-look top with matte black steel frame
- Large Table Dimensions: 45 cm diameter x 43 cm high (17.7 in diameter x 16.9 in high)
- Small Table Dimensions: 40 cm diameter x 38 cm high (15.7 in diameter x 15 in high)
- Top Material: 15 mm MDF with melamine finish
- Base Material: Powder-coated steel
- Primary Steel: 20 x 20 x 0.8 mm
- Secondary Steel: 16 x 16 x 0.8 mm
- Assembly: Required (instructions and hardware included)
- Use: Indoor only
WORKSPACE PROBLEMS SOLVED
- Cluttered surfaces from mismatched side tables taking up excess floor area
- Limited room in apartments, studios, and compact offices for full-size furniture
- Lack of flexible accent pieces for shifting layouts in living and work zones
- Uncoordinated furniture creating a disjointed look across a room
- Wasted corner or beside-sofa space with no functional surface nearby
- Difficulty finding a table set suited for both home and professional settings
Anchor 2-Step Portable Folding Ladder Lightweight Multipurpose Indoor Outdoor
This lightweight, foldable ladder is designed for versatility and convenience, making it perfect for any home or office. With non-slip steps and a sturdy frame, this 2-step ladder provides reliable support for everyday tasks, from reaching high cabinets to DIY projects.
Portable and Compact: Folds flat for easy storage and portability.
- Anti-Slip Steps: Textured, slip-resistant steps provide extra grip and safety.
- Durable Construction: Made from high-quality materials, it's built to withstand regular use.
- Multi-Purpose Use: Ideal for indoor tasks, cleaning, repairs, and organization.
- Rubber-tipped feet: Ensures stability and protects floors from scratches.
This 2-step ladder is essential for any home, office, & library providing a safe and easy way to reach higher spaces without compromising stability.
Product Dimension: 38.4 x 42.5 x 73.4 cm
Product Color: Black
What's in the box
1 x 2-Step Portable Folding Ladder
Anchor 2-Step Portable Folding Ladder Lightweight Multipurpose Indoor Outdoor
Foldable Ladder for Home, Kitchen, Library, & Office; Non-slip Ladder; Easy to bring; Space saving
This lightweight, foldable ladder is designed for versatility and convenience, making it perfect for any home or office. With non-slip steps and a sturdy frame, this 2-step ladder provides reliable support for everyday tasks, from reaching high cabinets to DIY projects.
- Portable and Compact: Folds flat for easy storage and portability.
- Anti-Slip Steps: Textured, slip-resistant steps provide extra grip and safety.
- Durable Construction: Made from high-quality materials, it's built to withstand regular use.
- Multi-Purpose Use: Ideal for indoor tasks, cleaning, repairs, and organization.
- Rubber-tipped feet: Ensures stability and protects floors from scratches.
This 2-step ladder is essential for any home, office, & library providing a safe and easy way to reach higher spaces without compromising stability.
Product Dimension: 73.7 x 47.8 x 41.9cm
Product Color: White & Black
What's in the box
1 x 2-Step Folding Ladder
360 Swivel Hook Space Saving Hangers 20 Non-Slip; Velvet Coating Notched Shoulder & Clips Included Black color
- VELVET HANGER: Set of 20 velvet flocked hangers for the superior nonslip grip of clothing. The velvet skirt hangers' soft texture won't snag or damage delicate clothing. Versatile and functional, these pant hangers allow you to store shirts and pants or skirts at the same time.
- METAL CLIPS: 2 metal clips on the clothes hangers hold skirts and pants with ease. The clip hangers feature vinyl tips on the inside to protect clothing from unsightly marks. Each clip can be adjusted to fit different sizes and widths of garments.
- ADVANTAGE: Precisely cut notches on the trouser hangers securely hold thin shoulder straps in place. Contoured shoulders help preserve clothing shape and won't leave damaging bulges.
- 360-DEGREE SWIVEL: A 360-degree-swivel hook on the skirt hangers makes hanging clothes a cinch. The closet hanger hook, as well as the pant clips and bar, are finished in shiny chrome and resist corrosion.
- CAPACITY: 1kg weight for the clips and 5kg weight for each hanger.
Brought to you from a leading UK supplier of flat-packed Home and Office Furniture, Greenlane Gear
Specifications:
Swivel Hooks
2 metal clips
With cut notches
Material: Flocked plastic
Product Color: Black
What's in the box
- 20 x Velvet Hangers with Metal Clips
360 Swivel Hook Space Saving Hangers 20 Non-Slip - Velvet Coating Notched Shoulder & Clips Included - Grey
Features:
- Velvet hanger: Set of 20 velvet flocked hangers for the superior nonslip grip of clothing. The velvet skirt hangers' soft texture won't snag or damage delicate clothing. - Versatile and functional, these pant hangers allow you to store shirts and pants or skirts at the same time
- Metal clips: 2 metal clips on the clothes hangers hold skirts and pants with ease. The clip hangers feature vinyl tips on the inside to protect clothing from unsightly marks. Each clip can be adjusted to fit different sizes and widths of garments
- Advantage: Precisely cut notches on the trouser hangers securely hold thin shoulder straps in place. Contoured shoulders help preserve clothing shape and won't leave damaging bulges
- 360-Degree Swivel: A 360-degree-swivel hook on the skirt hangers makes hanging clothes a cinch. The closet hanger hook, as well as the pant clips and bar, are finished in shiny chrome and resist corrosion
Specifications:
- Swivel hooks
- 2 metal clips
- With cut notches
- Material: Flocked plastic
- Product colour: Grey
What's in the box
- 20 x Velvet Hangers with Metal Clips
Soft 1cm EVA Foam Tiles | Non Slip Interlocking Design | Covers 6m for Gym Home Playroom Garage Flooring
Anchor 24 Pack Interlocking Foam Floor Mats Non Slip 1cm Thick Protective Tiles
Soft 1cm EVA Foam Tiles | Non Slip Interlocking Design | Covers 6m for Gym Home Playroom Garage Flooring
Cover larger spaces with superior cushioning using the Anchor 24 Pack Interlocking EVA Foam Floor Mats. Each tile features 1 cm thick foam with a non slip textured surface that protects floors, absorbs impact and creates a safer, more comfortable workout or play environment.
Ideal for gyms, garages, workshops and children's playrooms, these mats lock together securely for a custom layout that fits any area.
WHY YOU WILL LOVE IT
- Covers up to 6 square metres of protective flooring
- 1 cm EVA foam absorbs impact and softens hard floors
- Non slip textured surface improves grip and stability
- Interlocking edges create a secure, customizable layout
- Waterproof and easy to maintain
- Ideal for home gyms, garages and kids' play spaces
KEY FEATURES
- Protective Cushioning
1 cm foam reduces noise and impact
Prevents scratches, dents and damage from gym equipment
Comfortable surface for yoga, floor exercises and stretching
- Interlocking Puzzle System
Tiles connect securely without tools
Expandable design allows full room coverage
Includes edge strips for tidy borders
- Safety and Durability
Non slip surface reduces risk of falls
Waterproof, oil resistant and easy to clean
Designed for frequent use in home gyms and garages
- Versatile Multi Room Use
Protects garage floors (not vehicle-rated)
Ideal for kids' play areas
Great for fitness studios, workshops and hobby rooms
Lightweight tiles allow easy installation and transport
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Brand: Anchor
Type: Interlocking EVA Foam Floor Mat Set
Quantity: 24 tiles
Tile Size: 50 x 50 x 1 cm
Total Coverage: 6 square metres
Material: EVA foam
Color: Black
Edge Strips: 2 per tile
Surface: Non slip textured
Waterproof: Yes
Assembly: Puzzle interlocking design
Heavy-Duty 5-Tier Galvanised Steel Shelving Unit with Adjustable MDF Shelves for Garage & Storage
Anchor Heavy-Duty 5-Tier Galvanised Storage Shelving Unit (2-Pack, 180x90x40cm)
Maximize your storage with the Anchor 5-Tier Racking System (2 Sets)
Each rack measures 180x90x40cm and holds up to 250kg per shelf-perfect for garages, warehouses, offices, or home storage. Made from durable steel, these heavy-duty shelving units are adjustable and easy to assemble. Ideal for organizing tools, boxes, and supplies, this versatile shelving solution brings order and strength to any space.
- Heavy-Duty Construction: Made with high-quality 5 mm MDF boards and a galvanised steel frame. Each shelf holds up to 250 kg, with a total unit capacity of 1250kg - ideal for heavy tools, equipment, and storage boxes.
- Freestanding Versatility: Perfect for garages, sheds, warehouses, or offices - these racking units help you declutter and maximise space effortlessly.
- Adjustable Tiers: The height of each shelf can be customised to fit various item sizes-from bulky bins to delicate tools-making it fully flexible and future-proof.
- Boltless & Easy Assembly: The shelving units' tool-free, boltless design makes them quick and easy to put together using a rubber mallet (included). Full instructions are provided.
- Galvanised Finish for Durability: This cabinet features moisture-resistant 5mm MDF shelves and a corrosion-resistant galvanised frame, built to last even in humid or dusty environments.
- Wall-Mountable for Safety: Pre-drilled holes allow you to fasten the shelves to walls or connect multiple racks for extra security and stability (screws not included).
- Protective Rubber Feet: Keeps your flooring safe and adds extra stability during use - no slipping, no scratching.
Product Specifications
- Dimensions (per unit): 180cm (H) x 90cm (W) x 40cm (D)
- Shelf Material: 5mm MDF (moisture-resistant)
- Frame: Galvanised steel
- Load Capacity: 250kg per shelf (1250kg per unit)
- Beam Thickness: 0.70mm | Upright Beam: 0.80mm
- Assembly: Boltless design (includes 1 x Rubber Mallet)
- Racking Colour: Galvanised only, Not Painted
- Fastening: Wall-mount compatible (holes provided, screws not included)
What's in the box
- 2 x Heavy-Duty 5-Tier Steel Shelving Units
- 1 x Rubber Mallet
- 1 x Easy-to-Follow Instruction Manual
Anchor 2x 5-Tier Steel Racking 180×90×30cm |250kg/Shelf | Boltless + Hammer
Heavy-Duty Anti-Rust Steel Shelving | Adjustable Boltless Design | 250kg Per Shelf (Even Load)
Upgrade your storage space with the Anchor Heavy-Duty 5-Tier Black Steel Racking System. Built for durability and strength, each shelf supports up to 250 kg (evenly spread) with reinforced powder-coated steel and thick 5 mm MDF boards. The adjustable boltless design allows quick assembly and flexible layout customization for garages, warehouses, workshops and business storage.
WHY YOU WILL LOVE IT
Supports 250 kg per shelf (evenly spread)
Includes 2 complete 5-tier shelving units
Anti-rust black powder-coated steel frame
5 mm moisture-resistant MDF boards for heavy loads
Adjustable shelf heights for custom configurations
Boltless interlocking system for fast, easy assembly
HDPE feet protect floors and add stability
KEY FEATURES
High-Strength Heavy-Duty Storage
Holds up to 250 kg per shelf
Ideal for large tools, machinery, boxes and stock
Perfect for garages, warehouses, workshops and commercial spaces
Premium Durable Materials
Anti-rust black powder-coated steel frame
5 mm MDF boards for superior load support
HDPE feet for stability and floor protection
Adjustable & Expandable Design
5 height-adjustable tiers
Pre-drilled connections allow linking multiple racks
Optional wall-mounting feature for extra stability
Fast Boltless Assembly
No bolts or screws needed
Beams tap into place using the included hammer
Assembles in minutes with minimal effort
Space-Saving & Versatile
180 cm tall for maximum vertical storage
Slim 90×30 cm footprint fits tight spaces
Great for home organisation or commercial storage needs
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Brand: Anchor
Type: 5-Tier Black Steel Racking (2 Pack)
Material: Powder-Coated Steel + 5 mm MDF Boards
Unit Dimensions: 180 × 90 × 30 cm
Shelf Levels: 5 tiers per rack
Load Capacity: 250 kg per shelf (evenly spread)
Upright Beam Thickness: 0.8 mm
Beam Thickness: 0.8 mm
Feet: HDPE reinforced feet
Assembly: Boltless interlocking system
Colour: Black (Anti-Rust Powder Coating)
Warranty: 1 Year
Gross Weight: 23.1 kg
THE ANCHOR ADVANTAGE
Anchor is South Africa's trusted UK/EU-spec storage brand-engineered for superior strength, stability and long-term durability. Each racking system delivers professional-grade performance for both home and commercial environments.
PERFECT FOR
Garage storage & heavy tools
Warehouse stock & inventory rooms
Workshops & mechanical spaces
Retail backrooms & business storage
Home organisation & decluttering
Utility rooms, sheds & workspaces
ERGONOMIC AND FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
Protects items from moisture by lifting them off the floor
Reduces clutter and improves accessibility
Provides stable, reinforced storage for heavy equipment
Helps maximise vertical space in compact areas
Supports safer and more efficient workflow
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE
Setup
Assemble using the boltless interlocking system
Tap beams securely using the included rubber hammer
Insert 5 mm MDF shelves into frame
(Optional) Fasten to wall for additional stability
Ensure weight is evenly distributed across each shelf
Care Tips
Keep MDF shelves dry
Avoid loading shelves beyond 250 kg
Wipe metal surfaces with dry or damp cloth
Do not expose to direct water or extreme heat
Designed for indoor or covered use only
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Can each shelf really hold 250 kg?
Yes-when weight is evenly spread.
Are the shelves adjustable?
Yes. Tiers can be set at any height.
Do I need tools for assembly?
No bolts required; a hammer is included.
Is wall-mounting possible?
Yes. Pre-drilled uprights allow fastening (screws not included).
Is this suitable for heavy commercial use?
Yes. These racks are engineered for workshop and warehouse environments.
Will the MDF warp if wet?
Boards are moisture-resistant but should not be exposed to standing water.
SAFETY NOTES
Do not exceed 250 kg per shelf
Distribute weight evenly
Use on flat, stable surfaces only
Secure to wall when storing heavy items
Keep away from flames and high heat
Indoor/covered use only
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The stability, durability and load-bearing performance of this shelving system rely on correct assembly, even weight distribution and safe usage practices. Follow all instructions carefully and ensure the rack is used according to manufacturer specifications.
Do not overload shelves or place heavy items on only one point. Keep the racking away from water, excessive moisture or direct heat sources. Assemble only on a flat, stable surface and ensure all beams lock securely into position. For added safety, fasten the unit to a wall, especially when loading heavy or top-heavy items. Do not climb, stand or sit on the shelving system.
If you need assistance, please use the QR code included in your package. Our support team is ready to help.
Please Note:
Minor variations in steel colour, powder coating or MDF shade may occur between manufacturing batches. Product appearance may differ slightly from photos due to lighting or display settings. All Anchor racking units maintain consistent structural quality.
What's in the box
2 x 5 tier (180x90x30cm), Steel Racking
1 x Rubber Mallet
Anchor 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 150Kgs - Galvanised (2 sets)
Our reduced space Steel shelving Galvanised unit; is 150cm tall, with five tiers of 75 x 30cm shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply.
HEAVY-DUTY: The 4 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 750 kg max load weight (150 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
FREESTANDING SHELVES: We help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
ADJUSTABLE: Shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily be changed again when necessary.
DURABLE: We use galvanised steel framework with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 1-year warranty.
EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Leading South African Brand Anchor Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers
Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised; 150Kg Capacity per Shelving; Spread Evenly per Shelf
General Attributes
Product Dimension: 150x75x30cm
Type: Galvanised only
Board Size: Thicker than normal, 4mm MDF boards
Upright Beam Size: 0.62mm thickness
Beam Thickness: 0.62mm
Number of Beams: 0
Assembly: Boltless design for quick and easy assembly
Moisture-resistant MDF shelves
Rubber feet for floor protection and extra stability
Load Capacity: Recommended 100 Kgs, however, it has been tested upto 150Kgs
Anchor Racking: Industry-leading racking and shelving specialist in South Africa, designed as per UK/EU spec
Tools: Free Hammer, for ease in installation; Racking Colour: Galvanised
What's in the box
- 2 x 5 tier (150x75x30cm), Steel Racking
- 1 x Rubber Mallet
Anchor 3-Piece Metal Pegboard 100x30cm | 35 Hooks | Wall Tool Storage
Black Steel Panels | Square 0.995cm Holes | Modular Wall Mount | Complete Hook Set | DIY Garage Workshop
Transform your garage storage into a professional tool organization system with the Anchor 3-Piece Metal Pegboard Set. This heavy duty wall storage solution delivers 300cm of total pegboard surface (three 100x30cm panels) with reinforced steel construction and 35 included hooks for immediate use. Perfect for Johannesburg garages, Cape Town workshops, or Durban home DIY spaces, this modular pegboard system maximizes vertical wall space while keeping every tool visible, accessible, and organized. Stop digging through cluttered toolboxes and start working smarter with professional workshop storage.
WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS PEGBOARD SET
Maximum Space Efficiency
Reclaim your garage floor space by moving tool storage to your walls. This wall mounted storage system uses vertical space efficiently, transforming unused wall areas in Gauteng garages, Western Cape workshops, or KZN sheds into organized tool displays. The three modular panels provide 0.9 square meters of storage surface without occupying any floor space. Mount all three panels together for a continuous 300cm tool wall, or distribute them across multiple walls for zone-based organization. South African homes with compact garages gain maximum storage from minimum square meterage.
Complete Ready-to-Use System
Unpack and organize immediately. This pegboard set includes everything needed: three reinforced metal pegboards, 35 mixed hooks (various sizes and styles), and 24 mounting screws. No additional purchases required. The hook variety accommodates screwdrivers, hammers, pliers, wrenches, power tools, garden equipment, and hardware storage. Start organizing within 30 minutes of opening the box. Professional workshop storage without the professional installer cost.
Professional-Grade Durability
Built for daily workshop demands. The thick steel construction with reinforced corners withstands years of tool hanging, removal, and repositioning. Unlike flimsy plastic pegboards that crack under weight or bend over time, this heavy duty pegboard maintains rigid strength supporting hammers, drills, saws, and heavy hand tools. The scratch resistant black coating protects against daily workshop wear, rust, and corrosion. South African mechanics, carpenters, and tradesmen trust steel pegboard for reliable long-term performance.
Universal Hook Compatibility
The 0.995cm square holes fit standard pegboard hooks universally available across South Africa. Start with the 35 included hooks, then expand your storage capacity by purchasing additional hooks at any hardware store. Unlike proprietary systems requiring specific branded accessories, this pegboard works with universal hooks from Builders Warehouse, Makro, Chamberlain, or online suppliers. Future-proof your tool organization system with industry-standard hole sizing.
Flexible Modular Design
Adapt the pegboard layout to your workspace needs. Mount all three panels side-by-side for a 300cm continuous tool wall in large garages. Stack them vertically in narrow spaces. Separate them across different walls for zone-based organization (hand tools on one wall, power tools on another, garden equipment in the shed). The modular pegboard system grows and reconfigures as your tool collection expands. Perfect for evolving DIY workshops and professional garages.
Clean Professional Appearance
Elevate your workspace aesthetic with the matte black finish. This wall organizer looks at home in professional automotive workshops in Johannesburg, home garages in Cape Town, or hobby sheds in Durban. The uniform black panels create a clean backdrop that makes tools easy to locate at a glance. Organized tool storage signals professionalism to clients visiting your workshop or enhances property value for home sellers showcasing organized garages.
KEY FEATURES
Construction & Materials
High-quality steel construction for maximum durability
Reinforced corners on each panel for added rigidity
Thicker metal gauge for improved load-bearing strength
Scratch resistant black powder coating
Rust resistant finish suitable for South African garage conditions
Matte black surface reduces glare under workshop lighting
Ventilation-style hole grid throughout entire surface
Rigid panel design prevents bending or warping
Dimensions & Specifications
Each panel measures 100cm length × 30cm height × 2cm depth
Total coverage: 300cm width when mounted side-by-side
Three modular panels included in set
Square hole design: 0.995cm per hole
Uniform hole spacing for maximum hook placement options
Universal compatibility with standard pegboard hooks
Panel weight: approximately 2kg each (lightweight for installation)
Included Components
35 mixed metal hooks (various sizes and styles)
Hook variety: J-hooks, double hooks, tool holders, shelf brackets
24 mounting screws for wall installation
Pre-drilled mounting holes in panel corners
Complete hardware kit included
No additional purchases required for basic setup
Organization Capabilities
Holds hand tools: hammers, screwdrivers, pliers, wrenches
Supports power tools: drills, sanders, grinders (on appropriate hooks)
Accommodates garden tools: pruners, shears, trowels, small shovels
Stores automotive tools: socket sets, ratchets, specialty tools
Displays hardware: bins for screws, nails, fasteners
Organizes accessories: extension cords, safety equipment, supplies
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SpecificationDetailsProduct TypeMetal Pegboard Wall Storage SystemBrandAnchorModel NumberAM-QRPB02-3BLKQuantity in Set3 pegboard panelsPanel Dimensions100cm (L) × 30cm (H) × 2cm (D) eachTotal Coverage300cm width (when mounted continuously)Total Surface Area0.9 square meters (9,000 cm )MaterialHigh-grade steelPanel ThicknessHeavy gauge steel (thicker than standard pegboards)Corner ReinforcementYes (all four corners per panel)FinishMatte black powder coatingCoating TypeScratch resistant, rust resistantHole TypeSquare holesHole Size0.995cm (9.95mm)Hole SpacingUniform ventilation grid patternHook CompatibilityUniversal standard pegboard hooksHooks Included35 mixed metal hooksHook TypesJ-hooks, double hooks, tool holders, bracketsMounting Hardware24 screws includedMounting HolesPre-drilled in reinforced cornersInstallation TypeWall-mounted (vertical installation)Weight per PanelApproximately 2kgTotal Set WeightApproximately 6kgColorBlackConfigurationModular (mount together or separately)Suitable WallsBrick, concrete, drywall (with appropriate anchors)Recommended UseIndoor garages, workshops, shedsAssembly RequiredMinimal (wall mounting only)Installation Time20-30 minutes (all 3 panels)Tools RequiredDrill, screwdriver, level, measuring tapeCountry of ManufactureChinaQuality StandardPre-shipment inspection certifiedBarcode6009715820846
THE ANCHOR ADVANTAGE
Proven South African Market Leader
Anchor has established itself as South Africa's trusted brand for garage storage and workshop organization solutions. From Johannesburg to Cape Town, Pretoria to Durban, DIY enthusiasts, professional tradesmen, and automotive workshops choose Anchor for reliable storage systems. This pegboard set represents years of refinement based on real-world South African workshop demands.
Reinforced Construction Engineering
The reinforced corner design distinguishes Anchor pegboards from competitor products. Each corner features double-thickness steel reinforcement, preventing the panel flex and warping common in standard pegboards. When you hang heavy tools like large adjustable wrenches or power drills, the corners maintain rigidity. This engineering detail ensures your tool storage system remains stable and functional for years.
Premium Steel Thickness
Anchor uses thicker gauge steel than standard pegboard manufacturers. The increased material thickness provides superior load-bearing capacity, supporting heavier tool collections without bending. Mechanics hanging socket sets, carpenters storing multiple hand saws, and gardeners organizing metal tools benefit from the robust construction. The investment in thicker steel translates to longer pegboard lifespan.
Quality Control Standards
Every Anchor pegboard set undergoes pre-shipment inspection in China following ANSI/ASQ Z1.4-2003 standards (equivalent to ISO 2859-1). Inspectors verify panel dimensions, hole precision, coating quality, corner reinforcement integrity, and hook functionality. The quality assurance process includes rubbing tests (coating durability), bearing tests (weight capacity), and visual inspection (surface defects). You receive workshop storage tested to international standards.
Scratch and Rust Resistance
The matte black powder coating provides superior protection versus paint or basic coatings. Powder coating bonds molecularly to the steel, creating a durable barrier against scratches from tool contact, rust from humidity, and corrosion from South African coastal climates. Garages in Cape Town's salty air, Durban's humidity, or Johannesburg's temperature fluctuations benefit from the protective finish.
Local Support Network
Greenlane Gear, Anchor's official South African distributor based in Brackenfell, Western Cape, provides local customer support. Scan the QR code on your thank-you card to register your 1-year product warranty and access support resources.
PERFECT FOR
Home Garage Owners
Ideal for Johannesburg, Pretoria, Cape Town, and Durban homeowners transforming cluttered garages into organized workspaces. Mount the pegboard above your workbench for easy access to hand tools during weekend projects. Store automotive tools on one panel, gardening equipment on another, and household repair tools on the third. The visible tool organization helps household members return tools to proper locations, maintaining your organized system. Increase property value with professional garage storage that impresses potential buyers.
DIY Enthusiasts & Hobbyists
Perfect for woodworking hobbyists, automotive enthusiasts, home repair experts, and craft workshop owners. The modular pegboard system accommodates specialized tool collections. Woodworkers organize chisels, hand planes, and measuring tools by size. Model builders display precision hand tools and supplies. Electronics hobbyists store soldering equipment, wire tools, and components. The flexible layout adapts as your hobby equipment collection grows.
Professional Tradesmen
Mechanics, carpenters, electricians, plumbers, and general contractors benefit from visible tool organization. Mount pegboards in your service van's workspace, home workshop, or client-site temporary setup. Quickly identify missing tools before leaving job sites. Organize specialty tools by project type for efficient job preparation. The durable construction withstands daily professional use, heavy tool loads, and frequent rearrangement as jobs change.
Automotive Workshops
Essential for professional automotive workshops, panel beating shops, and mobile mechanics across South Africa. Organize socket sets, wrenches, ratchets, specialty automotive tools, and diagnostic equipment on accessible wall storage. Technicians locate tools instantly without opening multiple toolboxes. The black background makes chrome tools highly visible. Mount pegboards at individual workstation bays for assigned tool responsibility and inventory control.
Garden Sheds & Outdoor Storage
Transform garden sheds in Sandton, Constantia, Umhlanga, or any South African suburb into organized tool havens. Store pruning shears, trowels, hand cultivators, gloves, and small garden equipment on visible pegboard hooks. The rust resistant coating withstands shed humidity and temperature fluctuations. Mount one panel inside the shed door for frequently used items, keeping them accessible without entering the full shed space.
Workshop & Manufacturing Facilities
Manufacturing facilities, industrial workshops, and maintenance departments implement pegboard systems for organized tool management. Create shadow boards by tracing tool outlines on the black surface, ensuring tools return to designated locations. Implement 5S workplace organization principles with clearly labeled tool zones. The modular panels allow expansion as workshop tool inventories grow across multiple work areas or production lines.
ERGONOMIC & FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
Reduce Workplace Injuries
Cluttered tool storage creates trip hazards and injury risks. Tools left on workbenches fall to the floor, causing foot injuries. Digging through toolbox drawers strains wrists and hands. Wall mounted pegboard storage eliminates these hazards by keeping tools off work surfaces and floors. South African workshop safety regulations encourage organized tool storage for accident prevention. Reduce insurance claims and workplace injuries with visible tool organization.
Eliminate Time Wasted Searching
Professional tradesmen waste 30-60 minutes daily searching for misplaced tools in disorganized workshops. The visible pegboard display shows tool locations at a glance. Grab the screwdriver, wrench, or hammer you need in seconds rather than minutes. Multiply time savings across daily projects, and the efficiency gains pay for the pegboard investment within months. Mechanics complete more jobs per day. DIY enthusiasts spend time building instead of searching.
Maintain Clean Work Surfaces
Keep workbenches clear for active projects by storing tools on wall pegboards. A clean workspace improves focus, reduces material contamination (wood dust on electronics projects), and prevents tool damage from items piled on top. South African carpenters maintain lumber quality by keeping wood away from tools. Electronics hobbyists prevent static discharge by maintaining clean assembly areas. The organized garage supports quality workmanship.
Support Proper Tool Maintenance
Visible tool storage encourages regular maintenance. Spot rusty tools, damaged handles, or worn equipment immediately on the pegboard display. Schedule maintenance before tools fail during critical projects. Organize cleaning supplies and maintenance equipment on dedicated hooks for easy access. The pegboard system supports tool investment protection through visibility and proper storage positioning.
Enable Inventory Management
Commercial workshops and serious hobbyists track tool inventories easily with pegboard organization. Empty hook spots indicate tools currently in use, borrowed, or missing. Photograph your organized pegboard to document tool collections for insurance purposes. Create tool check-out systems for shared workshops or lending tools to neighbors. The visual inventory system prevents duplicate purchases and identifies theft quickly.
Facilitate Workspace Zoning
Organize workshops by task zones: electrical work area, mechanical repair zone, woodworking section, painting station. Dedicated pegboard panels at each zone store relevant tools, reducing walking distance during projects. Mount one panel near your workbench for hand tools, another near the power tool station, and the third by the garden shed door. Ergonomic workspace design reduces fatigue during extended projects.
INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE
Tools Required for Installation:
Electric drill (for pilot holes in walls)
Masonry drill bits (for brick/concrete) or wood drill bits (for studs)
Phillips head screwdriver
Spirit level (to ensure straight panel mounting)
Measuring tape
Pencil (for marking mounting points)
Wall anchors or wall plugs (for drywall installation, not included)
Stud finder (optional, for locating wall studs in drywall)
Installation Steps:
Step 1: Plan Your Pegboard Layout
Decide whether to mount all three panels together (300cm continuous wall) or separately. Measure your available wall space. Mark the desired height (typically 120-150cm from floor for comfortable tool access). Use a spirit level to draw a horizontal reference line where the top of the pegboards will align. Consider positioning pegboards above workbenches, near tool usage areas, or in high-traffic workshop zones.
Step 2: Locate Wall Studs or Prepare Masonry
For drywall installation: Use a stud finder to locate vertical wall studs. Mark stud positions. Plan to mount panel corners directly into studs for maximum strength. For areas without studs, insert heavy duty wall anchors rated for 10kg or more. For brick or concrete walls (common in South African construction): Mark drilling positions at panel corner holes. Prepare masonry drill bits appropriate for your wall material.
Step 3: Mark and Drill Mounting Holes
Hold the first pegboard panel against the wall at your marked height. Use the spirit level to ensure it's perfectly horizontal. Mark the four corner mounting hole positions through the panel's pre-drilled holes. Set the panel aside. Drill pilot holes at marked positions. For masonry, drill 6-8mm diameter holes to appropriate depth for your wall plugs. For wood studs, drill 3mm pilot holes. Insert wall plugs if using them (tap gently with hammer until flush with wall surface).
Step 4: Mount the First Panel
Position the first pegboard panel back against the wall, aligning the corner holes with your drilled pilot holes. Insert the included screws through the corner holes into the wall. Tighten each screw partially at first. Check the panel is level. Adjust if needed. Once level, fully tighten all four corner screws securely. Test panel stability by applying gentle pressure.
Step 5: Install Additional Panels
If mounting panels side-by-side: Hold the second panel against the wall, butting it tightly against the first panel's edge. Ensure the tops align horizontally (use spirit level). Mark, drill, and mount using the same process. Repeat for the third panel. If mounting panels separately: Repeat the marking, drilling, and mounting process at your chosen locations. Maintain consistent height across separate panels for visual uniformity.
Step 6: Organize Hooks and Tools
Sort the 35 included hooks by type and size. Insert hooks into pegboard holes based on tool size and frequency of use. Position frequently used tools (screwdrivers, pliers, hammers) at chest height for easy grabbing. Store specialty or less-used tools at higher or lower positions. Arrange tools logically: group similar items (all wrenches together, all screwdrivers in one zone). Leave empty hooks for tool collection growth.
Step 7: Test and Adjust
Hang your tool collection on the installed hooks. Observe the panel stability under load. Ensure hooks hold tools securely without slipping. Adjust tool positions based on actual workflow. Consider drawing tool outlines on the black panel surface with chalk or permanent marker for shadow board organization. Test that panels remain level and secure under full tool load.
Installation Time: 20-30 minutes for all three panels (one person), 15-20 minutes with two people
Wall Type Considerations:
Brick/Concrete (most SA homes): Use 6mm masonry drill bits, insert plastic wall plugs, mount directly with included screws
Drywall: Locate studs or use heavy-duty wall anchors rated 10kg+ per mounting point
Wood Studs: Mount directly into studs with included screws
Cavity Walls: Use toggle bolts or molly bolts for secure mounting
Maintenance Guidelines:
Weekly Cleaning: Wipe panels with a dry microfiber cloth to remove dust and workshop debris. Brush accumulated sawdust or metal shavings from square holes. Vacuum or brush behind the panel edges if accessible.
Monthly Inspection: Check all mounting screws for tightness. Garage temperature fluctuations and vibrations from power tool use gradually loosen screws. Tighten any loose mounting screws with a screwdriver. Inspect the black coating for scratches or wear. Touch up any exposed steel spots with black enamel paint to prevent rust.
Hook Maintenance: Remove and inspect hooks quarterly. Ensure hook tips haven't bent or damaged under tool weight. Replace bent or broken hooks (available at hardware stores). Clean hooks with degreasing spray if sticky or grimy from workshop contaminants.
Quarterly Deep Clean: Remove all tools from hooks. Wipe the entire panel surface with a solution of mild dish soap and warm water. Use a soft cloth or sponge (avoid abrasive scrubbers). Dry immediately with clean cloths. Clean hooks with degreaser. Reorganize tools based on changed usage patterns or new tool acquisitions.
Long-Term Protection: Keep garage or workshop reasonably dry to prevent rust (use dehumidifiers in humid coastal areas like Durban or Cape Town). Avoid splashing water directly on panels during floor washing. If panels get wet, dry immediately. Touch up any scratched areas promptly to maintain rust protection.
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Q: How many pegboard panels are included in this set?
A: Three metal pegboard panels, each measuring 100cm × 30cm. When mounted side-by-side, you have 300cm of continuous tool storage, or you mount them separately across different walls for distributed organization. The modular design provides layout flexibility for various garage and workshop configurations.
Q: What is the size of each individual pegboard panel?
A: Each panel measures 100cm in length, 30cm in height, and approximately 2cm in depth. The panels weigh about 2kg each, making them manageable for one-person installation while remaining sturdy enough for heavy tool storage. The 30cm height is optimal for single-row tool hanging above workbenches or in standard garage spaces.
Q: Are hooks included, or do I need to purchase them separately?
A: The set includes 35 mixed metal hooks in various sizes and styles. The hook assortment includes J-hooks for hanging tools, double hooks for larger items, tool-specific holders, and shelf brackets. You have enough hooks to organize a substantial tool collection immediately. Additional hooks are available at South African hardware stores if you expand your tool collection later.
Q: Do the square holes fit standard pegboard hooks available in South Africa?
A: Yes, the 0.995cm square holes fit universal standard pegboard hooks sold at Builders Warehouse, Makro, Chamberlain, Leroy Merlin, and online retailers throughout South Africa. You're not locked into purchasing branded accessories. Any standard square-hole pegboard hook fits perfectly, allowing affordable storage expansion as your workshop grows.
Q: Can I mount the three panels separately on different walls?
A: Absolutely. The modular pegboard system allows complete flexibility. Mount all three together for a 300cm tool wall, separate them across multiple garage walls for zone-based organization, or place them in different rooms (one in the garage, one in the shed, one in the workshop). Each panel mounts independently with its own corner mounting holes.
Q: Are mounting screws included in the package?
A: Yes, the set includes 24 mounting screws. You receive sufficient hardware to secure all three panels to your wall. For brick or concrete walls (common in South African construction), you'll need wall plugs (available at any hardware store for R20-30). For drywall, heavy-duty wall anchors are recommended if not mounting into studs.
Q: What tools do I need to install these pegboards?
A: You need an electric drill, appropriate drill bits for your wall type (masonry bits for brick/concrete or wood bits for studs), a Phillips head screwdriver, a spirit level, and a measuring tape. For drywall installations not into studs, you'll also need wall anchors (not included). Installation is straightforward and requires only basic DIY skills. Most people complete the three-panel installation in 20-30 minutes.
Q: Are these pegboards rust-resistant for South African climates?
A: Yes, the steel panels feature a rust resistant powder coating suitable for South African garage conditions. The coating protects against rust in humid coastal areas (Cape Town, Durban) and inland temperature fluctuations (Johannesburg, Pretoria). Keep your garage reasonably dry and avoid direct water exposure for maximum longevity. The coating outperforms paint for rust protection.
Q: How much weight do the pegboards and hooks support?
A: The reinforced steel construction and thick panel gauge support substantial tool weight when properly installed into solid walls. The limiting factor is typically the individual hooks and your wall mounting rather than the panel strength. When mounted into brick walls or wall studs with proper hardware, the panels support full tool collections including heavy hammers, large wrenches, power tools, and multiple items per hook.
Q: Will these pegboards fit in a small garage or workshop?
A: Definitely. The slim 30cm height and 100cm length per panel maximizes vertical space efficiently. Mount panels above workbenches, in narrow wall sections between shelving, or in any available vertical space. Small South African garages benefit from vertical tool storage that doesn't consume floor space. You can mount even a single panel for significant organization improvement.
Q: Can I add more hooks later if I buy additional tools?
A: Yes, the universal 0.995cm square holes accept any standard pegboard hooks. Purchase additional hooks from hardware stores as your tool collection expands. The panels accommodate dozens of hooks beyond the 35 included, with hundreds of square holes available across the three panels. Your tool storage system grows with your workshop needs.
Q: Is this pegboard suitable for commercial workshop use?
A: Yes, the heavy duty steel construction and reinforced corners suit professional commercial workshops, automotive repair shops, manufacturing facilities, and trade businesses. Professional mechanics, carpenters, and maintenance departments across South Africa use pegboard systems for tool organization and inventory control. The durable construction withstands daily commercial use and frequent tool rearrangement.
Q: Does the black finish scratch easily from daily tool use?
A: The scratch resistant powder coating is specifically designed to withstand daily workshop wear. Minor surface scratches from tool contact are minimal due to the coating hardness. The black color also conceals light scratches better than lighter colors. For any scratches that expose steel, touch up with black enamel paint to maintain rust protection. The finish is significantly more durable than painted pegboards.
Q: Can I paint the panels a different color if I want to customize my workshop?
A: Yes, although the factory matte black finish is designed for durability and professional appearance. If you want custom colors, lightly sand the surface to improve paint adhesion, clean thoroughly, then apply spray paint or enamel paint designed for metal surfaces. Consider leaving the factory finish intact for maximum durability and rust protection.
Q: Can I mount these pegboards on drywall walls?
A: Yes, with appropriate wall anchors. Drywall requires heavy-duty wall anchors or toggle bolts rated for at least 10kg per mounting point since the included screws alone won't hold in drywall. Alternatively, locate wall studs using a stud finder and mount panel corners directly into studs for maximum strength. Many South African homes have brick or concrete walls where the included screws work with standard wall plugs.
Note: Wall plugs or wall anchors for specific wall types are not included. Purchase these separately based on your wall construction (brick, concrete, or drywall).
Stop wasting time searching through cluttered toolboxes. South African garages, workshops, and sheds deserve professional organization that makes every tool visible and accessible. The Anchor 3-Piece Metal Pegboard Set transforms chaotic tool storage into efficient wall systems that save time, reduce frustration, and create safer workspaces. Mount these heavy duty steel panels in 30 minutes and immediately enjoy organized tool storage that works as hard as you do.
Whether you're a Johannesburg mechanic servicing vehicles, a Cape Town carpenter building custom furniture, a Durban DIY enthusiast tackling weekend projects, or a Pretoria homeowner upgrading garage storage, this pegboard system adapts to your needs. The reinforced construction ensures years of reliable service. The modular design grows with your tool collection. The professional appearance elevates any workspace.
Your tools deserve better than drawers and boxes. Give them the organized home they need.
Upgrade your workshop. Order your Anchor Metal Pegboard Set today.
LEGAL & SAFETY NOTICES
Installation Safety: Ensure all mounting screws are securely fastened during installation. The stability and safety of your pegboard system depend entirely on proper wall mounting. Confirm your wall type (brick, concrete, drywall) and use correct anchors or mounting hardware for safe installation. If unsure about proper installation methods, consult a qualified handyman or building professional.
Weight Distribution: Do not overload individual hooks beyond their safe weight capacity. Distribute tool weight evenly across multiple hooks and panels. Concentrated heavy loads on single hooks cause hook failure or panel stress. Hang heavy tools (sledgehammers, large power tools) on double hooks or reinforced hook styles designed for heavier loads.
Wall Anchor Requirements: The included mounting screws work with wall plugs in brick or concrete walls, or directly into wooden wall studs. For drywall installations without stud mounting, you must purchase and install heavy-duty wall anchors rated for at least 10kg per mounting point. Improper drywall mounting causes panel failure and falling tools, creating injury risks.
Child Safety: Install pegboards at heights that prevent young children from reaching sharp or dangerous tools. Store power tools, sharp hand tools, and hazardous equipment on higher hooks beyond children's reach. Teach children that workshop tools are not toys. Supervise children in garages and workshops. Keep installation hardware away from young children during assembly to prevent choking hazards.
Need Help? If you experience difficulties during installation or have product questions, contact Greenlane Gear by scanning the QR code provided in your package.
Product Finish Variation: The final product finish varies slightly between manufacturing batches. Product color and finish appearance differ from images due to photography lighting, screen calibration, and camera settings. All products maintain consistent quality standards regardless of minor aesthetic variations.
Warranty Registration: Register your product within 30 days of purchase to activate your 1-year warranty coverage. Scan the QR code on your thank-you card. The warranty covers manufacturing defects and workmanship issues. The warranty does not cover damage from improper installation, excessive weight loads, wall mounting failures, or normal wear.
Proper Use Guidelines: These pegboards are intended for indoor use in garages, workshops, and sheds. Do not install in fully outdoor exposed locations where direct rain contact occurs. Avoid installing near heat sources, open flames, or areas with excessive moisture accumulation. Do not stand, climb, or hang on the panels. Use the pegboard system only for its intended purpose as tool storage.
What's in the box
1 X Refer Description
Sun Shade Sail Canopy UV Resistant Durable Breathable Sun Shades; Shade Sails for Patios Waterproof
- BREATHABLE WATERPROOF MATERIAL: Made of high-quality waterproof Oxford cloth material, it Allows cooling breezes and light to pass through for better airy and comfortable space, and allows rains to pass through, so there's no pooling water.
- DURABILITY: All edges are constructed with heavy-duty double-layered reinforced stitched seams, preventing frayed edges from being out of shape. Each corner ends with a stainless-Steel ring for easy hanging, and extra heavy stitching to help the rings strongly attached to the shade sail.
- EASY TO INSTALL: Measure and clean the area where the shade sail is to be installed. Leave an allowance of 1.5-2ft between the fixing point and the shade sail to fit hardware/ hooks or ropes. Maintenance: Clean with mild detergent or water, do not scrub it with a stiff brush, do not put it in your washing machine, or clothes drier.
- IDEAL SHADE SOLUTIONS: Widely used over a patio, lawn, garden, pool, pond, deck, courtyard, backyard, dooryard, park, carport, pergola, sandbox, driveway, or other outdoor area to provide 90% sunshade and protect against 95% harmful UV rays, and make your patio privacy safe, cool and fabulous.
- PRODUCT DIMENSION: 3 x 3 meters
Product features:
✔A shade covering provides protection from the sun in outdoor activities
✔Shade sails are ideal for indoor and home outdoor areas
✔Stainless steel D-rings for enough gravity and durability
✔Made of high quality polyester waterproof material, durable, strong and can be used all year round
Specifications:
- Shape:Triangle
- Material:Waterproof oxford cloth
- UV protection rate: up to 95%
- Shading rate: 90%
What’s in the box:
1 x Sun Shade Sails
Sun Shade Sail Canopy UV Resistant Durable Breathable Sun Shades; Shade Sails for Patios Waterproof
- Breathable waterproof material : Made of high-quality waterproof Oxford cloth material, it Allows cooling breezes and light to pass through for better airy and comfortable space, and allows rains to pass through, so there's no pooling water.
- Durability: All edges are constructed with heavy-duty double-layered reinforced stitched seams, preventing frayed edges from being out of shape. Each corner ends with a stainless-Steel ring for easy hanging, and extra heavy stitching to help the rings strongly attached to the shade sail.
- Easy to install: Measure and clean the area where the shade sail is to be installed. Leave an allowance of 1.5-2ft between the fixing point and the shade sail to fit hardware/ hooks or ropes. Maintenance: Clean with mild detergent or water, do not scrub it with a stiff brush, do not put it in your washing machine, or clothes drier.
- Ideal shade solutions: Widely used over a patio, lawn, garden, pool, pond, deck, courtyard, backyard, dooryard, park, carport, pergola, sandbox, driveway, or other outdoor area to provide 90% sunshade and protect against 95% harmful UV rays, and make your patio privacy safe, cool and fabulous.
- Product dimension: 3 x 4 meters
Product features:
A shade covering provides protection from the sun in outdoor activities
Shade sails are ideal for indoor and home outdoor areas
Stainless steel D-rings for enough gravity and durability
Made of high quality polyester waterproof material, durable, strong and can be used all year round
Specifications:
- Shape: Rectangle
- Material:Waterproof oxford cloth
- UV protection rate: up to 95%
- Shading rate: 90%
What's in the box
- 1 x Sun Shade Sails
Anchor 4 Pack Cutting Mats 12 x 12 Inch Light Standard Strong Fabric Grip PVC Set
Light Standard Strong and Fabric Grip | Adhesive 12 x 12 Mats for Vinyl Paper Fabric and Cricut Craft Cutting
Improve your workspace with the Anchor 4 Pack Cutting Mat Set. Each 12 x 12 cutting mat offers the right level of tack for clean cuts and easy material removal. These Cricut compatible cutting mats 12 x 12 support vinyl, fabric, card, paper and detailed craft work. This cutting mat set is ideal for Cricut cutting mat users and general craft machines.
WHY YOU WILL LOVE IT
Complete 4 pack cutting mats for all material types
Adhesive cutting mat surface grips materials without tearing
Cricut compatible cutting mats 12 x 12 for smooth loading
Reusable PVC cutting mats for crafts and daily cutting work
Color coded grip levels support fast material selection
Protective film cover keeps mats clean and sticky
KEY FEATURES
Four Grip Strengths for All Tasks
Blue Light Grip mat for thin paper and delicate sheets
Green Standard Grip mat for card, vinyl and medium materials
Pink Fabric Grip mat for fabric and soft textiles
Purple Strong Grip mat for heavy cardstock and stiff materials
Smooth and Clean Cutting
Sticky craft mats for vinyl and paper
Prevents sliding for accurate results
Works well with templates and fine shapes
Durable PVC Construction
PVC cutting mats resist bending
No harsh smell
Reusable surface supports long life
Cricut Compatible Performance
Works with Cricut Maker and Cricut Explore
Also supports manual and electronic craft cutting tools
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Brand: Anchor
Type: Cutting Mat Set
Primary Use: Cricut cutting mat and craft cutting
Grip Levels: Light, Standard, Strong, Fabric
Quantity: 4 pieces
Material: PVC
Size: 12 x 12 inches (305 x 305 mm)
Adhesive: Yes
Colors: Blue, Green, Pink, Purple
Compatibility: Cricut Maker, Cricut Explore, general craft cutting machines
THE ANCHOR ADVANTAGE
Anchor provides reusable cutting mats with stable tack strength and steady load performance. Each mat supports accurate cutting and protects tools during daily crafting. The multi grip cutting mats help you work with a wide range of materials.
PERFECT FOR
Cricut users and craft beginners
Scrapbooking and paper trimming
Vinyl cutting and sticker making
Sewing and fabric tasks
Card making and invitations
School and DIY craft projects
ERGONOMIC AND FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
Reduces tears when lifting materials
Holds sheets steady for accurate cuts
Smooth release protects delicate cuts
Keeps workspace clean and arranged
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE
Setup
Remove the protective film
Place material lightly on the adhesive surface
Load the mat into your Cricut or craft machine
Care Tips
Replace the clear film after use
Avoid touching the tack with fingers
Use a scraper to clear debris
Clean with mild soap and water when tack weakens
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Are these Cricut compatible cutting mats 12 x 12
Yes. They fit Cricut Maker and Cricut Explore models.
Are the mats reusable
Yes. These reusable PVC cutting mats for crafts can last many cycles with proper care.
Do the mats have a strong smell
No. They use clean PVC with no pungent odor.
Is the pink mat for fabric
Yes. The pink fabric grip mat is for textiles.
Do the mats have printed guides
Yes. Each mat includes measurement grid lines.
Are these replacement cutting mats for Cricut machines
Yes. They work as replacement mats for compatible Cricut machines.
Improve your cutting results with a complete multi grip set. These adhesive 12 x 12 mats support vinyl, paper, fabric and card with stable tack strength and clean release. The Anchor 4 Pack Cutting Mat Set helps you work faster and with a higher level of accuracy.
Anchor Cutting Mats. Clean cuts. Steady grip. Ready for every project.
SAFETY NOTES
Keep away from heat
Handle sharp tools carefully
Store flat with protective film
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Use the mats correctly for best performance. Keep them clean and flat. Avoid heat, sunlight and moisture. Do not roll or fold the mats. Use the right grip level for each material. These mats are for craft cutting only.
The performance, durability, and adhesive integrity of your cutting mats depend entirely on proper use and correct handling. Please follow all instructions carefully and ensure the mats are used according to manufacturer specifications. Do not expose the mats to excessive heat, direct sunlight, or moisture, as this may weaken the adhesive surface or cause warping. Avoid bending, folding, or rolling the mats, as this can damage the PVC layers and reduce cutting accuracy. Always distribute materials evenly and use the appropriate grip level for each material type. These mats are designed specifically for crafting and cutting applications - please use them only for their intended purpose.
If you need assistance, have questions, or need help troubleshooting mat performance, please contact us using the QR code provided in your package. Our support team is ready to assist you.
Please Note: Minor variations in color, adhesive strength, or printed markings may occur between manufacturing batches. Product appearance may also differ slightly from images due to lighting, screen calibration, and camera settings. All Anchor cutting mats maintain consistent quality standards despite small aesthetic differences
What's in the box
1 x 4 Anchor 12 x 12 Cutting Mats
Anchor 4 Pack Cutting Mats 12 x 24 Inch Light Standard Strong Fabric Grip Set
Light Standard Strong and Fabric Grip | Adhesive 12 x 24 Mats for Cricut Vinyl Paper Fabric and Craft Cutting
Enhance your crafting setup with the Anchor 4 Pack 12 x 24 Cutting Mat Set. Each mat features the ideal adhesive level for holding materials securely while ensuring easy, tear free removal. Designed for Cricut machines and other craft cutters, these mats are perfect for vinyl, paper, fabric and detailed craft projects.
WHY YOU WILL LOVE IT
Four grip strengths for cutting every material type
Larger 12 x 24 inch size for big projects and long cuts
Adhesive surface holds materials firmly in place
Compatible with Cricut Maker and Explore machines
High quality PVC for durability and long term use
Protective film keeps mats clean and sticky
KEY FEATURES
Four Color Coded Grip Levels
Blue Light Grip for thin cardstock, printer paper and vinyl
Green Standard Grip for general materials such as cardstock and iron-on
Pink Fabric Grip designed for soft and delicate fabrics
Purple Strong Grip for heavy materials like chipboard and magnet sheets
Extended 12 x 24 Inch Cutting Area
Ideal for large decals, long fabric strips and oversized designs
Perfect for quilting, scrapbooking and large craft layouts
Smooth and Clean Cutting Performance
Optimized stickiness prevents sliding
Ensures sharp, clean cuts without tearing
Easy release after cutting
Durable PVC Construction
Made from environmentally friendly PVC
Resistant to warping and bending
Long lasting adhesive when properly maintained
Compatible with Craft Machines
Fits Cricut Maker and Cricut Explore
Works with most manual and electronic cutting tools
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Brand: Anchor
Type: Cutting Mat Set
Grip Levels: Light, Standard, Strong, Fabric
Quantity: 4 pieces
Material: PVC
Cutting Area: 12 x 24 inches (305 x 610 mm)
Full Size: 13 x 26 inches (330 x 660 mm)
Colors: Blue, Green, Pink, Purple
Adhesive: Yes
Compatibility: Cricut Maker, Cricut Explore and craft cutting machines
THE ANCHOR ADVANTAGE
Anchor craft tools are engineered for precision, durability and easy use. These 12 x 24 cutting mats provide long lasting adhesive strength and accurate cuts, helping crafters, hobbyists and professionals complete projects with confidence.
PERFECT FOR
Cricut Maker and Explore users
Vinyl cutting and sticker designs
Sewing, quilting and fabric crafts
Scrapbooking and paper crafting
Card making and design layouts
Large craft projects and DIY crafts
ERGONOMIC AND FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
Holds materials firmly to prevent miscuts
Smooth release for delicate designs
Supports long, straight cutting operations
Keeps your workspace neat and organized
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE
Setup
Remove the protective film
Place material gently on the adhesive surface
Load into your cutting machine
After cutting, peel off material slowly
Care Tips
Keep the clear film on when not in use
Avoid touching the sticky area with fingers
Use spatula and scraper tools for cleaning
Rinse lightly with water when needed
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Are these mats compatible with Cricut machines
Yes. They fit Cricut Maker and Cricut Explore machines.
Can I reuse the mats
Yes. Proper care allows for many uses.
Do the mats have odor
No. They are made from environmentally friendly PVC.
Can the fabric grip mat cut delicate materials
Yes. It is designed specifically for fabric and soft materials.
Do these mats include printed grid lines
Yes. Each mat includes measurement guides.
Complete your crafting setup with the Anchor 4 Pack 12 x 24 Cutting Mat Set. With four grip strengths, large cutting surface and long lasting adhesive, these mats deliver precise results for every project.
SAFETY NOTES
Store mats flat and away from heat
Use cutting tools carefully
Place protective film on mats when not in use
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The performance, durability, and adhesive integrity of your cutting mats depend entirely on proper use and correct handling. Please follow all instructions carefully and ensure the mats are used according to manufacturer specifications.
Do not expose the mats to excessive heat, direct sunlight, or moisture, as this may weaken the adhesive layers or cause warping. Avoid bending, folding, or rolling the mats, as this can damage the PVC structure and reduce cutting accuracy. Always use the correct grip level for each material and distribute materials evenly during use. These mats are intended specifically for crafting and cutting applications-please use them only for their intended purpose.
If you require assistance or experience any issues, please contact us using the QR code provided in your package. Our support team is ready to assist you with your Anchor cutting mat set.
Please Note:
Minor variations in color, adhesive strength, or printed markings may occur between manufacturing batches. Product appearance may vary slightly from images due to lighting, camera settings, or screen calibration. All Anchor cutting mats maintain consistent quality standards despite small aesthetic differences.
What's in the box
1 x 4pcs Cutting Mats 12 x 24"
- Patio Chairs: The chairs are resistant to weather conditions and easy to clean. The modern and elegant design of the 4-piece set of metal chairs will work well on the balcony, terrace, and garden. The set includes as many as 4 comfortable armchairs/chairs with backrests.
- Sturdy Chairs: The steel frames of the chairs are extremely durable, an additional advantage is the textile lining, which is exceptionally durable and breathable. The maximum load on the chair is up to 150 kg.
- Easy Assembly: It takes about 15 minutes to assemble a set of chairs. Additionally, the set can be freely arranged according to your preferences, so it will work well even in small spaces such as a small balcony.
- Space Saving & Lightweight: These high-backed chairs are stackable and can be easily stored when not in use. Their lightweight design allows them to move effortlessly - ideal for gardens, patios, restaurants, balconies, camping, and much more.
- Easy to Clean: Made from UV-resistant Textilene fabric, these balcony chairs remain permanently in the best condition. They add an elegant touch to your garden that will last in any season.
Specification:
Metal Colour: Black
Number of seats: 4
Maximum Chair Load: 150 kg
Material: Seat with backrest: PVC + polyester + iron frame, other elements: PP
Frame: Powder-coated steel
Stackable: Yes
Armrest Height: 57 cm
Dimensions: 55 x 70 x 92 cm
Weight: 16.5 kg
Product Dimensions: 55 x 70 x 92 cm
Product Colour: Black
What's in the box
- 4 x Patio Chairs
Features:
4 TIER BOOKSHELF: Bookshelf in the home office, display trinkets or potted plants in the living room, and keep cooking utensils in the kitchen. These 4 open shelves help maximize the storage space.
CAPACITY: Crafted from high-strength chipboard and metal frame, durable to provides years of reliable use; 10 kg load bearing each shelf allows you to display a lot of treasures.
EASY ASSEMBLY: The clever folding design makes assembly a breeze; expand the folding frame, and fix 4 wooden shelves; easy assembly takes only 20 minutes. Simple structure, labeled parts, and clear instructions will help you finish the assembly of this bookshelf.
DESIGN: Vintage wood for an old-time classic, rigid steel for industrial chic, they now come together on this bookcase to bring a delicate antique touch of the past to your home
Specifications:
Product dimension: 27 x 60 x 125.5 cm;
Product weight: 14.6kg
Product color: Rustic Brown Top/Black Base
Top material: Particleboard, Steel
Base material: Metal
What's in the box
1 x Bookshelves in a Flat Pack
R 0.00
Unit price perMaximise your storage space with the Anchor 4-Tier Shelving Unit, a 2-pack set built for homes, offices, and utility rooms. Each unit features a reinforced steel frame and 9mm honeycomb boards for a strong, lightweight build. The clean black finish fits any space, and the boltless design means setup is fast.
Features:
- Steel frame: 0.70mm/0.80mm reinforced thickness for stability
- Honeycomb shelves: 9mm boards, strong and lighter than solid panels
- 2 pack: two complete units in one purchase
- Adjustable tiers: reposition shelves to fit your storage needs
- Boltless assembly: no tools required, quick setup
- Dimensions: 148 x 75 x 30cm per unit (58.3 x 29.5 x 11.8 inches)
Specifications:
- Brand: Anchor
- Colour: Black
- Frame Material: Steel (0.70mm / 0.80mm)
- Shelf Material: 9mm Honeycomb Board
- Dimensions per unit: 148 x 75 x 30cm
- Pack: 2 units
- Assembly: Boltless
What's in the box
2 x 4 Tier Shelving Unit
Anchor 4 Tier Metal Plate Shelving Unit Black 250kg per Shelf 120x45x183
Heavy-Duty 4-Tier Steel Shelving with Solid Metal Plate Shelves
This Anchor 4-tier metal shelving unit features solid metal plate shelves and a durable black finish. Each shelf supports up to 250kg, providing a strong and practical storage solution for residential and commercial use.
Why You'll Love This
This Anchor 4-tier metal shelving unit offers reliable storage with a strong, stable structure. Designed to handle heavy loads while maintaining a clean, practical layout, it provides an efficient storage solution for both residential and commercial environments.
Key Features
4-tier metal shelving unit
Solid metal plate shelves
Supports up to 250kg per shelf
Strong steel frame construction
Durable black powder-coated finish
Vertical storage design to maximise space
Technical Specifications
Brand: Anchor
Product Type: Metal Shelving Unit
Number of Tiers: 4
Material: Steel / Metal
Shelf Type: Solid metal plate
Load Capacity: 250kg per shelf
Dimensions: 120 × 45 × 183cm
Colour: Black
Perfect For
Garages
Warehouses
Storerooms
Workshops
Retail backrooms
The Anchor Advantage
Anchor products are designed with a focus on strength, stability, and practical use. This shelving unit is built to support heavy storage needs while maintaining consistent quality and dependable performance.
Built For
Heavy storage requirements
Long-term use
Organised, vertical storage solutions
Climate-Tested Construction
The steel frame and powder-coated finish help protect the shelving unit from everyday wear associated with temperature changes and humidity commonly found in garages and storerooms.
Why Choose This vs. Lightweight Shelving?
Unlike lightweight shelving, this unit features solid metal plate shelves and a reinforced steel structure, providing greater stability and higher load support per shelf.
Easy Care
Simply wipe clean with a dry or slightly damp cloth to maintain its appearance and performance.
The Aesthetic
The clean black finish offers a professional, understated look that blends easily into both residential and commercial spaces without drawing unnecessary attention.
Practical Colour Benefits
The black powder-coated surface helps conceal dust, marks, and everyday wear, making it suitable for high-use storage areas.
Investment in Strength
Designed to support up to 250kg per shelf, this shelving unit provides dependable storage capacity for heavy items without compromising stability.
Daily Value
By combining strong construction with efficient use of vertical space, this shelving unit delivers practical storage value day after day.
Complete Set Convenience
Everything needed to assemble the shelving unit is included, allowing you to set up your storage solution without sourcing additional components.
Quick Setup Process
The assembly is straightforward with included components and instructions. Setup time may vary depending on experience.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q1: How much weight can each shelf hold?
Each shelf supports up to 250kg when evenly distributed.
Q2: Are the shelves solid or wire?
The unit uses solid metal plate shelves.
Q3: Is assembly required?
Yes, assembly is required. Instructions are included.
Q4: Can shelf height be adjusted?
Shelf positioning depends on the assembly configuration.
Q5: Is this suitable for garage use?
Yes, it is suitable for storage areas such as garages and storerooms.
Q6: Is the shelving unit supplied as one piece?
No, it is supplied as individual components for assembly.
Q7: Does it come in other colours?
This listing is for the black version only.
Comfort Zone
Designed for environments where stable support and organised storage are required.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The stated load capacity of 250kg is based on evenly distributed weight per shelf. This shelving unit must be fully assembled before use and placed on a flat, level surface to ensure stability and safe operation. For longevity, avoid prolonged exposure to excessive moisture.
What's in the box
- 1 x Anchor 4-Tier Metal Shelving Unit (Black)
- 1 x Assembly components
- 1 x Assembly instructions
Anchor 4 Tier Metal Plate Shelving Unit Black 250kg per Shelf 120x60x183
Heavy-Duty Steel Storage Shelving for Garage, Warehouse & Stockrooms
This Anchor 4-tier metal shelving unit features solid metal plate shelves and a durable black finish. Each shelf supports up to 250kg, providing a strong and practical storage solution for residential and commercial use.
Why You'll Love This
This Anchor 4-tier metal shelving unit offers reliable storage with a strong, stable structure. Designed to handle heavy loads while maintaining a clean, practical layout, it provides an efficient storage solution for both residential and commercial environments.
Key Features
4-tier metal shelving unit
Solid metal plate shelves
Supports up to 250kg per shelf
Strong steel frame construction
Durable black powder-coated finish
Deep shelf design for larger storage items
Technical Specifications
Brand: Anchor
Product Type: Metal Shelving Unit
Number of Tiers: 4
Material: Steel / Metal
Shelf Type: Solid metal plate
Load Capacity: 250kg per shelf
Dimensions: 120 × 60 × 183cm
Colour: Black
Perfect For
Garages
Warehouses
Storerooms
Workshops
Retail backrooms
The Anchor Advantage
Anchor products are designed with a focus on strength, stability, and practical use. This shelving unit is built to support heavy storage needs while maintaining consistent quality and dependable performance.
Built For
Heavy storage requirements
Bulky and deep storage items
Long-term use
Organised, vertical storage solutions
Climate-Tested Construction
The steel frame and powder-coated finish help protect the shelving unit from everyday wear associated with temperature changes and humidity commonly found in garages and storerooms.
Why Choose This vs. Lightweight Shelving?
Unlike lightweight shelving, this unit features solid metal plate shelves and a reinforced steel structure, providing greater stability and higher load support per shelf.
Easy Care
Simply wipe clean with a dry or slightly damp cloth to maintain its appearance and performance.
The Aesthetic
The clean black finish offers a professional, understated look that blends easily into both residential and commercial spaces without drawing unnecessary attention.
Practical Colour Benefits
The black powder-coated surface helps conceal dust, marks, and everyday wear, making it suitable for high-use storage areas.
Investment in Strength
Designed to support up to 250kg per shelf, this shelving unit provides dependable storage capacity for heavy items without compromising stability.
Daily Value
By combining strong construction with increased shelf depth and efficient use of vertical space, this shelving unit delivers practical storage value day after day.
Complete Set Convenience
Everything needed to assemble the shelving unit is included, allowing you to set up your storage solution without sourcing additional components.
Quick Setup Process
Assembly is straightforward with included components and instructions. Setup time may vary depending on experience
Frequently Asked Questions
Q1: How much weight can each shelf hold?
Each shelf supports up to 250kg when evenly distributed.
Q2: Are the shelves solid or wire?
The unit uses solid metal plate shelves.
Q3: Is assembly required?
Yes, assembly is required. Instructions are included.
Q4: Is this deeper than standard shelving?
Yes, this version features a 60cm shelf depth for larger items.
Q5: Is this suitable for garage use?
Yes, it is suitable for storage areas such as garages and storerooms.
Q6: Is the shelving unit supplied as one piece?
No, it is supplied as individual components for assembly.
Q7: Does it come in other sizes?
Yes, this shelving unit is available in multiple size options.
Comfort Zone
Designed for environments where stable support and organised storage are required.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The stated load capacity of 250kg is based on evenly distributed weight per shelf. This shelving unit must be fully assembled before use and placed on a flat, level surface to ensure stability and safe operation. For longevity, avoid prolonged exposure to excessive moisture.
What's in the box
- 1 x Anchor 4-Tier Metal Shelving Unit (Black)
- 1 x Assembly components
- 1 x Assembly instructions
Anchor Wall-Mounted Storage Panel Pegboard 100 x 30cm + 60 Hooks
Organize your workspace efficiently with our Heavy-Duty Metal Peg Board. Designed for durability and versatility, this wall-mounted storage panel is perfect for garages, workshops, kitchens, or craft rooms.
- Robust Metal Construction: Built to withstand heavy tools and equipment.
- Customizable Storage: Compatible with hooks, bins, and accessories for tailored organization.
- Space-Saving Design: Mount on any wall to keep floors and work surfaces clutter-free.
- Rust-Resistant Finish: Ensures long-lasting durability in any environment.
- Easy Installation: Comes with pre-drilled holes and mounting hardware for quick setup.
Ideal for organizing tools, craft supplies, or kitchenware, this metal peg board adds both style and function to any space. Keep everything within reach while creating a clean, efficient workspace!
Product Dimension: 100 x 30cm
Product Color: Black
Warranty: 1 year
Feature: Durable Sturdy
Material: Metal
What's in the box
- 4 x Pegboard
R 0.00
Unit price perMaximise your storage space with the Anchor 4-Tier Shelving Unit, built for homes, offices, and utility rooms. The reinforced steel frame and 9mm honeycomb boards deliver a strong, lightweight build that handles everyday storage with ease. The clean black finish suits any space, and the boltless design means no tools and no hassle.
Features:
- Honeycomb shelves: 9mm boards, strong and lighter than solid panels
- Steel frame: reinforced at 0.70mm/0.80mm thickness for daily stability
- Adjustable tiers: reposition shelves to fit your storage needs
- Boltless assembly: no tools required, quick setup
- Compact footprint: 148 x 75 x 30cm (58.3 x 29.5 x 11.8 inches) fits tight spaces
- Black finish: clean, modern look for any room
Specifications:
- Brand: Anchor
- Colour: Black
- Frame Material: Steel (0.70mm / 0.80mm)
- Shelf Material: 9mm Honeycomb Board
- Dimensions: 148 x 75 x 30cm (58.3 x 29.5 x 11.8 inches)
- Pack: 1 unit
- Assembly: Boltless
What's in the box
1 x 4 Tier Shelving Unit
Home 48 Interlocking Garage Foam Floor Tiles, Protective Flooring Mats Total Area 12 Square Meter Gym Exercise
SAFEGUARDS YOUR KID'S PLAY AREA - Use our 1cm thick floor mats to create a worry-free playing space for your children. Enjoy the peace of mind that your kids won't experience any bad falls or bumps while playing.
SOFT SURFACE FOR FLOOR EXERCISE - These fitness floor mats act as a soft and comfortable surface for you to do your push-ups, Pilates, or yoga sessions. Installation underneath heavy exercise equipment and machinery will permanently indent this product but will not impact the intended use.
USAGE IN HOME GARAGE FLOORING: These interlocking Mat tiles can insulate and protect almost any floor They slot together just like a jigsaw, making them extremely easy to install. Since they are very durable, they have long lifespans and are therefore ideal for use at Home, Gym, or Home Garage Flooring. However please note that although garage usage is recommended, it is not meant for heavy-duty usage like a car driving over this.
- Hardwearing for frequent use
- Easy to Clean and maintain
- Resistance to oil, moisture, solvents and chemicals
- Quick to lay and replace
- Easy to Clean and maintain
- Please note this is not suitable for industrial usage i.e. factory flooring, industrial garage etc.
The seamless interlocking of the mats enables a secure hold. Non-slip texture on the surface reduces the risk of falling when doing workouts and secures traction.
Usage in the gym: Fitness mat use with your home gym equipment helps prevent damage from workout equipment to flooring. Dropping dumbbells is now no longer a problem at home! Our interlocking puzzle mats keep your floor protected against scratches, scuffs, and dents, especially when used for your home gym, garage, or children's play area.
WATERPROOF & EASY TO CLEAN: Waterproof interlocking foam mats are easy to clean with a damp cloth or mild soap. The foam floor tiles offer adjustable coverage-use less for smaller areas or purchase more to expand your workout space. The puzzle piece mat can be cut to fit for custom size. Lay a single piece or multiple pieces and it will fit almost anywhere.
EASY TO ASSEMBLE: The Lightweight interlocking mats connect quickly and easily and come apart just as simply for transporting or compact storage. It is easy to assemble, and the mats lock together tightly so they won't break apart when being used.
DURABLE CUSHION: Foam floor mats are sturdy enough while providing a cushioned space. Each gym flooring mat is specially manufactured to ensure protection from rough and hard surfaces.
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 50x50x1cm
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT PCS: 48pcs
2 EDGE STRIPS PER MAT ARE PROVIDED
What's in the box: 48 x Black Mats
What's in the box
- 48 x Black Mats
Non-Slip Space Saving Multilayer Hangers; 5 Layers S - Shaped Hanger; Anti-slip Bar space-saver pants - Black
Features:
- HIGH QUALITY: The pants hanger is made of high-quality stainless steel that is rustproof and sturdy, ensuring durability and long life for use.
- ANTI-SLIP: The black anti-slip bar of the space-saver pants hanger can keep your clothes in natural shape without creases and prevent them from falling, and the soft clear cap can protect your closet or clothes from scratch
- SPACE SAVING: One multilayer pants hanger is equivalent to five normal hangers, maximizing to save your closet space and keeping it clean and orderly. Compatible with all kinds of clothes, perfect for hanging your jeans, trousers, leggings, ties, and scarves that keep your closet compact and organized.
- S-SHAPED: Adopting an s-shaped and multifunctional vertical storage space design of the pants hanger, high toughness that can always keep it in good shape even hanging weight. It is a thoughtful gift for everyone who likes order and cleanliness in their room.
Brought to you from a leading UK supplier of flat-packed Home and Office Furniture, Greenlane Gear
Specifications:
S design
5 layers with non-slip bars
Plastic rubbers to prevent scratches
Material: Stainless steel
Product Color: Black
What's in the box
- 5 x S-shaped hangers
Anchor 5-Piece Counter Height Bar Dining Table Set with 4 Stools – Vintage Wood
Steel Frame Bar Table Set with Vintage 15mm MDF Tops, 4 Space-Saving Stools & Matte Black Powder Coated Finish
Create a stylish and functional dining space with the Anchor 5-Piece Counter Height Bar Dining Set. Designed for modern homes, apartments and entertainment areas, this set features a durable steel frame, a vintage melamine tabletop finish and four matching bar stools. Perfect for kitchens, dining rooms, studios or compact spaces that need both comfort and a contemporary aesthetic.
WHY YOU WILL LOVE IT
• Complete 5-piece dining set (1 table + 4 stools)
• Modern industrial design with vintage melamine finish
• Counter-height table ideal for kitchens & small spaces
• Thick 15 mm MDF tabletop and seats
• Durable steel frame with matte black powder coating
• Space-saving design — stools slide neatly under the table
• Stable construction for everyday dining & entertaining
• Comfortably seats 4 adults
KEY FEATURES
Durable Steel Frame Construction
• Main frame uses 25×25×0.8 mm steel
• Supporting frame uses 18×18×0.8 mm steel
• Matte black powder-coated finish for rust resistance
• Strong, stable and built for long-term use
Vintage Melamine Tabletop & Seats
• 15 mm MDF board with realistic vintage wood texture
• Smooth, stain-resistant surface for easy cleanup
• Stylish design complements modern and industrial interiors
4 Matching Bar Stools
• Sturdy seating with 15 mm MDF tops
• No sponge padding — easy to maintain, wipe-clean surface
• Stool dimensions: 40 × 30 × 65 cm
• Slides fully under the table when not in use
Counter-Height Table
• Table dimensions: 120 × 60 × 90 cm
• Comfortable counter height for casual dining or bar-style seating
• Ideal for apartments, condos, breakfast nooks and small dining rooms
Space-Saving and Versatile
• Compact footprint makes it perfect for smaller homes
• Can be used as a dining table, kitchen island, bar table or work table
• Clean, minimalist design enhances any room
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Brand: Anchor
Type: 5-Piece Counter Height Bar Dining Set
Material (Frame): Steel (25×25×0.8 mm and 18×18×0.8 mm)
Material (Surfaces): 15 mm MDF with Melamine Vintage Finish
Table Size: 120 × 60 × 90 cm
Stool Size: 40 × 30 × 65 cm (each)
Stool Count: 4
Finish: Matte Black Powder Coating (frame)
Seat Padding: None (wood finish seats)
Assembly: Required (instructions included)
Use: Indoor dining, kitchen, home bar, entertainment area
THE ANCHOR ADVANTAGE
Anchor delivers high-quality home and storage furniture built for durability, stability and modern living. Designed with premium steel, quality wood panels and stylish finishes, Anchor furniture brings both function and contemporary style to your home.
PERFECT FOR
• Small apartments & condos
• Breakfast nooks
• Kitchen corners
• Dining rooms
• Entertainment/bar spaces
• Airbnb & rental homes
• Work-from-home small-space setups
ERGONOMIC & FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
• Counter height provides comfortable seating
• Stools tuck under table to maximise floor space
• Easy-to-clean melamine surfaces
• Steel frame offers strong and stable support
• Perfect for tight or compact areas
INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE
Setup
• Assemble on a flat, level surface
• Follow instructions included in the package
• Tighten all screws securely
• Ensure table and stools sit evenly on the floor
Care Tips
• Wipe with a soft cloth
• Avoid abrasive cleaners
• Do not expose MDF to excessive moisture
• Check screws periodically for tightness
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Does the set fit in small spaces?
Yes — stools slide under the table to save room.
Is the table sturdy?
Yes. The steel frame and thick MDF provide stability.
Is the surface easy to clean?
Yes — melamine is stain-resistant and wipe-friendly.
Are the stools comfortable?
They offer firm, stable seating suitable for dining and bar use.
Is assembly difficult?
No. The set includes full instructions.
WHAT’S IN THE BOX
• 1 × Counter-height bar dining table with vintage wood top
• 4 × Matching bar stools designed to tuck neatly under the table
• 1 × 15mm MDF tabletop panel with vintage finish
• 4 × 15mm MDF stool tops in matching vintage finish
• Steel leg frames for the table and stools
• Cross-support bars for added stability
• Complete hardware set
• 1 × Allen key (no additional tools required)
• Anti-slip floor pads to protect surfaces and prevent wobbling
• 1 × Step-by-step assembly manual
• 1 × Signature Anchor logo plate for brand detailing
SAFETY NOTES
• Use on a stable indoor surface
• Do not stand on table or stools
• Avoid exposing MDF boards to water or humidity
• Ensure screws are properly tightened
• Keep away from open flames or extreme heat
⚠️ IMPORTANT NOTICE Assembly Notice: The stability, durability, and structural integrity of this product depends entirely on correct assembly. Please follow all instructions carefully and ensure all screws, bolts, fasteners, and components are properly tightened and securely connected according to manufacturer specifications. Incorrect assembly may result in product failure, damage, or injury. If you are unsure about proper assembly or installation, please consult a qualified installer or handyman.
Need Help? If you experience any difficulties during installation, please contact us by scanning the QR code provided in your package. Our support team is ready to assist you.
Please Note: The final product finish may vary slightly between manufacturing batches. Product color and finish appearance may also differ from images due to photography lighting, screen calibration, and camera settings. All products maintain consistent quality standards regardless of minor aesthetic variations.
Anchor 5-Piece Dining Table Set | Vintage PVC Tabletop + Padded Chairs
Modern Steel Frame Dining Set | 25 mm MDF Tabletop | Sponge-Padded PVC Chairs | Matte Black Finish
Give your dining space a stylish and functional upgrade with the Anchor 5-Piece Dining Table Set. Designed with a durable steel frame, a vintage-inspired PVC tabletop and four comfortable padded chairs, this set combines modern aesthetics with long-lasting stability — perfect for everyday family meals, apartments, studios or compact dining areas.
WHY YOU WILL LOVE IT
• Complete 5-piece dining set: 1 table + 4 cushioned chairs
• Elegant vintage PVC tabletop finish
• 25 mm thick MDF tabletop for added strength
• Stable matte black steel frame for daily use
• Comfortable chairs with sponge padding + PVC cover
• Modern, minimalist style fits any home décor
• Compact footprint ideal for apartments and small dining rooms
• Easy-to-clean surfaces - perfect for busy households
KEY FEATURES
Durable Steel Frame Construction
• Table frame uses diameter 28×0.8 mm steel
• Chair frames use diameter 19×0.8 mm steel
• Matte black powder-coated finish for corrosion resistance
• Strength and stability designed for long-term use
Vintage PVC-Coated Tabletop
• 25 mm MDF board with PVC #Vintage wood pattern
• Smooth, durable, and easy to wipe clean
• Resistant to everyday spills, scratches and stains
Comfortable Padded Dining Chairs
• Sponge-padded seat cushions for comfort
• PVC black cover - easy-clean, water-resistant
• Chair dimensions: 40 × 46 × 84.5 cm
• Lightweight yet stable seating for family dining
Compact Dining Table
• Table dimensions: 110 × 70 × 75.5 cm
• Suitable for small spaces, kitchen nooks and apartments
• Seats four comfortably without occupying excessive space
Modern Minimalist Design
• Neutral colours match any décor
• Perfect blend of steel, wood texture and black finishes
• Suitable for home dining, rentals, studios or Airbnbs
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Brand: Anchor
Type: 5-Piece Dining Table Set
Table Material: Steel Frame + 25 mm MDF with PVC Vintage Finish
Chair Material: Steel Frame + Sponge Seat + PVC Cover
Frame Finish: Matte Black Powder Coating
Table Size: 110 × 70 × 75.5 cm
Chair Size: 40 × 46 × 84.5 cm
Chair Count: 4
Assembly: Required (instructions included)
Use: Indoor dining, apartment, home kitchen, small dining spaces
THE ANCHOR ADVANTAGE
Anchor furniture combines modern style, durable materials and long-lasting performance. Built with thick MDF, high-strength steel and quality finishes, Anchor dining sets elevate your home with reliable everyday comfort and timeless design.
PERFECT FOR
• Apartments & small dining rooms
• Kitchen eating areas
• Family meals & daily dining
• Student accommodation
• Airbnb / rental homes
• Compact modern spaces
• Breakfast corners & open-plan rooms
ERGONOMIC & FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
• Padded chairs offer comfortable seating
• Spacious table suitable for four adults
• Easy-clean surfaces reduce maintenance
• Strong frame prevents wobbling and movement
• Stylish design enhances any dining area
INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE
Setup
• Assemble on a stable, flat surface
• Follow the included instructions
• Tighten screws fully for stability
• Ensure chairs sit level and secure
Care Tips
• Wipe table and chairs with a soft cloth
• Avoid abrasive cleaners
• Keep MDF surface dry
• Keep away from direct heat or high moisture
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Are the chairs comfortable?
Yes — they include sponge padding with PVC covers.
Is the table easy to clean?
Yes — the PVC-coated surface wipes clean easily.
Does it fit small dining spaces?
Yes — compact design suits apartments and kitchens.
Is assembly difficult?
No — simple instructions make assembly easy.
Is the frame sturdy?
Yes — made with thick steel tubes and strong welds.
WHAT'S IN THE BOX
• 1x Tabletop
• 2x Table frame pieces
• 2x Chair seat bases
• 4x Chair seats (padded PVC)
• 4x Chair backrests
• 4x Chair backrest crossbars
• 8x Chair legs
• 4x Table support bars
• Hardware: M6x45mm bolts (8pcs), M6x30mm bolts (60pcs), M4 Allen key (1pc)
• Instruction Manual
SAFETY NOTES
• Use only on a flat indoor surface
• Do not stand on table or chairs
• Do not overload chairs
• Keep away from prolonged moisture
• Tighten screws periodically to maintain stability
⚠️ IMPORTANT NOTICE : The stability, durability, and structural integrity of this product depends entirely on correct assembly. Please follow all instructions carefully and ensure all screws, bolts, fasteners, and components are properly tightened and securely connected according to manufacturer specifications. Incorrect assembly may result in product failure, damage, or injury. If you are unsure about proper assembly or installation, please consult a qualified installer or handyman.
Need Help? If you experience any difficulties during installation, please contact us by scanning the QR code provided in your package. Our support team is ready to assist you.
Please Note: The final product finish may vary slightly between manufacturing batches. Product color and finish appearance may also differ from images due to photography lighting, screen calibration, and camera settings. All products maintain consistent quality standards regardless of minor aesthetic variations.
Anchor 5-Piece Height Bar Dining Table Set with 4 Stools Vintage Wood
Create a stylish and functional dining space with the Anchor 5-Piece Counter Height Bar Dining Set. Designed for modern homes, apartments, and entertainment areas, this set features a durable steel frame, a vintage melamine tabletop finish, and four matching barstools. Perfect for kitchens, dining rooms, studios, or compact spaces that need both comfort and a contemporary aesthetic.
Why you will love it:
Complete 5-piece dining set (1 table + 4 stools)
Modern industrial design with vintage melamine finish
Counter-height table ideal for kitchens & small spaces
Thick 15 mm MDF tabletop and seats
Durable steel frame with matte black powder coating
Space-saving design - stools slide neatly under the table
Stable construction for everyday dining & entertaining
Comfortably seats 4 adults
Features:
Durable Steel Frame Construction
Main frame uses 25×25×0.8 mm steel
Supporting frame uses 18×18×0.8 mm steel
Matte black powder-coated finish for rust resistance
Strong, stable, and built for long-term use
Vintage Melamine Tabletop & Seats
15 mm MDF board with realistic vintage wood texture
Smooth, stain-resistant surface for easy cleanup
Stylish design complements modern and industrial interiors
4 Matching Bar Stools
Sturdy seating with 15 mm MDF tops
No sponge padding - easy to maintain, wipe-clean surface
Stool dimensions: 40 × 30 × 65 cm
Slides fully under the table when not in use
Counter-Height Table
Table dimensions: 120 × 60 × 90 cm
Comfortable counter height for casual dining or bar-style seating
Ideal for apartments, condos, breakfast nooks, and small dining rooms
Space-Saving and Versatile
Compact footprint makes it perfect for smaller homes
Can be used as a dining table, kitchen island, bar table or work table
Clean, minimalist design enhances any room
Specifications:
Brand: Anchor
Type: 5-Piece Counter Height Bar Dining Set
Material (Frame): Steel (25×25×0.8 mm and 18×18×0.8 mm)
Material (Surfaces): 15 mm MDF with Melamine Vintage Finish
Table Size: 120 × 60 × 90 cm
Stool Size: 40 × 30 × 65 cm (each)
Stool Count: 4
Finish: Matte Black Powder Coating (frame)
Seat Padding: None (wood finish seats)
Assembly: Required (instructions included)
Use: Indoor dining, kitchen, home bar, entertainment area
Perfect for:
Small apartments & condos
Breakfast nooks
Kitchen corners
Dining rooms
Entertainment/bar spaces
Airbnb & rental homes
Work-from-home small-space setups
Ergonomic & functional benefits:
Counter height provides comfortable seating
Stools tuck under the table to maximise floor space
Easy-to-clean melamine surfaces
Steel frame offers strong and stable support
Perfect for tight or compact areas
Setup
Assemble on a flat, level surface
Follow the instructions included in the package
Tighten all screws securely
Ensure the table and stools sit evenly on the floor
Care Tips
Wipe with a soft cloth
Avoid abrasive cleaners
Do not expose MDF to excessive moisture
Check screws periodically for tightness
Safety Notes
Use on a stable indoor surface
Do not stand on tables or stools
Avoid exposing MDF boards to water or humidity
Ensure screws are properly tightened
Keep away from open flames or extreme heat
What's in the box
1 x 15mm MDF Tabletop Panel
4 x 15mm MDF Stool Tops
2 x Steel Leg Frames
8 x Steel Leg Frames
3 x Cross-Support Bars
16 x Cross-Support Bars
5 x Screws Kit Pouch
1 x Allen Key
1 x Step-By-Step Assembly Manual
Not every space has room for a full-size shelving unit. The Anchor 5-Tier Compact Shelving Unit in black gives you serious 200kg-per-shelf load capacity in a smaller 148x75cm footprint that fits where larger units simply cannot. Tight garages, narrow storerooms, small home offices, utility rooms, and awkward corners all become usable storage space. The black powder-coated steel frame resists rust, the five tiers adjust to whatever you are storing, and the boltless system has it standing in under 20 minutes with only the included rubber mallet.
Why You Will Love It
High load capacity of up to 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed) in a compact frame
Smaller 148x75cm footprint fits tight garages, narrow storerooms, offices, and utility rooms
Black powder-coated finish for a clean industrial look that works in any space
Adjustable shelf heights across all five tiers for flexible everyday storage
Anti-rust steel frame for long-term durability in garages and workshops
Boltless assembly with included rubber mallet, no extra tools needed
Features
Compact 148x75cm Footprint: Fits into tight garages, narrow storerooms, small home offices, and utility rooms where full-size shelving cannot go.
200kg Per Shelf Capacity: Each of the five tiers holds up to 200kg (441lbs) when weight is evenly distributed, despite the smaller frame size.
Anti-Rust Black Powder Coating: Black finish resists rust and corrosion while giving your storage space a sharp, consistent look.
Boltless Assembly: Snap-together components set up in minutes using only the included rubber mallet. No additional tools needed.
Adjustable Shelf Heights: Reposition any tier to fit shoes, toolboxes, cleaning products, pet food, school bags, or bulk stock with ease.
5mm MDF Shelf Boards: Moisture-resistant boards give you a solid, stable surface for heavy everyday items.
Reinforced Steel Thickness: 0.70mm and 0.80mm steel components work together for structural strength and long-term stability under load.
Specifications
Brand Anchor
Color Black powder coating
Maximum bearing capacity 200kg (441lbs) per shelf
Dimensions 148cm x 75cm x 30cm (58in x 30in x 12in)
Coating Anti-rust black powder coating
Number of tiers 5
Assembly Boltless system (tool included)
Included items 1 x 5-tier shelving unit, 1 x rubber mallet
Workspace Problems Solved
No storage space because the garage or storeroom is too narrow for a full-size unit
Floor clutter from shoes, tools, cleaning products, and everyday items with nowhere to go
Wasted vertical space in small utility rooms, home offices, and tight corners
Flimsy shelving that bends or collapses under heavy loads over time
Oversized shelving units that dominate small rooms and leave no room to move
What's in the box
1 x 5 tier (150x75x30cm), Steel Racking
Bring serious storage capacity and a clean industrial look to your garage, workshop, or storeroom with the Anchor 5-Tier Heavy Duty Shelving Unit in black. Built with a uniform 0.80mm reinforced steel frame throughout, this unit carries up to 200kg per shelf across five adjustable tiers. The black powder-coated finish resists rust and corrosion while giving your space a sharp, consistent look that grey or galvanised shelving does not deliver. The boltless snap-together system has it standing in under 20 minutes with nothing but the included rubber mallet.
Why You Will Love It
High load capacity of up to 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)
Uniform 0.80mm steel frame throughout for consistent structural strength across the entire unit
Black powder-coated finish for a clean industrial look in garages, workshops, and home spaces
Large 180x90cm frame maximizes vertical storage without taking up extra floor space
Adjustable shelf heights across all five tiers for flexible storage needs
Boltless assembly with included rubber mallet, no extra tools needed
Features
Uniform 0.80mm Steel Frame: Every component uses 0.80mm reinforced steel, delivering consistent load-bearing strength across the full unit with no weak points.
Anti-Rust Black Powder Coating: The black finish resists rust and corrosion in garages and workshops while keeping your storage space looking sharp.
200kg Per Shelf Capacity: Each of the five tiers holds up to 200kg (441lbs) when weight is evenly distributed across the board.
Boltless Assembly: Snap-together components set up in minutes using only the included rubber mallet. No additional tools needed.
Adjustable Shelf Heights: Reposition any tier to fit toolboxes, bins, cleaning products, sports gear, or bulk stock with ease.
5mm MDF Shelf Boards: Moisture-resistant boards provide a solid, stable surface for heavy and everyday items.
Large 180x90cm Footprint: Full-height design maximizes vertical space in garages, storerooms, and workshops without consuming unnecessary floor area.
Specifications
Brand Anchor Color Black powder coating
Maximum bearing capacity 200kg (441lbs) per shelf
Dimensions 180cm x 90cm x 30cm (71in x 35in x 12in)
Coating Anti-rust black powder coating
Number of tiers 5
Assembly Boltless system (tool included)
Included items 1 x 5-tier shelving unit, 1 x rubber mallet
Workspace Problems Solved
Floor clutter from tools, braai equipment, tyres, and bulk items with nowhere to go
Mismatched shelving that looks untidy in an otherwise well-organised garage or workshop
Wasted vertical space in garages and storerooms where floor space is limited
Flimsy shelving that bends or collapses under heavy loads over time
Complicated assembly that eats into your weekend before you even start organising
What's in the box
5 x MDF Shelf Boards
8 x Vertical Upright Posts
10 x Long Horizontal Beams
10 x Short Horizontal Beams
5 x Center Support Beams
4 x Beam Connectors / Locking Pins
8 x Reinforcement Brackets
1 x Assembly Accessories
Maximize your storage space and bring real order to your garage, workshop, or warehouse with the Anchor 5-Tier Heavy Duty Shelving Unit. Built with a reinforced 0.80mm steel frame and 5mm MDF boards, this shelving unit carries up to 200kg per shelf across five adjustable tiers. The powder-coated grey finish resists rust and corrosion, so your shelves stay in top condition even in damp or dusty environments. Install it in minutes with the boltless snap-together system and the included rubber mallet. No tools, no fuss, no wasted time.
Features
Boltless assembly : Snap-together design sets up in minutes using only the included rubber mallet. No additional tools needed.
Adjustable shelf heights: Reposition any tier to fit oversized equipment, tall bins, or bulk stock with ease.
Heavy-duty steel frame: 0.80mm reinforced steel with anti-rust powder coating handles demanding loads in garages, workshops, and warehouses.
5mm MDF shelf boards: Moisture-resistant boards support up to 200kg (441lbs) per shelf when weight is evenly distributed.
200kg per shelf capacity: Each of the five tiers holds up to 200kg (441lbs), giving you serious load-bearing reliability across the full unit.
Modern grey finish: Clean industrial aesthetic fits garages, storerooms, and commercial spaces without looking out of place.
Adjustable tier design: Five shelf positions adapt to your storage needs, whether you need more headroom for tall items or tighter spacing for smaller goods.
Specifications
Brand Anchor
Color Grey powder coating
Maximum bearing capacity 200kg (441lbs) per shelf
Dimensions 180cm x 90cm x 30cm (71in x 35in x 12in)
Coating Anti-rust industrial powder coating
Number of tiers 5
Assembly Boltless system (tool included)
Included items 1 x 5-tier shelving unit, 1 x rubber mallet
Workspace problems solved
Floor clutter and tripping hazards from items stored at ground level.
Damaged equipment and stock from poor storage conditions.
Wasted vertical space in high-ceiling garages and storerooms.
Time lost searching for tools or inventory without a clear system.
Flimsy plastic shelving that bends or collapses under heavy loads
What's in the box
5 x MDF Shelf Boards
8 x Vertical Upright Posts
10 x Long Horizontal Beams
10 x Short Horizontal Beams
5 x Center Support Beams
4 x Beam Connectors / Locking Pins
8 x Reinforcement Brackets
1 x Assembly Accessories
If your garage, workshop, or storeroom stores bulky items that never quite fit on standard shelving, the Anchor 5-Tier Deep Shelving Unit is built for you. The 40cm shelf depth gives you the extra room to store large toolboxes, bulk grocery boxes, car parts, power equipment, and anything else that standard 30cm shelves struggle to hold. Each tier carries up to 200kg, the black powder-coated steel frame resists rust, and the boltless system has the whole unit standing in under 20 minutes. More depth, more capacity, less clutter.
Why You Will Love It
High load capacity of up to 200kg per shelf (evenly distributed)
Extra 40cm shelf depth fits larger boxes, power tools, and bulkier items standard shelves cannot handle
Large 180x90cm frame maximizes vertical storage in garages, warehouses, and workshops
Adjustable shelf heights across all five tiers for flexible storage
Anti-rust black powder-coated frame for a clean look and long-term durability
Boltless assembly with included rubber mallet, no extra tools needed
Features
40cm Deep Shelves: Extra depth stores larger items like bulk boxes, power tools, car parts, and camping gear that standard 30cm shelves cannot accommodate.
200kg Per Shelf Capacity: Each of the five tiers holds up to 200kg (441lbs) when weight is evenly distributed across the board.
Anti-Rust Black Frame: Powder-coated black steel finish resists rust and corrosion, keeping your shelving looking sharp in garages and workshops.
Boltless Assembly: Snap-together components set up in minutes using only the included rubber mallet. No additional tools needed.
Adjustable Shelf Heights: Reposition any tier to fit items of different sizes, from flat stock to tall equipment.
5mm MDF Shelf Boards: Moisture-resistant boards provide a solid, stable surface for heavy and bulky loads.
Reinforced Steel Thickness: 0.70mm uprights and 0.80mm load-bearing components work together for long-term structural strength.
Specifications
Brand Anchor
Color Black powder coating
Maximum bearing capacity 200kg (441lbs) per shelf
Dimensions 180cm x 90cm x 40cm (71in x 35in x 16in)
Coating Anti-rust black powder coating
Number of tiers 5
Assembly Boltless system (tool included)
Included items 1 x 5-tier shelving unit, 1 x rubber mallet
Workspace Problems Solved
Bulky items that do not fit on standard 30cm deep shelving
Floor clutter from large toolboxes, car parts, and bulk stock with nowhere to go
Wasted vertical space in high-ceiling garages and warehouses
Flimsy shelving that bends or collapses under heavy or oversized loads
Disorganized spaces where large items end up stacked on the floor
What's in the box
5 x MDF Shelf Boards
8 x Vertical Upright Posts
10 x Long Horizontal Beams
10 x Short Horizontal Beams
5 x Center Support Beams
4 x Beam Connectors / Locking Pins
8 x Reinforcement Brackets
1 x Assembly Accessories Set
Maximise your storage capacity with the Anchor 5-Tier Heavy-Duty Shelving Unit, built for garages, workshops, warehouses, and large storage spaces. Each shelf holds up to 200kg (440lbs) when evenly distributed, and the 40cm (15.7 inch) depth handles bulkier items that standard shelving units cannot. The reinforced steel frame with anti-rust coating and clean grey finish delivers long-term durability in both indoor and industrial environments.
Features:
- Load capacity: 200kg (440lbs) per shelf, evenly distributed
- Extra depth: 40cm (15.7 inch) shelves fit larger boxes, tools, and equipment
- Steel frame: reinforced at 0.70mm/0.80mm with anti-rust coating
- MDF boards: 5mm thick for solid, stable shelf surfaces
- Adjustable tiers: reposition shelves to suit your storage needs
- Boltless assembly: rubber mallet included, no additional tools required
- Dimensions: 180 x 90 x 40cm (70.9 x 35.4 x 15.7 inches)
Specifications:
- Brand: Anchor
- Colour: Grey
- Frame Material: Steel (0.70mm / 0.80mm), anti-rust coating
- Shelf Material: 5mm MDF Board
- Dimensions: 180 x 90 x 40cm (70.9 x 35.4 x 15.7 inches)
- Load Capacity: 200kg (440lbs) per shelf
- Pack: 1 unit
- Includes: 1 x Rubber Mallet
- Assembly: Boltless
What's in the box
5 x MDF Shelf Boards
8 x Vertical Upright Posts
10 x Long Horizontal Beams
10 x Short Horizontal Beams
5 x Center Support Beams
4 x Beam Connectors / Locking Pins
8 x Reinforcement Brackets
1 x Assembly Accessories
Black Velvet Hangers Slim, lightweight & fully utilize your closet Ergonomic design to help preserves clothes
- NON-SLIP HANGERS: High-quality hangers with a velvet-coated surface, which increases the friction force between clothes hangers and clothing. This prevents slipping
- SPACE SAVER: The suit velvet hangers are only 0.6 cm thick and therefore take up little space in the wardrobe. In addition, they are also very robust and not easy to break
- NO WRINKLES: Thanks to the ergonomically designed curves on the sides of the brackets, the shoulders of your clothes do not crease or warp
- SWIVEL HOOKS: Chic, shiny, and durable. The hanger hooks can also be rotated 360, practical and adapt to the conditions in your cupboard
- MULTIFUNCTIONAL: Thanks to the notches on the sides of the hangers, you can hang tank tops or skirts with loops without any problems. In addition, the hangers have holders for trousers as well as ties, scarves, or belts
Product Dimension: 45.0 x 23.5 x 5.0 x 8.5cm
Color: Black
Product Weight: 4200.0 g
What's in the box
- 50 x Black Flocked Hangers
Slim and lightweight Velvet Hangers to organize and fully utilize your closet. Ergonomic design to help preserves clothes
- NON-SLIP: High-quality hangers with a velvet-coated surface, which increases the friction force between clothes hangers and clothing. This prevents slipping
- SPACE SAVER: The suit hangers are only 0.6 cm thick and therefore take up little space in the wardrobe. In addition, they are also very robust and not easy to break
- NO WRINKLES: Thanks to the ergonomically designed curves on the sides of the brackets, the shoulders of your clothes do not crease or warp
- SWIVEL: Chic, shiny, and durable. The hanger hooks can also be rotated 360, practical and adapt to the conditions in your cupboard
- MULTIFUNCTIONAL: Thanks to the notches on the sides of the hangers, you can hang tank tops or skirts with loops without any problems. In addition, the hangers have holders for trousers as well as ties, scarves, or belts
Product Color: Grey Velvet
Product Dimension: 23.5 x 45 x 5.4 x 8cm
What's in the box: 50 x Grey Flocked Hangers
Home Slim and lightweight Velvet Hangers; To organize and fully utilize your closet
NON-SLIP HANGERS: High-quality hangers with a velvet-coated surface, which increases the friction force between clothes hangers and clothing. This prevents slipping
SPACE SAVER: The suit velvet hangers are only 0.6 cm thick and therefore take up little space in the wardrobe. In addition, they are also very robust and not easy to break; finish swivel hooks make the hangers more durable and stylish.
NO WRINKLES: Thanks to the ergonomically designed curves on the sides of the brackets, the shoulders of your clothes do not crease or warp
SWIVEL HOOKS: Chic, shiny, and durable. The hanger hooks can also be rotated 360, practical and adapts to the conditions in your cupboard
MULTIFUNCTIONAL: Thanks to the notches on the sides of the hangers, you can hang tank tops or skirts with loops without any problems. In addition, the hangers have holders for trousers as well as ties, scarves, or belts
Product Dimension: 45.0 x 23.5 x 5.0 x 8.5cm
Color: Black
Product Weight: 4.2 kg
What's in the box
- 50 x Black Flocked Hangers
Home Slim and lightweight Velvet Hanger; To organize and fully utilize your closet
- NON-SLIP: High-quality hangers with a velvet-coated surface, which increases the friction force between clothes hangers and clothing. This prevents slipping
- SPACE SAVER: The suit hangers are only 0.6 cm thick and therefore take up little space in the wardrobe. In addition, they are also very robust and not easy to break, and finish swivel hooks make the hangers more durable and stylish.
- NO WRINKLES: Thanks to the ergonomically designed curves on the sides of the brackets, the shoulders of your clothes do not crease or warp
- SWIVEL: Chic, shiny, and durable. The hanger hooks can also be rotated 360, practical and adapts to the conditions in your cupboard
- MULTIFUNCTIONAL: Thanks to the notches on the sides of the hangers, you can hang tank tops or skirts with loops without any problems. In addition, the hangers have holders for trousers as well as ties, scarves, or belts
Product Color: Grey Velvet
Product Dimension: 23.5 x 45 x 5.4 x 8cm
What's in the box: 50 x Grey Flocked Hangers
Anchor 54cm Desktop Monitor Stand Riser with Phone Holder Ergonomic Wood Design
Ergonomic 10.4 cm Height Lift | MDF Wood Monitor Riser with Phone Slot | Fits Laptop Desktop Keyboard Storage
Upgrade your workspace with the Anchor 54 cm Desktop Monitor Stand Riser. Designed to lift your screen to an ideal eye level, this stand improves posture, reduces neck strain and creates more usable space on your desk. The built in phone holder, durable MDF wood build and wide 54 cm surface make it perfect for desktops, laptops and all day productivity.
WHY YOU WILL LOVE IT
Raises monitor to comfortable eye level for better posture
54 cm wide top fits laptops, monitors and gaming consoles
Integrated phone slot keeps your device visible and accessible
Supports up to 40 kg total weight
Eco friendly MDF construction with smooth matte finish
Extra storage space for keyboard, mouse and desk essentials
KEY FEATURES
Ergonomic Workspace Upgrade
Lifts screen to 10.4 cm height for reduced neck strain
Encourages proper posture and lowers eye fatigue
Suitable for laptops, desktop monitors and all day work setups
Strong and Durable Build
Made from high grade 12 mm MDF wood
Smooth polished edges and matte black finish
Weight capacity up to 40 kg (top shelf 20 kg, bottom 15 kg)
Smart Functional Design
54 cm wide surface fits full size monitors and laptops
Built in phone holder keeps device upright and within reach
Space underneath fits full size keyboards for a clean desk
Stable and Supportive
Four non slip pads keep the stand in place
Solid wide leg design prevents wobbling
Easy to assemble in five simple steps
Multi Purpose Use
Monitor stand for desktop or laptop
Console riser for PS4, PS5 or gaming setups
Stylish shelf for home, office or study space
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Brand: Anchor
Type: Desktop Monitor Stand Riser
Material: Eco friendly MDF wood (12 mm thickness)
Color: Black
Top Width: 54 cm
Depth: 25.5 cm
Inner Width: 51.6 cm
Leg Width: 1.2 cm
Height Lift: 10.4 cm
Weight Capacity: 40 kg total
Phone Slot: Yes
Item Weight: 3.18 kg
THE ANCHOR ADVANTAGE
Anchor workspace accessories are designed for durability, comfort and long term use. With quality materials and ergonomic design, our stands help improve posture, reduce clutter and bring style to your desk.
PERFECT FOR
Office desks and home workstations
Students and remote workers
Gaming setups with PS4, PS5 or consoles
Laptop and monitor users needing height lift
Small desks needing more storage space
Minimalist and organized workspace setups
ERGONOMIC AND FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
Reduces neck, shoulder and back strain
Places your screen at natural eye level
Improves typing angle and viewing comfort
Frees up desk space for accessories
Keeps your phone visible while working
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE
Setup
Assemble using included screws and instructions
Attach the four legs to the top board
Ensure surface is flat and stable
Slide keyboard or accessories underneath
Care Tips
Clean with a soft dry or slightly damp cloth
Do not use abrasive chemicals
Avoid placing liquids directly on the surface
Keep away from extreme heat or moisture
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Can this hold a full size monitor
Yes. It supports up to 40 kg and fits most standard monitors.
Does it fit a full size keyboard underneath
Yes. The 51.6 cm inner width fits most keyboards comfortably.
Is assembly difficult
No. It assembles in five simple steps.
Is the phone holder adjustable
It is a fixed slot designed to hold phones upright.
Can it be used for laptops
Yes. It is ideal for laptops that need elevation.
Is the surface smooth
Yes. The MDF is polished with a matte protective finish.
Enhance your workspace with the Anchor 54 cm Monitor Stand Riser. Lift your screen, reduce strain and create a cleaner, more organized desk for better productivity every day.
SAFETY NOTES
Do not exceed weight capacity
Keep away from water and heat sources
Use only on stable, flat surfaces
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The stability, durability, and performance of this monitor stand depend entirely on proper assembly, correct weight distribution, and appropriate use. Please follow all instructions carefully and ensure the stand is used according to manufacturer specifications.
Do not exceed the recommended weight capacity of 40 kg total. Avoid placing heavy, unbalanced, or oversized items on the stand, as this may cause tipping or structural damage. Keep the stand away from excessive heat, moisture, or direct sunlight, as these conditions may warp or weaken the MDF wood. Do not stand, sit, or apply downward force on the stand beyond normal use.
Ensure the product is assembled securely on a flat, stable surface. Do not use abrasive cleaners, harsh chemicals, or soaking liquids on the stand, as these may damage the surface coating. This product is designed for use as a monitor riser, laptop stand, or desktop shelf-please use it only for its intended purpose.
If you need assistance with installation or have questions, please contact us using the QR code provided in your package. Our support team is available to help with your Anchor workspace accessory.
Please Note:
Minor variations in color, finish, or surface texture may occur between manufacturing batches. Product appearance may differ slightly from images due to lighting, camera settings, or screen calibration. All Anchor monitor stands maintain consistent quality standards despite small aesthetic differences.
What's in the box
1 x Anchor Monitor Stand, with smart phone holder
UK Spec TV Trolley Stand, Cable Management, 32-70" TV on Wheels 45Kg Load, 60.2x134x75.6cm, H/Adjust 114-134cm
Anchor Trolley Display TV Stand
Overcome odd floor plans, annoying glare, and awkward furniture placements that can diminish flat-panel TV experiences.
MODERN DESIGN: A modern, sleek, and stylish tall TV stand that is movable on its caster wheels, supplied with a strong metal shelf to hold all sorts of devices, suitable for LCD, LED, OLED, or Plasma screens from 32 to 65".
CLEVER CABLE MANAGEMENT: To organize your TV's HDMI, Ethernet, and power cables, this mount lets you run them through the clip on the back. This smart cable management helps create a cleaner look and reduces potential trip hazards.
SPECIFICATION:
Holds the TV in a fixed position which can be height adjusted (at assembly)
Flexible mount bracket fits most flat panel/LCD/LED TVs from 32" to 65" with a maximum
Free-standing mount
Perfect for commercial use in shopping malls, offices, conference rooms, exhibitions, and homes.
Height-adjustable
Black tempered-glass base for a solid stand and stylish look
Cable management for a clean and organized look
Easy and quick installation, all hardware included
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
What's in the box
- 1 x Trolley Display Tv Stand
Description:
- QUALITY STRUCTURE: These cubby storage bins are made from tough non-woven fabric with excellent sewing to make them last, heavy cardboard is added at the sides and bottom to make these storage bins rigid enough to hold a heavy load.
- FIR WITH MOST OF THE FURNISHING: Measuring 11x11x11 inches, our 8-pack grey clothes storage bins could fit perfectly with most cube organizers, shelves, and closets, from bedroom to playroom to laundry room, to store clothes, linens, toys, books, etc.
- EASY GRIP: These fabric storage cubes have two sewn-in handles on the sides for easy room-to-room carrying or removal on a shelf. With the reinforced handles, they could work well as drawers, open-top bins, or storage baskets for shelves.
- COLLAPSIBLE DESIGN: These cube storage bins can be folded flat for compact use when not in use. Also, It has sleeves for label tags and stitching.
Product color: Grey
Product dimensions: 27x27x27cm
What's in the box
- 8 x Foldable Cubes Fabric Collapsible Bins
Description
1. GRADED A, PREMIUM WOODEN HANGERS: Anchor wooden hangers use only A GRADE wood, which means, that any hanger with issues with Bugs/Worms, Mould, Nail explosion, Burr, Vane, Burst, Residual paint, Incorrect Moisture content, Insect Eye, Dead Knots, Stains, Discolouration, Notches and cracks in joints would be outrightly rejected.
The majority of suppliers selling on Takealot would use Grade B or lower materials, where they would try and repair, or accept such above faults, within a given threshold.
Therefore, there is an immediate differentiation in quality and thereby price, because of this. This is what makes these hangers premium quality. These hangers prevent issues, for example, nail explosions, bursts etc, that ordinarily would cause damage to clothes.
Rigorous inspection is carried out, to ensure that every wooden Hanger is of Grade A quality. We ensure that we get the necessary certification, after the completion of these tests.
2. ANTI-SLIP FEATURE; PREVENTS SLIDING OF CLOTHES: The most frequent complaint of wooden hangers is the sliding of clothes off the bar of the hangers. Each of the Anchor A grade wooden hangers has a special sleeve across the entirety of the bar, which is a feature to prevent trousers, clothes, dresses etc, from sliding off the bar.
3. STRENGTH & DURABILITY: These coat hangers are sourced from the best factories in the world, whose clients include. Top hoteliers, leading designer brands and leading stores like Ikea. They have been sanded to a smooth, splinter-free finish and coated in clear lacquer for added protection and to bring out the natural wood grain. The durable and clean design of these hangers is perfect for coats, jackets, jumpers, cardigans, shirts, skirts, blouses, trousers, and more with no rough edges to snag clothes.
4. HANGER BAR & NOTCHES: A rounded bar keeps your trousers and skirts with your favourite shirt or blazer, while the notches in the hanger stop strappy clothes from falling.
5. SPACE SAVING: The shoulder line on the wooden hanger is contoured to help preserve the clothes' shape. There are grooves on each shoulder to be used to hold your tank tops, dresses, bars, ties, belts, nightgowns, shawls, or skirt overalls tightly without slipping.
6. ANCHOR BRAND & COLOUR GIFT BOX: Unlike most sellers on Takealot, the Anchor Wooden Hangers comes in its full-colour gift box. Therefore, this is an ideal item for gifting. Anchor is a brand which has gone through the process of brand registry in South Africa. As of Feb'2024, we can confirm we have received no alerts from the Trade Marks Office of any opposition lodged regarding the brand. We expect to receive the registration certificate within a few months.
7. AUTHORISED DISTRIBUTOR: You will only receive the Anchor A graded wooden hanger with Anti-slip features, incorporated & full-colour mail order gift box, from Greenlane Gear PTY Ltd, as they are the only authorised distributors of this product
8. NEAT & TIDY HANGING CUPBOARD: With the 360-degree, Swivel hook, all the hanging clothes can face on one side. If clothes are facing on different sides, then just swivel the hook, so that they are all the clothes are facing the same side. Therefore, you can arrange to hang your clothes in a neat, tidy and organised manner.
9. What's in the box: 20 x A-grade, Wooden Hangers, with anti-slip sleeves fitted along the trouser bar
Product Dimension: 44.5cm x (16.5cm upto tip of Wooden Hanger & 23cm upto the tip of the Swivel Hook) x 1.2cm; Swivel Hooh; 6.5cm long
What's in the box:
20 x A-Grade, Wooden Hangers, with anti-slip sleeves fitted along the trouser bar
Description
1. GRADED A, PREMIUM WOODEN HANGERS: Anchor wooden hangers use only A GRADE wood, which means, that any hanger with issues with Bugs/Worms, Mould, Nail explosion, Burr, Vane, Burst, Residual paint, Incorrect Moisture content, Insect Eye, Dead Knots, Stains, Discolouration, Notches and cracks in joints would be outrightly rejected.
The majority of suppliers selling on Takealot would use Grade B or lower materials, where they would try and repair, or accept such above faults, within a given threshold.
Therefore, there is an immediate differentiation in quality and thereby price, because of this. This is what makes these hangers premium quality. These hangers prevent issues, for example, nail explosions, bursts etc, that ordinarily would cause damage to clothes.
Rigorous inspection is carried out, to ensure that every wooden Hanger is of Grade A quality. We ensure that we get the necessary certification, after the completion of these tests.
2. ANTI-SLIP FEATURE; PREVENTS SLIDING OF CLOTHES: The most frequent complaint of wooden hangers is the sliding of clothes off the bar of the hangers. Each of the Anchor A grade wooden hangers has a special sleeve across the entirety of the bar, which is a feature to prevent trousers, clothes, dresses etc, from sliding off the bar.
3. STRENGTH & DURABILITY: These coat hangers are sourced from the best factories in the world, whose clients include. Top hoteliers, leading designer brands and leading stores like Ikea. They have been sanded to a smooth, splinter-free finish and coated in clear lacquer for added protection and to bring out the natural wood grain. The durable and clean design of these hangers is perfect for coats, jackets, jumpers, cardigans, shirts, skirts, blouses, trousers, and more with no rough edges to snag clothes.
4. HANGER BAR & NOTCHES: A rounded bar keeps your trousers and skirts with your favourite shirt or blazer, while the notches in the hanger stop strappy clothes from falling.
5. SPACE SAVING: The shoulder line on the wooden hanger is contoured to help preserve the clothes' shape. There are grooves on each shoulder to be used to hold your tank tops, dresses, bars, ties, belts, nightgowns, shawls, or skirt overalls tightly without slipping.
6. ANCHOR BRAND & COLOUR GIFT BOX: Unlike most sellers on Takealot, the Anchor Wooden Hangers comes in its full-colour gift box. Therefore, this is an ideal item for gifting. Anchor is a brand which has gone through the process of brand registry in South Africa. As of Feb'2024, we can confirm we have received no alerts from the Trade Marks Office of any opposition lodged regarding the brand. We expect to receive the registration certificate within a few months.
7. AUTHORISED DISTRIBUTOR: You will only receive the Anchor A graded wooden hanger with Anti-slip features, incorporated & full-colour mail order gift box, from Greenlane Gear PTY Ltd, as they are the only authorised distributors of this product
8. NEAT & TIDY HANGING CUPBOARD: With the 360-degree, Swivel hook, all the hanging clothes can face on one side. If clothes are facing on different sides, then just swivel the hook, so that they are all the clothes are facing the same side. Therefore, you can arrange to hang your clothes in a neat, tidy and organised manner.
9. What's in the box: 20 x A-grade, Wooden Hangers, with anti-slip sleeves fitted along the trouser bar
Product Dimension: 44.5cm x (16.5cm upto tip of Wooden Hanger & 23cm upto the tip of the Swivel Hook) x 1.2cm; Swivel Hooh; 6.5cm long
What's in the box:
20 x A-Grade, Wooden Hangers, with anti-slip sleeves fitted along the trouser bar
Description
1. GRADED A, PREMIUM WOODEN HANGERS: Anchor wooden hangers use only A GRADE wood, which means, that any hanger with issues with Bugs/Worms, Mould, Nail explosion, Burr, Vane, Burst, Residual paint, Incorrect Moisture content, Insect Eye, Dead Knots, Stains, Discolouration, Notches and cracks in joints would be outrightly rejected.
The majority of suppliers selling on Takealot would use Grade B or lower materials, where they would try and repair, or accept such above faults, within a given threshold.
Therefore, there is an immediate differentiation in quality and thereby price, because of this. This is what makes these hangers premium quality. These hangers prevent issues, for example, nail explosions, bursts etc, that ordinarily would cause damage to clothes.
Rigorous inspection is carried out, to ensure that every wooden Hanger is of Grade A quality. We ensure that we get the necessary certification, after the completion of these tests.
2. ANTI-SLIP FEATURE; PREVENTS SLIDING OF CLOTHES: The most frequent complaint of wooden hangers is the sliding of clothes off the bar of the hangers. Each of the Anchor A grade wooden hangers has a special sleeve across the entirety of the bar, which is a feature to prevent trousers, clothes, dresses etc, from sliding off the bar.
3. STRENGTH & DURABILITY: These coat hangers are sourced from the best factories in the world, whose clients include. Top hoteliers, leading designer brands and leading stores like Ikea. They have been sanded to a smooth, splinter-free finish and coated in clear lacquer for added protection and to bring out the natural wood grain. The durable and clean design of these hangers is perfect for coats, jackets, jumpers, cardigans, shirts, skirts, blouses, trousers, and more with no rough edges to snag clothes.
4. HANGER BAR & NOTCHES: A rounded bar keeps your trousers and skirts with your favourite shirt or blazer, while the notches in the hanger stop strappy clothes from falling.
5. SPACE SAVING: The shoulder line on the wooden hanger is contoured to help preserve the clothes' shape. There are grooves on each shoulder to be used to hold your tank tops, dresses, bars, ties, belts, nightgowns, shawls, or skirt overalls tightly without slipping.
6. ANCHOR BRAND & COLOUR GIFT BOX: Unlike most sellers on Takealot, the Anchor Wooden Hangers comes in its full-colour gift box. Therefore, this is an ideal item for gifting. Anchor is a brand which has gone through the process of brand registry in South Africa. As of Feb'2024, we can confirm we have received no alerts from the Trade Marks Office of any opposition lodged regarding the brand. We expect to receive the registration certificate within a few months.
7. AUTHORISED DISTRIBUTOR: You will only receive the Anchor A graded wooden hanger with Anti-slip features, incorporated & full-colour mail order gift box, from Greenlane Gear PTY Ltd, as they are the only authorised distributors of this product
8. NEAT & TIDY HANGING CUPBOARD: With the 360-degree, Swivel hook, all the hanging clothes can face on one side. If clothes are facing on different sides, then just swivel the hook, so that they are all the clothes are facing the same side. Therefore, you can arrange to hang your clothes in a neat, tidy and organised manner.
9. What's in the box: 20 x A-grade, Wooden Hangers, with anti-slip sleeves fitted along the trouser bar
Product Dimension: 44.5cm x (16.5cm upto tip of Wooden Hanger & 23cm upto the tip of the Swivel Hook) x 1.2cm; Swivel Hooh; 6.5cm long
What's in the box
- 20 x A-Grade, Wooden Hangers, with anti-slip sleeves fitted along the trouser bar
Anchor A-Grade Wooden Clothes Hangers (20 Pack): Premium Strength, Non-Slip Design
Upgrade your closet with the Anchor A-Grade Wooden Clothes Hangers, a 20-pack engineered for superior durability, strength, and premium garment care. Crafted exclusively from meticulously selected A-Grade solid wood, these hangers are rigorously inspected to eliminate common defects (cracks, knots, etc.) found in lower-grade alternatives, guaranteeing long-lasting performance and a splinter-free finish that protects your most delicate fabrics.
Key Features You'll Love:
Premium A-Grade Solid Wood: Built from the highest quality wood, free from defects, ensuring superior strength and a flawless finish.
Effective Anti-Slip Trouser Bar: Features a full-length anti-slip sleeve that prevents trousers, skirts, and dresses from sliding off-addressing the most common wooden hanger complaint.
Garment Protection & Shape Preservation:
Smooth, lacquered, splinter-free surface shields delicate materials.
Contoured, rounded shoulders prevent creases, stretching, and maintain the shape of your coats, suits, and knitwear.
Secure & Organised Hanging:
Precision shoulder notches securely hold straps, dresses, and tops.
360-degree swivel chrome hook allows for easy alignment and uniform organisation.
Space-Saving Design: Slim, yet strong, these hangers optimise wardrobe space while supporting heavy garments like suits and coats without bending.
Gift-Ready Presentation: Supplied in a full-colour, Anchor branded box, making it an ideal gift or a premium addition to any home organisation system.
Technical Specifications:
Brand: Anchor
Type: A-Grade Wooden Clothes Hangers
Pack Size: 20 Hangers
Material: Solid A-Grade Wood
Hook: Chrome, 360 Swivel (6.5 cm)
Bar: Full-Length Anti-Slip Sleeve Fitted
Finish: Clear Lacquer, Smooth Sanded
Dimensions: Length: 44.5 cm; Height (incl. hook): 23 cm; Thickness: 1.2 cm
Perfect For: Suits, jackets, coats, shirts, blouses, dresses, strappy garments, trousers, skirts, and premium wardrobe organisation.
Frequently Asked Questions:
What defines "A-Grade wood"? It signifies wood that is flawless, rejecting defects like cracks, insect damage, moisture faults, stains, and weak joints, ensuring maximum durability and a premium appearance.
Are they suitable for heavy coats? Yes, their robust construction is designed to support heavy garments, suits, and coats without bending.
Does the trouser bar prevent sliding? Absolutely. The full-length anti-slip sleeve is specifically designed to keep all garments securely in place.
Can the hooks rotate? Yes, each hanger features a corrosion-resistant 360-degree swivel chrome hook for effortless alignment.
Are they safe for delicate fabrics? Yes, the combination of a smooth lacquered finish and contoured shoulders protects delicate clothing from snags and creases.
Important Note: As these are natural wood products, minor variations in the wood grain between individual hangers are normal and do not affect the product's strength or performance.
What's in the box
20 x A-Grade, Wooden Hangers, with anti-slip sleeves fitted along the trouser bar
A0 Cutting Mat Self Healing Cutting Mat; Non Slip Mat; Multi Layer Printed Grid Lines Board; 841 x 1189mm
- SELF HEALING PROPERTIES: This rotary cutting mat set is self-healing allowing it to reseal after every cut. Therefore, the matting surface is smooth after every use, even after a cutter has been used.
- LONG LASTING: Compared to its peers, this board mat lasts 10 times longer. It has a special nonslip surface. It is built to be strong heavy-duty duty and durable. It is thick and double-sided to protect work areas and table surfaces.
- USAGE AND APPLICATIONS: This is the best tool kit, for all arts and crafts and hobby craft enthusiasts. It can be used for projects such as Sewing, Quilting, Glass and leather cutting, model kit building, florist, origami, card making, watches, phone and jewelry repair, etc. Any application where knives, scissors, and stencils, are required, would be an ideal surface to work on.
- MARKING GUIDES: The protective cutting mat pad contains clear pattern labeled grid lines, which greatly helps in the cutting process.
PRODUCT DIMENSIONS:
A0 - 841 x 1189mm
What's in the box
- 1 x Anchor cutting Mat
A1 Cutting Mat Self Healing Cutting Mat; Non Slip Mat; Multi Layer Printed Grid Lines Board; 594 x 841mm
- SELF HEALING PROPERTIES: This rotary cutting mat set is self-healing allowing it to reseal after every cut. Therefore, the matting surface is smooth after every use, even after a cutter has been used.
- LONG LASTING: Compared to its peers, this board mat lasts 10 times longer. It has a special nonslip surface. It is built to be strong heavy-duty duty and durable. It is thick and double-sided to protect work areas and table surfaces.
- USAGE AND APPLICATIONS: This is the best tool kit, for all arts and crafts and hobby craft enthusiasts. It can be used for projects such as Sewing, Quilting, Glass and leather cutting, model kit building, florist, origami, card making, watches, phone and jewelry repair, etc. Any application where knives, scissors, and stencils, are required, would be an ideal surface to work on.
- MARKING GUIDES: The protective cutting mat pad contains clear pattern labeled grid lines, which greatly helps in the cutting process.
PRODUCT DIMENSIONS:
A1 - 594 x 841 mm
What's in the box
- 1 x Anchor cutting Mat
A2 Cutting Mat Self Healing Cutting Mat; Non Slip Mat; Multi Layer Printed Grid Lines Board; 420 x 594 mm
- SELF HEALING PROPERTIES: This rotary cutting mat set is self-healing allowing it to reseal after every cut. Therefore, the matting surface is smooth after every use, even after a cutter has been used.
- LONG LASTING: Compared to its peers, this board mat lasts 10 times longer. It has a special nonslip surface. It is built to be strong heavy-duty duty and durable. It is thick and double-sided to protect work areas and table surfaces.
- USAGE AND APPLICATIONS: This is the best tool kit, for all arts and crafts and hobby craft enthusiasts. It can be used for projects such as Sewing, Quilting, Glass and leather cutting, model kit building, florist, origami, card making, watches, phone and jewelry repair, etc. Any application where knives, scissors, and stencils, are required, would be an ideal surface to work on.
- MARKING GUIDES: The protective cutting mat pad contains clear pattern labeled grid lines, which greatly helps in the cutting process.
PRODUCT DIMENSIONS:
A2 - 420 x 594 mm
What's in the box
- 1 x Anchor cutting Mat
Features:
ARTISTIC DESIGN: The Lotus Wooden Hanger is characterized by its artistic and nature-inspired design. It often features a lotus flower-shaped head, which adds a touch of elegance and sophistication to your wardrobe.
HIGH-QUALITY WOOD: These hangers are crafted from high-quality, durable wood, which ensures they can support various types of clothing without warping or breaking. The wood's natural grain and finish contribute to the hanger's overall aesthetic appeal.
NON-SLIP SURFACE: Many Lotus Wooden Hangers include a non-slip surface on the horizontal bar or shoulders to prevent clothing, especially delicate or silky items, from slipping off and wrinkling. This feature helps maintain the integrity of your garments.
GENTLE ON FABRICS: The smooth wooden surface of these hangers is gentle on your clothing. It prevents unsightly creases and marks that can occur with wire or plastic hangers, preserving the quality of your garments.
ECO-FRIENDLY: Wooden hangers are an eco-friendly choice compared to plastic hangers. They are made from renewable resources and are biodegradable, reducing their impact on the environment. STYLISH CLOSET UPGRADE: By incorporating Lotus Wooden Hangers into your closet, you can transform your wardrobe organization into an aesthetically pleasing and cohesive space that reflects your refined taste.
BETTER ACCESSIBILITY: A 360-degree-swivel stainless-steel hook makes hanging and scanning through all clothing hangers much easier.
Specifications:
Product Color: Black & Brown
Product Dimension: 45 x 5.8 x 23cm
What's in the box
6 x Wooden Hangers
Features:
ARTISTIC DESIGN: The Lotus Wooden Hanger is characterized by its artistic and nature-inspired design. It often features a lotus flower-shaped head, which adds a touch of elegance and sophistication to your wardrobe.
HIGH-QUALITY WOOD: These hangers are crafted from high-quality, durable wood, which ensures they can support various types of clothing without warping or breaking. The wood's natural grain and finish contribute to the hanger's overall aesthetic appeal.
NON-SLIP SURFACE: Many Lotus Wooden Hangers include a non-slip surface on the horizontal bar or shoulders to prevent clothing, especially delicate or silky items, from slipping off and wrinkling. This feature helps maintain the integrity of your garments.
GENTLE ON FABRICS: The smooth wooden surface of these hangers is gentle on your clothing. It prevents unsightly creases and marks that can occur with wire or plastic hangers, preserving the quality of your garments.
ECO-FRIENDLY: Wooden hangers are an eco-friendly choice compared to plastic hangers. They are made from renewable resources and are biodegradable, reducing their impact on the environment. STYLISH CLOSET UPGRADE: By incorporating Lotus Wooden Hangers into your closet, you can transform your wardrobe organization into an aesthetically pleasing and cohesive space that reflects your refined taste.
BETTER ACCESSIBILITY: A 360-degree-swivel stainless-steel hook makes hanging and scanning through all clothing hangers much easier.
Specifications:
Product Color: Black & Brown
Product Dimension: 45 x 5.8 x 23cm
What's in the box
6 x Wooden Hangers
Home & Office Computer Desk with Storage Shelves Home Office Study Writing Table with Hutch; 76 x 107 x 50cm
- STURDY: Strong stable computer desk with sturdy & strong iron tubing frame. Stable sturdy durable computer desk with 0.59" thick E1 grade premium safe particle board.
- QUALITY: Very stable, sturdy & spacious computer desk. Stylish and good-looking writing desk. High-quality PC desk. Very sturdy build computer table, durable, well balanced. Computer desk PC desk table's dimensions: 107cm(42.1inch)x 50cm(19.7inch)x 91.4cm(36inch).
- BOOST CONCENTRATION: A study desk will allow them to learn silently at the time of examinations in the early hours. Even in late hours at the time of projects, without disturbing others they can use the study table by switching on the lamp to complete their work.
- ORGANISE: Keep Study Materials Nearby; The study bench provides a confined place where your child can keep his or her writing pad or stationery within the attached drawers. The cabinets or drawers are meant to provide space that is close and everything needed is easy to reach.
- INSTALLATION: Our products are delivered in an unassembled (without installed) box. All the materials required for installation are available in special boxes prepared for cargo. In addition, only a screwdriver may be required. There are numbers on the parts for easy and error-free installation. You can easily install it by following the installation manual. 2 people are recommended for product installation.
- CARE & CLEANING: It can be cleaned with a damp cloth. It does not require detergent. Avoid prolonged contact with water and heat.
Features:
- The study desk provides extended storage space. Extra space is very useful for keeping the study stuff off the grids such as pencils, scales, pens, notebooks, books, water bottles, or whatnot.
- A Study desk provides kids with a smooth surface for writing flawlessly without any disturbances. The handwriting of the kids also gets improvised without it becoming cluttered as happens in case if they are sitting on a bed or sofa while writing.
Specifications:
- With monitor stand and 2 tier under shelves
- Metal Frame Legs
- Board 15mm MDF with melamine
- Metal tube with powder coating
- Dimensions: 107x50x76 cm
What's in the box
- 1 x Desk in Flat Pack
DUAL MONITOR STAND: Dual monitor desk mount perfectly fits most LCD LED flat or curved computer screens up to 27 inches, holds up to 6.5kg, suitable for VESA patterns of 75x75mm & 100x100mm.
ADJUSTABLE: This single monitor arm offers a wide range of movement. Supports screen rotates 360 for landscape or portrait orientation, swivels 180 to share your display, and tilts up 90 /down 45 for better viewing. The arm can extend up to 19.27" long and rise to 16.3" in height. Easy to find the right viewing angle and position.
EASY TO ASSEMBLY: Our monitor VESA desk mount is easy to install with a drill-free c-clamp(desk thickness within 0.39''-1.97'') or grommet base mount(desk thickness within 0.39''-3.15'', hole diameter within 0.39''-2.36''). If the thickness of your table is not within this range, please contact us for a suitable C-clamp. Comes with a clear manual and mounting hardware needed. Less than 15 minutes from opening the box to use.
HEAVY DUTY: Heavy-duty monitor arm with built-in cable control professionally helping to hide wires. The single monitor stand releases more than 80% desktop space to place office accessories compared to a monitor holder with a large base while creating a more comfortable work environment.
STURDY: The stable gas spring and clamp/grommet base are strong and durable enough to ensure the safety and security of your single monitor setup.
CLEANING: Concealed wiring design, keeping your desk tidy and clean; Storage slot for Allen keys. Comes complete with instructions plus all fixtures and fittings needed for simple installation.
ASSEMBLY REQUIRED (with instructions).
Product Material: Metal
Product Color: Black
Swivel: 180
Rotation:360
Tilt: -45 ~ +90
Load: 2-6.5kg
What's in the box
1 x 2 Monitor Arm
Office Monitor Stand for 2 screen Free Standing Adjustable Stand; 360 Rotation; Dimension 860 x 430 x 430mm
- CAPACITY: Strong steel dual arm desk mount - mounts two screens side by side to conveniently free up desk space. Holds two 13"-27" TVs or monitors with a maximum load capacity of 10 kg for each arm.
- MONITOR STAND: Fits all flat screen monitors and TVs with VESA sizes of 75x75 mm or 100x100 mm (Please ensure your screen is compatible with this mount's MAX VESA by checking the manual or by measuring the distance between the 4 holes on the rear of the screen); VESA plates are quick to fit and detachable for easy installation.
- ADJUSTABLE: Featuring +90 /-90 tilt, 180 swivels, and 360 rotation for superb flexibility; height adjustable for optimum viewing angle; monitors can be installed portrait or landscape, perfect for multitaskers, designers, programmers, and gamers alike.
- INSTALLATION: 2 methods of installations: 1) Weighted base install: freestanding design offers enhanced stability and fantastic maneuverability; 2) Grommet base install: fits desks with bolt-through hole (hole diameter supports min.10mm-max.80mm); the grommet base supports desk thickness from 10mm to 85mm.
- CLEANING: Concealed wiring design, keeping your desk tidy and clean; Storage slot for Allen keys. Comes complete with instructions plus all fixtures and fittings needed for simple installation.
-
Product Dimension: 860 x 430 x 430mm
-
Product Material: Steel
-
Product Color: Black
- What's in the box: 1 x 2 Monitor Arm
Folding Camping chair : This Folding Chair is designed for ultimate portability and convenience. It features a lightweight, folding construction for easy storage and transport. It provides comfortable seating with its strong and durable construction when in use. This chair is the ideal companion for camping, hiking, fishing, or just relaxing at the beach or park.
Portable Camping Chair : Its lightweight and portable design makes it easy to carry wherever you go, while the compact foldable structure allows for effortless storage in your car or backpack.
Camping Chair with Cup Holder: The built-in cup holder and side pockets offer convenient storage for your beverages and essentials, keeping everything you need within reach.
Foldable Outdoor Chair : This camping chair provides enhanced comfort, allowing you to unwind and enjoy the great outdoors in style. Whether you're setting up at a campsite, tailgate, or backyard BBQ, our folding camping chair offers the perfect blend of durability, comfort, and portability.
Sturdy Camping Chair : Materials used for this Camping chair are Steel, Fabric 600D Oxford & Mesh outer.
Capacity: 120 Kgs loading capacity
Product Dimension: W60xD65xH95 CM
Product Color: Blue
What's in the box
1 x Camping Chair
1 x Carry Bag
Outdoor Camping Chair Foldable Chair with Armrests and Cup Holder; Product Dimension: W60 x D65x H95cm
- FOLDING CAMPING CHAIR: This Folding Chair is designed for ultimate portability and convenience. It features a lightweight, folding construction for easy storage and transport. It provides comfortable seating with its strong and durable construction when in use. This chair is the ideal companion for camping, hiking, fishing, or just relaxing at the beach or park.
- PORTABLE CAMPING CHAIR: Its lightweight and portable design makes it easy to carry wherever you go, while the compact foldable structure allows for effortless storage in your car or backpack.
- CAMPING CHAIR WITH CUP HOLDER: The built-in cup holder and side pockets offer convenient storage for your beverages and essentials, keeping everything you need within reach.
- FOLDABLE OUTDOOR CHAIR: This camping chair provides enhanced comfort, allowing you to unwind and enjoy the great outdoors in style. Whether you’re setting up at a campsite, tailgate, or backyard BBQ, our folding camping chair offers the perfect blend of durability, comfort, and portability.
- STURDY CAMPING CHAIR: Materials used for this Camping chair are Steel, Fabric 600D Oxford & Mesh outer.
- Capacity: 120 Kgs loading capacity
- Product Dimension: W60xD65xH95 CM
- Product Color: Blue
- What's in the box: 1 x Camping Chair 1 x Carry Bag
Steel sling folding chair set of 3, table steel tube dia24mm, 5mm silk-print tempered glass top, folding chair steel tube 28x14mm, with 2x1 sling for seat and back, powder coated.
This garden furniture set will make a stylish and practical addition to your garden, patio, or balcony. The set consists of two folding chairs and a tempered glass table with a sturdy metal frame.
-
BISTRO SET: The set consists of two folding chairs and a tempered glass table with a sturdy metal frame.
- FOLDABLE & PORTABLE: The folding mechanism allows the chair to be easily collapsed for convenient storage and transportation. This makes it an excellent choice for outdoor events, camping, picnics, or simply for saving space when not in use.
- LOW MAINTENANCE: Steel sling folding chairs are generally low-maintenance. The steel frame can be cleaned with a damp cloth, and the sling fabric is easy to wipe down. This makes them suitable for hassle-free outdoor use.
- LIGHTWEIGHT DESIGN: Despite the robust steel frame, these chairs are designed to be lightweight for easy handling. This feature enhances their portability, allowing users to move them around effortlessly.
-
EASY ASSEMBLY: Quick and easy one-person assembly, legs simply need to be attached to the tabletop.
Product Size:
2 Chairs: W45 x D51 x H81 CM
1 Table: DIA60 x H70 CM
Features and Benefits
Outdoor Bistro Set for 2 persons
The set consists of two folding chairs and a tempered glass table with a sturdy metal frame
Quick and easy one-person assembly
Product Color:
Black Frame
Anthracite Sling
Black Glass
What's in the box
- 2 x Folding Chairs
- 1 x Table
🏠 Anchor Two-Tier Glass Console Table - Modern Hallway Furniture
Transform your home with the Anchor glass hall table. This sleek entryway table combines black steel construction with tempered glass shelves. The narrow table design fits compact spaces while providing two-tier storage. Perfect for Johannesburg apartments, Cape Town homes, Durban townhouses, and Pretoria offices needing modern console solutions.
🎯 Why You'll Love This Hall Table
✅ Scratch-Resistant Tempered Glass Shelves The glass table features 5mm tempered glass on both tiers. This scratch resistant glass table surface protects your decorative items better than standard glass. The display table shelves handle daily use without damage. Your books, plants, and decor rest safely on durable glass shelves.
✅ Heavy-Duty Black Steel Frame Construction This console table holds 40kg total weight across both tiers. The steel frame construction provides commercial-grade strength. Each glass shelf supports 20kg. Store heavy books, decorative pieces, plants, and storage boxes. The metal frame stays stable under load.
✅ Perfect for Narrow Hallways and Small Spaces The slim console table measures only 35cm deep. This narrow console table for hallway placement fits tight entryways without blocking pathways. The side table design works in apartments with limited floor space. Place this entryway table against walls in compact homes.
✅ Tool-Free Assembly in 15 Minutes No tools required for this tool free assembly hall table. The quick-assembly design snaps together by hand. One person completes setup in 15 minutes. Follow simple instructions and your display table stands ready to use. Save time with hassle-free installation.
✅ Adjustable Feet for Uneven Floors Four adjustable feet level this console table on uneven surfaces. The adjustable feet console table works on tiles, wood, laminate, or carpet. Stabilize your hall table on sloped floors common in South African homes. The feet protect floors from scratches.
🔧 Key Features
Construction & Materials:
- Tempered glass construction: 5mm thick safety glass with polished edges
- Black steel frame: 18x18x0.8mm steel tubing with powder coating
- Metal frame finish: Matte black powder coating resists rust
- Weight capacity: 40kg total (20kg per glass shelf)
- Frame type: Open design minimalist table construction
- Corner protection: Rounded edges prevent injury
Dimensions & Sizing:
- Console table dimensions: 100cm (W) x 35cm (D) x 80cm (H)
- Narrow table depth: 35cm fits hallway spaces
- Top shelf height: 30cm from floor
- Bottom shelf clearance: 18.2cm from floor
- Display table spacing: 18.2cm between tiers
- Steel frame thickness: 18mm square tubing
Assembly & Installation:
- Tool-free assembly: Snap-together hall table design
- Assembly time: 10-15 minutes for complete console table
- Adjustable feet: Four leveling feet included with glass table
- Wall mounting: Optional wall anchoring for entryway table stability
- Instructions included: Step-by-step guide for side table setup
Design & Functionality:
- Modern console aesthetic: Clean minimalist table lines
- Hallway furniture versatility: Entryway, living room, bedroom, office placement
- Display table function: Show decorative items, books, plants, photos
- Glass table maintenance: Easy wipe-clean surfaces
- Apartment furniture solution: Space-saving narrow table design
📊 Technical Specifications
| Specification | Details |
|---|---|
| Product Code | XC-3B-073B |
| Model Number | AM-UHET02-BK |
| Barcode | 6009715820761 |
| Console Table Size | 100cm (W) x 35cm (D) x 80cm (H) |
| Hall Table Weight | 12.66kg |
| Weight Capacity | 40kg total (20kg per shelf) |
| Steel Frame Material | 18x18x0.8mm tubing |
| Metal Frame Finish | Matte black powder coating |
| Glass Table Material | 5mm tempered safety glass |
| Glass Shelves Quantity | 2 tiers |
| Feet Type | Adjustable leveling (4 pieces) |
| Assembly Type | Tool-free snap assembly |
| Setup Time | 10-15 minutes |
| Wall Mount Option | Yes (hardware not included) |
| Package Size | 108cm x 39cm x 9.5cm |
| Shipping Weight | 12.66kg |
| Color | Black |
| Style | Modern minimalist console |
| Suitable Rooms | Entryway, hallway, living room, bedroom, office |
| Warranty | Manufacturer warranty applies |
✨ The Anchor Advantage
🛡️ Genuine Tempered Glass Safety Anchor uses real tempered glass for this glass hall table, not standard untreated glass. The tempered glass entryway table offers four times the strength of regular glass. Heat-treatment creates safer glass shelves. If breakage occurs, this scratch resistant glass table shatters into small granular pieces instead of dangerous shards. Competitors use cheap untreated glass in their console table products.
🔩 Commercial-Grade Steel Frame The 18x18x0.8mm steel frame provides superior strength for this hall table. Budget console table options use thinner, weaker metal frame construction. This black console features powder-coated finish resisting scratches and rust. The narrow table frame maintains stability for years. Other hallway furniture wobbles after months of use.
⚖️ Designed for South African Homes This modern console suits local floor types including tiles, wood, and concrete. The adjustable feet console table accommodates uneven surfaces common in SA homes. The narrow console table for hallway placement fits apartments and townhouses across Johannesburg, Cape Town, Durban, and Pretoria. The compact entryway table works in South African living spaces.
🎨 Modern Minimalist Table Design The black steel console table complements contemporary, industrial, and Scandinavian interiors. This minimalist table creates visual space while providing storage. The glass table design adds sophistication without overwhelming smaller rooms. The side table aesthetic suits modern apartment furniture needs.
💪 Double the Weight Capacity This display table supports 20kg per shelf, double budget alternatives. Each glass shelf handles heavy books, ceramic vases, plants, and storage baskets. The two tier glass display table distributes weight evenly. Other glass hall table options fail under heavy loads.
💼 Perfect For
🏢 Office Professionals & Remote Workers Create an organized entryway with this modern console. Use the display table for work documents and office supplies on the top glass shelf. Store laptop bags and work shoes on the bottom tier. The sleek hall table maintains professionalism for video calls. The entryway table keeps your home office entrance tidy.
🏡 Apartment & Townhouse Dwellers Maximize storage with this slim console table small spaces solution. The narrow table fits compact hallway layouts in apartments. This apartment furniture piece measures only 35cm deep. Store keys and mail on the glass table top. Keep shoes and bags on the lower glass shelf. Perfect console table for Johannesburg apartments and Cape Town townhouses.
🌿 Interior Design Enthusiasts Create stunning displays with this two tier glass display table. Arrange succulents and trailing plants on the tempered glass shelves. Display art books and decorative objects on the modern black glass console. The minimalist table showcases your style. Use this side table to curate entryway aesthetics.
📚 Book Collectors & Readers Organize books with this 40kg capacity hall table. The glass shelves hold multiple hardcover books and boxed sets. Create a mini library display near your reading nook. This display table protects book covers from dust. The entryway table provides accessible book storage.
🎁 Gift Buyers for New Homeowners Give the perfect housewarming gift with this modern console. The black console suits various interior styles. This hallway furniture solves organization challenges. The glass hall table arrives flat-packed for easy transport and gifting.
👨👩👧👦 Families Needing Entryway Organization Keep your family organized with this console table. Place a bowl for keys and mail on the top glass shelf. Store school bags and sports equipment on the bottom tier. This hall table construction withstands daily family use. The sturdy entryway table handles busy household traffic.
🏥 Work Smarter with Better Organization
Reduce Clutter Stress The two-tier display table provides visible storage for belongings. Place frequently used items on the top glass shelf for easy access. Store seasonal items on the bottom glass table tier. The transparent tempered glass shelves show contents at a glance. This console table reduces time searching for keys and mail.
Create Welcoming Entryways First impressions start at your door with this entryway table. The hall table creates an organized greeting space for guests. Display fresh flowers and decor on the glass shelves. The clean minimalist table design elevates your home aesthetic. Transform cluttered entryways with this modern console.
Maximize Small Apartment Spaces The 35cm narrow table depth fits tight hallways without blocking pathways. This slim console table small spaces solution uses vertical storage. The side table design saves floor area. Place this hallway furniture in narrow corridors or behind sofas. The open metal frame design prevents cramped feelings.
Protect Your Belongings The scratch resistant glass table surface resists damage from keys and phones. The smooth glass table wipes clean in seconds. No porous materials absorb stains. Your decorative items rest safely on the tempered glass entryway table surface.
🛠️ Installation & Maintenance
Installation Steps:
Step 1: Unpack Your Console Table Remove all parts from the packaging. Lay out the steel frame pieces, glass shelves, adjustable feet, and instructions. Check parts against the inventory list. Inspect the tempered glass shelves for shipping damage before assembling your hall table.
Step 2: Attach Adjustable Feet to Console Base Screw the four adjustable feet into the bottom metal frame corners. Twist clockwise until finger-tight on your glass table base. Do not overtighten the hall table feet. The feet should move freely for later leveling of your entryway table.
Step 3: Assemble Steel Frame Structure Connect the black steel frame pieces using snap-together joints. Align the tubes and press firmly until you hear clicks on your console table. The tool free assembly hall table design locks pieces securely. Follow the instruction diagram for correct narrow table orientation.
Step 4: Install Bottom Glass Shelf Place the lower tempered glass shelf onto the bottom support frame. Center the glass table surface on the frame rails. The weight holds the display table shelf in place. Handle glass shelves carefully with both hands during hall table installation.
Step 5: Install Top Glass Shelf Position the upper glass shelf onto the top support frame of your console table. Align the tempered glass with the metal frame edges. Ensure both tiers of your glass hall table sit level and centered on supports.
Step 6: Level Your Entryway Table Place the console table in your desired hallway location. Use a spirit level to check the hall table positioning. Turn the adjustable feet console table corners clockwise to raise or counterclockwise to lower. Continue adjusting your glass table until stable and level.
Maintenance: Clean the glass shelves weekly with glass cleaner and microfiber cloth. Wipe the black console frame with a damp cloth to remove dust from your hall table. Avoid abrasive cleaners on the powder-coated metal frame. Retighten console table connections if loosening occurs. The low-maintenance entryway table requires minimal upkeep for lasting beauty.
❓ Frequently Asked Questions
Q: What weight can each glass shelf hold on this console table? A: Each glass table shelf supports 20kg, for 40kg total capacity across the hall table. This display table handles books, decorative items, plants, and storage boxes. Distribute weight evenly across each entryway table shelf for best stability on your console table.
Q: Do I need tools to assemble this hall table? A: No tools required for this tool free assembly hall table. The snap-together console table assembles by hand in 10-15 minutes. The instruction manual provides step-by-step guidance for your glass table. One person completes entryway table assembly alone.
Q: Will this narrow table fit in a small hallway? A: Yes. This narrow console table for hallway use measures only 35cm deep. The slim console table small spaces design fits standard hallway widths. This side table works where traditional 40-50cm deep hallway furniture blocks pathways. Measure your space before ordering this glass hall table.
Q: Can I secure this console table to the wall? A: Yes. The metal frame allows wall mounting for added entryway table stability. You need wall anchors and screws for your wall type on this hall table. Wall mounting hardware not included with the glass table. Consult a handyman for plaster installations of your console table.
Q: Is the glass table made with safety glass? A: Yes. Both tiers use 5mm tempered glass entryway table construction. This tempered glass is four times stronger than regular glass. If breakage occurs on the scratch resistant glass table, it breaks into small granular pieces instead of sharp shards. The glass shelves meet safety standards.
Q: What floor types work with the adjustable feet console table? A: The hall table feet work on tiles, wood, laminate, concrete, and carpet. The adjustable design on this console table accommodates slight floor unevenness. The glass table feet have protective pads preventing floor scratching under your entryway table.
Q: How do I clean the glass shelves on this display table? A: Use standard glass cleaner and microfiber cloth on your glass table. Wipe the console table surface in circular motions removing dust and fingerprints. The scratch resistant glass table resists cleaning damage. Clean your hall table weekly for best appearance on the tempered glass shelves.
Q: Will the black console finish chip or rust? A: The powder-coated steel frame resists chipping and rust on this hall table. The coating creates a durable barrier on the metal frame against moisture. Keep your console table in climate-controlled indoor spaces for longest finish life on this entryway table.
Q: Can I use this glass hall table outdoors? A: No. This console table is designed for indoor use only. Outdoor exposure damages the powder coating and glass table surface. Use the hall table in covered entryways, hallways, living rooms, or bedrooms away from direct weather affecting your display table.
Q: What is the height between glass shelves on this console table? A: The vertical clearance between glass table tiers measures 18.2cm on this hall table. This entryway table height accommodates books, storage boxes, and decorative items up to 17cm tall. The bottom glass shelf on the console table sits 18.2cm from the floor.
Q: Does the console table come fully assembled? A: No. The hall table arrives flat-packed for efficient shipping. Assembly takes 10-15 minutes using included instructions for your glass table. No tools needed for this console table assembly. One person completes the entryway table process.
Q: Can I place heavy items on this display table? A: Each glass shelf supports up to 20kg on the console table. Small appliances work if under the weight limit on your hall table. Distribute weight evenly on the glass table. Avoid placing all weight on one corner of your entryway table.
Q: Will the console table wobble on uneven floors? A: No. The four adjustable feet level the hall table on uneven surfaces. Turn each foot independently to raise or lower corners on your glass table. Test console table stability after adjustment and fine-tune your entryway table as needed.
Q: Is console table assembly difficult for one person? A: No. The tool-free design and moderate weight make solo hall table assembly straightforward. Follow the instruction steps in order for your glass table. The entryway table process takes 10-15 minutes without assistance on this console table.
Q: What if the glass shelves arrive damaged on my console table? A: Inspect the tempered glass immediately upon hall table delivery. Report shipping damage to the seller within 48 hours for your glass table. Keep all packaging materials for returns or replacements of your entryway table. Most sellers offer replacement glass shelves for your console table.
📦 What's in the Box
✅ 1 x Two-tier console table frame (black powder-coated steel frame) ✅ 2 x Tempered glass shelves (5mm thickness for hall table) ✅ 4 x Adjustable leveling feet with protective pads for glass table ✅ 1 x Assembly instruction manual with diagrams for entryway table ✅ 1 x Support QR code for console table customer assistance
🚀 Upgrade Your Space Today
Stop settling for cluttered entryways and disorganized hallways. The Anchor two tier glass display table brings modern style and practical storage to your home. The scratch resistant glass table and sturdy black steel console table handle daily use for years.
Create an organized entryway in Johannesburg apartments with this hall table. Add storage to Cape Town townhouses with this modern console. Enhance Durban homes with this glass hall table. Upgrade Pretoria offices with this entryway table. The minimalist table design complements contemporary, industrial, and Scandinavian interiors across South Africa.
Order your Anchor console table now and transform your space with functional elegance. This tool free assembly hall table sets up in minutes. The organization from this display table lasts for years.
Organize Your Home. Elevate Your Style. Experience Anchor Quality.
⚠️ IMPORTANT: Assembly Notice: The stability, durability, and structural integrity of this console table depends entirely on correct assembly. Follow all instructions carefully and ensure all steel frame connections lock securely according to manufacturer specifications. Incorrect assembly of this hall table results in product failure, damage, or injury. If you are unsure about proper assembly or installation of this glass table, consult a qualified installer or handyman.
Need Help? If you experience any difficulties during installation of your entryway table, contact us by scanning the QR code provided in your console table package. Our support team is ready to assist you with your hall table.
Please Note: The final product finish on this glass hall table varies slightly between manufacturing batches. Product color and finish appearance on this console table differ from images due to photography lighting, screen calibration, and camera settings. All entryway table products maintain consistent quality standards regardless of minor aesthetic variations.
Camping Folding Cart Collapsible Beach Wagon with Big Wheels for Sand Heavy Duty; Shopping Cart
• Multi-purpose: The folding wagon cart is easy to use and store. The safety belt and carry-on organizer bag keep your belongings safe and tidy. A great companion for you and your family to travel easily.
• Utility Wagon: Ideal for sporting events, outdoor concerts, groceries, trips to the park, camping, gardening, and loading or unloading the car.
• Collapsible Wagon Cart： The cart is perfect for hauling garden tools, beach umbrellas, camping accessories, and other heavyweights.
• Easy Folding: Portable folding garden cart our folding van has deeper and larger storage space compared to other standard-size vans. Convenient enough. Easily stowed by taking out the dividers and pulling the bars loose, it can be effortlessly placed in the trunk or behind the seat.
• Clever Design: The large capacity outdoor garden wagon can be adjusted freely with a retractable handle, easy to pull without effort. Length adjustment free adjustment, push-pull integration. Small details show care. Storage bag design, extra space does not need to worry about the storage of small objects.
• Indoor/Outdoor: The cart can be widely used in outdoor activities, such as camping, beaches, sporting events, or simply around the house.
There is no need to install it, and it is easy to operate. With a compact design, this thing folds into a mini size that you can simply fold with one hand.
Size: L100 x W52 x H105-75CM (HEIGHT INCLUDING HANDLE),
Material: Oxford cloth.
Product Color: Black Frame; Brown Fabric
Home & Office 2 Tier Console Table Side Table with Mesh Shelf - Rustic Brown
This industrial-styled hallway table is a distinctive addition to your home that does more than just sit and look pretty. Made from metal, the rectangular frame ensures lasting reliability in your home, with it strong enough to handle up to 30kg. With a veneered MDF tabletop that is resistant to light and daily damage, the narrow console table is finished with four adjustable feet to ensure its balance at all times.
- ADJUSTABLE FEET: Protects floor and keeps slim console table level and balanced on uneven floors. DIMENSIONS: 80H x 101L x 35Dcm. Shelf: 95.6Lx 29.6Wcm.
- MESH SHELF: Holes all over to prevent water from building up and stagnating. And also provides extra storage space on this hall table for storage bins, decorations, and more.
- INDUSTRIAL STYLE: The minimal yet standout design makes our console tables look great anywhere all over your home.
- METAL FRAME: Covered in matte black paint, this console table is strong and durable to ensure it is a mainstay in your home furniture.
- MAXIMUM LOAD WEIGHT 30KG. ASSEMBLY REQUIRED.
Specifications:
Product Dimension: 101L x 35D x 80H cm
Product Colour: Rustic Brown
Product Weight: 30kg
What's in the box
- 1 x Table
R 949.00
Unit price perR 949.00
Unit price perFolding Desk
- MULTIFUNCTIONAL DESIGN: Suitable for office, bedroom, living room, dining room, kitchen, children's room, office. Can be a computer desk, learning table, writing desk, workstation, gaming table, secretarial desk, meeting desk, or dining table. You can put a computer, monitor, printer, table lamp, flowers, and keyboards on it.
- MATERIAL: MDF, waterproof and no deformation, durable and strong, brown texture, simple but elegant design. MDF, anti-scratch and wear-resistant, easy to clean; steel metal frame, very stable and more than usual with heavy weight.
- COMPUTER WRITING DESK: Suitable for study, bedroom, living room, kitchen, children's room, office. Can be a computer desk, learning table, game table, or secretarial desk.
- STYLE: This vintage desktop desk combines sturdy metal with MDF board and creates delicate charm. Sit with confidence and know you've made the right home furnishing decision.
Advantages:
1. Foldable and portable
2. Compact design
3. Easy to assemble.
4. Simple Style
5. Versatile use
Product Dimension: H74 x L41 x W80 cm
Product Colors: White & Brown
Home & Office Desk Study Table with Side Shelves Metal Legs - Brown and White color; 118 x 100 x 50 x 75cm
- STURDY: Delicately crafted with high-quality material, the writing desk can withstand a higher load-bearing capacity while lasting many years of rough use.
- SHELVING: More storage space that can not only display your beautiful ornaments but also make everything easily accessible, the desk is equipped with open-sided shelves.
- SPACIOUS: The computer desk is designed with a wide enough tabletop to help you keep all sorts of office essentials organized, from laptops to books. Besides an orderly working environment, it also features a smooth surface to help you keep the wood board clean with less effort.
- DESIGN: The study desk of simple elegant trapezoidal can match well with different home decorations, giving your room an aesthetic beauty. Whether be served as a writing desk for studying or a computer desk for working, it will be of great satisfaction.
- INSTALLATION: Our products are delivered in an unassembled (without installed) box. All the materials required for installation are available in special boxes prepared for cargo. In addition, only a screwdriver may be required. There are numbers on the parts for easy and error-free installation. You can easily install it by following the installation manual. 2 people are recommended for product installation.
- CARE & CLEANING: It can be cleaned with a damp cloth. It does not require detergent. Avoid prolonged contact with water and heat.
- BOOST CONCENTRATION: A study desk will allow them to learn silently at the time of examinations in the early hours. Even in late hours at the time of projects, without disturbing others they can use the study table by switching on the lamp to complete their work.
- ORGANISE: Keep Study Materials Nearby; The study bench provides a confined place where your child can keep his or her writing pad or stationery within the attached drawers. The cabinets or drawers are meant to provide space that is close and everything needed is easy to reach.
Features:
- The study desk provides extended storage space. Extra space is very useful for keeping the study stuff off the grid such as pencils, scales, pens, notebooks, books, water bottle or whatnot.
- A Study desk provides kids with a smooth surface for writing flawlessly without any disturbances. The handwriting of the kids also gets improvised without it becoming cluttered as it happens in case if they are sitting on bed or sofa while writing.
Specifications:
- 4 Tier Side Shelves
- Metal Frame Legs
- Board 15mm MDF with melamine
- Metal tube with powder coating
- Dimensions: 100x50x75/118 cm
What's in the box
- 1 x Desk in Flat Pack
Home Office Glass & Metal Tabletop Heavy Duty 32-55" TV Stand Height Adjustable 65-79cm Tilt Swivel VESA 600 x 400 Load 45Kg
The Anchor Height-Adjustable TV Mount Stand offers a superior TV-viewing experience without having to drill holes in the wall. If you don't want to risk an insecure installation or can't alter your wall's surface, this TV stand gives you the option to make a better TV possible.
- HEAVY DUTY: Designed with a heavy-duty steel pole and 8mm thickness tempered glass base, this universal table-top TV stand can easily hold your TV on your table with safety and stability, you don't need to drill holes in your wall, this table, top tv stand fits 32-to-55-inch TV holds up to 45kgs screen weight.
- EASY TO ASSEMBLY: The stand can be installed within 15 minutes according to a detailed instruction manual; tools and television screws are included.
- ADJUSTABLE: Our VESA 100x100 to 600x400 e.g. 100x100, 200x100, 400x100, 200x200, 300x200, 400x200, 300x300, 400x300, 400x400, 600x400 TV stand has a wide range of height adjustable from 655-795mm. You can raise or lower the TV easily through a mounting bracket or heavy-duty metal tube
- CABLE MANAGEMENT: Our TV holder stand has wire management which is convenient for storing your wires and keeping your room clean and tidy. To organize your TV's HDMI, Ethernet, and power cables, this mount lets you run them through the clip on the back. This smart cable management helps create a cleaner look and reduces potential trip hazards.
- SLEEK STYLE & STRENGTH: A heavy-duty steel construction universally fits 32" to 55" TVs. The black tempered-glass base, which is 400 mm x 260 mm in size and 8MM thick creates a solid, stylish-looking stand that's ideal for placing soundbars, set-top boxes, or other accessories, all while fitting snugly against a wall.
- Free-standing mount for one 32" to 55" TV
Height-adjustable
Sleek design for a snug fit on a wall - the benefits of a wall mount without drilling holes
Heavy-duty steel construction with powder coating
Black tempered-glass base for a solid stand and stylish look
Cable management with attachable clips on the pole for a clean and organized look
Rubber feet to prevent slipping and to protect your surface from scratches
Easy and quick installation, all hardware included
Screen Swivel Range +25 ~-25
Rubber feet in infographics
Screen Swivel Range infographics
Height Adjustment range in infographics
Product Dimension: 435 x 260 x 530 - 685 mm
Product Material: Metal & Glass
Product Colour: Black
What's in the box
1 x TV Stand in a flat pack
Home & Office TV Floor Stand with Glass Shelve Base; 37-70 inches flat TV; 25Degree Swivel & Height Adjustable
Constructed with metal and solid glass, the TV stand offers you a cost-saving TV mount solution. Apart from the durable structure and well-designed appearance, the unit also features flexible adjustment. 25-degree swivel range offers more horizontal movement than standard TV brackets. Bearing easy installation in mind, this stand is designed for assembly in minutes.
- STURDY: Made of premium steel; Sufficient width and thickness with the bars, bracket, and standing columns; Hold up to 88lbs; The black TV stand is enhanced with black shining tempered glass shelve and base shelve, creating a stylish modern TV stand style.
- ORGANISED CABLE: Diminish the cable mess; Easy cable threading with the cable management system.
- DURABILITY: VESA covers from 200x200mm to 600x400mm; Holds both flat screen and curved screen including LED, OLED, LCD, and Plasma displays; Compatible with TV from 37 inches to 70 inches: 37 inches, 40 inches, 42 inches, 50 inches, 55-inch, 60-inch, 65 inch, 70-inch Televisions; Universal TV mount. Swivel range: 25 for multiple screen viewing angles.
- SLIM HEIGHT & ADJUSTABLE: Perfect narrow TV stand for large and small rooms; Large range of adjustable height to meet your viewing needs from different distances.
- ELEGANT & MODERN: Elegant Glossy Glass Base, adds a modern touch to your home.
Product Dimension: 12.9 x 55 x 38 x 66 cm
Color: Black
Material: Metal
What's in the box: 1 x TV floor stand in a flat pack
Anchor Home Kitchen Storage Rack – Rustic Bakers Rack with Shelves & Basket
Space-saving bakers rack with shelves, wire basket & hooks – ideal kitchen storage rack for all types of homes
Upgrade your kitchen instantly with a stylish, durable storage solution built for real South African homes. Whether you're organising small appliances, storing pantry items, or creating a dedicated coffee station, this multifunctional bakers rack keeps your space neat, accessible, and beautifully styled.
WHY YOU’LL LOVE IT
• Maximises Kitchen Space: Multiple shelves, a wire basket, and hanging hooks give every item a home.
• Versatile South African Fit: Perfect for apartments, townhouses, family kitchens, and student digs.
• Strong & Stable: Metal frame ensures long-lasting strength for microwaves, air fryers, and more.
• Rustic Modern Style: Warm wood tones paired with sleek black steel suit any SA décor.
• Multipurpose Design: Works as a coffee bar, appliance stand, pantry organiser, or display shelf.
• Quick Setup: Easy-to-assemble design means you’ll be organised within minutes.
Storage & Organisation
3-tier shelving for appliances, jars, and kitchen essentials
Spacious wire basket for fruits, snacks, or utensils
Side hooks for mugs, towels, or cooking tools
Design & Construction
Rustic wood-look boards with industrial steel frame
Cross-brace structure for stability
Scratch-resistant and easy-clean surface
Functionality
Multi-use design for kitchen, dining area, braai room, or pantry
Open-shelf layout for easy access
Elevated top shelf for décor or storage containers
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
• Brand: Anchor Home
• Product Type: Kitchen Storage Rack / Bakers Rack
• Material: Steel frame + engineered wood shelves
• Colour: Rustic brown & matte black
• Shelves: 3 open shelves + top rack
• Basket: 1 wire pull-out basket
• Hooks: 6 hanging hooks
• Weight Capacity:
o Top shelf: ±10kg
o Main shelf: ±20kg
o Middle/Lower shelves: ±10–15kg
o Basket: ±5kg
• Assembly Required: Yes (tool-free or minimal tools)
• Use: Indoor kitchen storage, dining, pantry, utility areas
THE ANCHOR HOME ADVANTAGE
Anchor Home is trusted across South Africa for dependable, stylish, value-driven home furnishings. Each product is engineered with practical use in mind — durability, ease of setup, and modern design that elevates your space without inflating your budget.
PERFECT FOR
• Apartment Living: Compact yet spacious for smaller kitchens.
• Family Homes: Organises snacks, appliances, and daily essentials.
• Coffee Lovers: Perfect workstation for kettles, pods, mugs, and syrups.
• Air Fryer Fans: Sturdy shelf supports appliances safely.
• Students & Shared Homes: Keeps clutter under control.
• Guesthouses & B&Bs: Stylish, functional serving or breakfast station.
ERGONOMIC / FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
• Keeps frequently used items within arm’s reach to reduce bending and strain.
• Open layout improves workflow when cooking or preparing meals.
• Reduces countertop clutter, making kitchens feel bigger and easier to clean.
• Dedicated appliance space prevents overcrowding and overheating on counters.
INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE
Installation (Approx. 10–15 minutes):
1. Unpack all parts and lay them out.
2. Attach the main frame sections using provided connectors.
3. Secure the shelves in place.
4. Install the wire basket.
5. Add hooks and tighten all fasteners.
6. Ensure stability before loading items.
Maintenance
• Wipe with a damp cloth; avoid abrasive cleaners.
• Keep dry to preserve the boards.
• Avoid overload on any single shelf.
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Q1: Can it hold a microwave or air fryer?
Yes, the main middle shelf is strong enough for standard microwaves and air fryers.
Q2: Is the rack stable?
Yes — steel frame and cross-brace design ensure stability.
Q3: Does it rust?
The metal frame is coated for indoor use, resisting rust when kept dry.
Q4: How much space does it take?
Compact footprint fits comfortably in most SA kitchens.
Q5: Is assembly difficult?
No — straightforward with included instructions.
Q6: Can I use it as a coffee station?
Absolutely. The hooks and shelves are ideal for mugs, jars, and machines.
Q7: Does the basket pull out?
Yes, it is designed for easy access.
Q8: Can it be used outdoors?
Indoor use is recommended.
Q9: How much weight can it hold?
Each shelf supports 10–20kg depending on position.
Q10: Is it easy to clean?
Yes — wipeable surfaces resist stains.
Q11: Can the hooks be moved?
Yes, they can be repositioned along the rod.
Q12: Is it child-safe?
Safe when placed against a wall and loaded appropriately.
Q13: Will the wood fade?
No — engineered board resists fading under normal indoor use.
WHAT’S IN THE BOX
• 1 × Anchor Home Bakers Rack
• 3 × Wooden shelves
• 1 × Top storage shelf
• 1 × Wire pull-out basket
• 6 × Hooks
• Assembly hardware
• Instruction manual
Transform your kitchen instantly with a stylish, durable, space-saving storage solution. Whether you're organising appliances or creating your dream coffee station, the Anchor Home Kitchen Storage Rack brings order, beauty, and practicality to any South African home.
Upgrade your space today — and enjoy a kitchen that works for you.
SAFETY NOTICES
• Always assemble on a flat, stable surface.
• Do not overload shelves beyond stated weight limits.
• Indoor use only; avoid moisture exposure.
• Keep small parts away from children during assembly.
• Ensure the unit is stable before placing heavy appliances.
L Shaped Corner Desk with Storage Shelves
This desk gives you a wide L shaped workspace for home office tasks, study sessions and gaming. The industrial steel frame supports a strong vintage wood top with space for dual monitors and accessories. The corner layout helps you save space in small rooms while adding stable 4 tier storage.
Side note on this product: The assembly is more involved than our standard desks and it definitely will take more time to assemble.
Difficulty Level: Hard
WHY YOU WILL LOVE IT 🎯
✅ Space saving L shaped design
The 150 cm structure fits into corners and frees up floor space. You get a clean layout for home office and study work.
✅ Strong industrial steel frame
The steel frame keeps the desk steady during typing, gaming and remote work sessions. It supports multiple monitors without shaking.
✅ Vintage wood finish
The warm wood top creates a clean workspace for computer use, study work and creative projects.
✅ Tiered storage shelves
The open shelves keep books, files and accessories close. This supports better workflow for work and gaming.
✅ Stable work area for dual monitors
The wide corner surface holds a computer, dual monitors, speakers and office tools.
KEY FEATURES 🔧
L Shaped Desk Structure
• 150 cm main top
• 120 cm side top
• 100 cm inner return
• Space saving corner layout
• Supports home office and gaming needs
Storage and Shelving
• tiered storage shelves
• 150 cm tall shelf column
• Lower panel for printers and files
• Open access for cables and equipment
Industrial Build Quality
• Black industrial steel frame
• Vintage wood top
• Stable steel legs
• Adjustable feet for uneven floors
Workstation Functionality
• Suitable for dual monitor setups
• Fits laptops, gaming consoles and study tools
• Good for remote work and daily office tasks
• Multi purpose corner workstation
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 📊
• Product Type: L shaped desk
• Desk Width: 150 cm
• Desk Depth (main side): 50 cm
• Desk Height: 74 cm
• Shelf Height: 150 cm
• Upper Shelf Height: 76 cm
• Side Length: 120 cm
• Inner Width: 100 cm
• Material: Industrial steel and wood panels
• Frame Type: Steel frame
• Storage: tiered shelving
• Feet: Adjustable feet
• Style: Industrial wood
• Use Case: Home office, workstation, gaming desk, study desk
• Load Use: Dual monitors, books, desktop PC, printers
THE ANCHOR ADVANTAGE ⭐
✨ Reliable steel strength
The industrial steel frame helps keep the structure stable for long term home office and study use.
✨ Clean layout for remote work
The L shaped format helps you split tasks between two sides for better workflow.
✨ Built for daily computer use
The desk supports computers, dual monitors and gaming equipment without losing stability.
✨ Storage that improves productivity
The 4 tier shelves keep tools and supplies within reach. This helps reduce clutter.
PERFECT FOR 💼
🧑💻 Home office users
Ideal for work from home tasks, calls and computer work. The storage helps with organisation.
🎮 Gaming users
The wide L shaped top supports gaming consoles, controllers and dual monitor setups.
📚 Students and study rooms
Good for reading, study tasks and research sessions. The shelves hold books and files.
🏠 Small apartments
The space saving corner design fits into small rooms and compact living areas.
🛠 Creative workstations
Useful for craft work, drawing and design sessions that need a clear layout.
ERGONOMIC AND FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
Better organisation
The 4 tier storage helps you place items where you need them. This supports faster workflow.
Stable typing and mouse control
The steel frame and adjustable feet keep the desk firm on uneven floors.
Comfortable dual monitor support
The wide layout helps you place screens at natural viewing angles.
Space saving corner format
The L shaped footprint fits into unused corner areas and creates more open space.
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE 🛠️
Installation Steps
Unpack all steel and wood parts
Attach the steel frame sections
Add the wood panels
Tighten all screws
Adjust the feet for stability
Tools Needed
• Screwdriver
• Hex key
• Flat surface for assembly
Maintenance
• Wipe with mild cleaner
• Keep away from direct moisture
• Check screws every few months
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS ❓
Is this desk good for home office use
Yes. The L shaped corner layout supports laptops, monitors and daily office work.
Can I use multiple monitors
Yes. The surface is large enough for dual monitor setups.
Is the frame strong
Yes. The industrial steel frame keeps the desk stable.
Does the desk fit in small rooms
Yes. The space saving layout fits into corners to open more floor space.
Are the shelves strong
Yes. The 4 tier shelves hold books, files and equipment.
Is this good for gaming
Yes. Many users use it as a gaming desk with dual monitors and PC setups.
Can it support a desktop PC tower
Yes. The lower shelves can hold a PC tower or printer.
WHAT IS IN THE BOX 📦
• 1 x L shaped desk frame
• 1 x Vintage wood desktop
• 1 x 4 tier shelf set
• 1 x Hardware pack
• 1 x Installation guide
Create a better workspace with a strong L shaped desk that fits your home office, gaming setup or study room. The industrial steel frame, vintage wood top and 4 tier storage shelves help you stay organised and productive.
Anchor L Shaped Desk. Strong. Stable. Ready for work.
⚠️ IMPORTANT ASSEMBLY & SAFETY NOTICE
The stability, durability, and structural integrity of this product depends entirely on correct assembly. Please follow all instructions carefully and ensure all beams, shelves, and components.
Use the desk according to instructions. Assemble on flat ground. Keep hardware tight. Store parts safely. Small variations in colour or finish may occur. nents are properly connected according to manufacturer specifications. Incorrect assembly may result in product failure, damage, or injury. If you are unsure about proper assembly or installation, please consult a qualified installer or handyman.
Load Distribution: Distribute weight evenly across each surface. Do not exceed shelf capacity. Do not climb on shelves or use as a ladder.
Need Help? If you experience any difficulties during installation, please contact us by scanning the QR code provided in your package. Our support team is ready to assist you.
Please Note: The final product finish may vary slightly between manufacturing batches. Product color and finish appearance may also differ from images due to photography lighting, screen calibration, and camera settings. All products maintain consistent quality standards regardless of minor aesthetic variations.
Anchor Industrial L-Shaped Computer Desk with Storage
Upgrade your workspace with this modern industrial L-shaped desk, designed for both style and functionality. Perfect for home offices, study rooms, or gaming setups, this desk combines a spacious work surface with ample storage, ensuring you stay productive and organized.
Crafted from premium engineered wood with a rich veneer and supported by a heavy-duty black powder-coated steel frame, this desk offers both durability and a sleek industrial look. Its versatile design allows assembly in two configurations - an L-shape to maximize corner space or a straight in-line setup for a clean, minimal layout.
Key Features:
- Reversible Industrial Desk - Assemble as an L-shaped corner desk or straight desk to suit your room layout.
- Monitor Stand / Accessory Shelf - Raises screen to eye level, improves posture, and keeps accessories within reach.
- Multi-Tier Open Shelves - Dual-sided storage shelves for books, files, and décor; adjustable to fit your CPU.
- Heavy-Duty Metal Frame - Black powder-coated steel ensures stability and long-lasting strength.
- Engineered Wood Top - Scratch-resistant, easy-to-clean, and stylish finish.
- Extra Storage Pouch & Hooks - Keep your headphones, stationery, and documents neatly organized.
- Versatile Use - Ideal as a computer desk, office workstation, study desk, or gaming table.
Specifications:
- Color: Natural Wood with Black Frame
- Material: Engineered Wood + Powder-Coated Steel
- Dimensions: 130 cm (W) x 130 cm (H) x 75 cm
- Assembly: Required (instructions included)
Why Choose This Desk?
This L-shaped workstation is perfect for anyone needing space efficiency, durability, and modern style. Whether you're working from home, studying, or gaming, it provides the perfect balance of storage, ergonomics, and aesthetics.
Anchor L-Shaped Desk 158x110cm | Monitor Shelf | Vintage Industrial
Reversible Corner Workstation | Steel Frame 15mm MDF | Storage Shelves for Home Office Gaming Study
Transform your workspace into a productivity powerhouse with the Anchor L-Shaped Corner Computer Desk. This versatile reversible workstation combines vintage industrial styling with modern functionality, delivering 158cm of premium work surface across two connected sections. Perfect for Johannesburg apartments, Cape Town home offices, or Durban study rooms, this steel-frame desk maximizes corner spaces while providing dedicated storage and an elevated monitor shelf for ergonomic screen positioning. Experience the freedom of a clutter-free, organized workspace where work meets style.
WHY YOU'LL LOVE THIS DESK
Corner Space Optimization
Stop wasting valuable floor space. This L-shaped corner desk fits snugly into unused corners, delivering 158cm of continuous work surface without dominating your room. The reversible design lets you configure the desk for left or right-hand corner placement, adapting to your room layout. South African homes and apartments gain maximum workspace from minimum square meterage, ideal for compact urban living in Gauteng, Western Cape, or KZN.
Multi-Level Storage & Organization
Keep your workspace clutter-free with three integrated storage shelves. The lower two shelves (110cm x 48cm each) accommodate books, files, office supplies, or gaming consoles, while the elevated monitor shelf (48cm x 20cm) raises your screen to ergonomic eye level. Store your CPU tower on the bottom shelf, printer on the middle tier, and essentials within arm's reach. Everything has its place.
Sturdy Industrial Construction
Built to handle daily demands. The 25mm x 25mm x 0.8mm steel frame with matte black powder coating resists scratches, chips, and corrosion. The 15mm MDF desktop with PVC vintage finish supports laptops, monitors, keyboards, and office equipment without flexing or wobbling. X-brace reinforcements on the main section provide rock-solid stability during typing, gaming sessions, or video calls.
Versatile Multi-Use Design
One desk, endless possibilities. Use it as a home office workstation for remote work, a gaming battlestation for dual monitors and peripherals, a study desk for students tackling assignments, or a creative studio for designers and content creators. The spacious L-configuration accommodates multiple activities simultaneously. Work on your laptop on one side while referencing documents on the other.
Professional Aesthetic Appeal
Elevate your space with vintage industrial styling. The rustic brown MDF surface paired with matte black steel creates a sophisticated look that complements modern, industrial, minimalist, or contemporary interiors. This desk looks at home in Johannesburg lofts, Cape Town converted warehouses, or Durban modern apartments. Furniture your guests will compliment.
Easy Reversible Setup
Adapt to your space effortlessly. The reversible L-shaped configuration allows you to position the longer section on either the left or right side of the corner. No specialized tools or professional assembly required. Simply follow the illustrated instructions to create your ideal workspace layout. Reconfigure whenever you rearrange your room.
KEY FEATURES
Workspace Configuration
L-shaped corner design maximizes unused corner spaces
Reversible left or right configuration for flexible room layouts
Main work surface: 110cm x 48cm for primary tasks
Extended work surface: 110cm x 48cm for secondary workspace
Total linear workspace: 158cm of continuous surface area
Corner junction provides seamless transition between sections
75cm desk height suitable for standard office chairs
Storage & Organization
Elevated monitor shelf: 48cm x 20cm x 20cm height clearance
Lower storage shelf: 110cm x 48cm for books and supplies
Bottom storage shelf: 110cm x 48cm for larger items
Open shelf design for easy access to frequently used items
Accommodates CPU towers, printers, filing boxes, gaming gear
Corner shelf section for storing desk accessories
Construction & Materials
Steel frame tubing: 25mm x 25mm x 0.8mm wall thickness
Matte black powder-coated finish for durability
Desktop surface: 15mm MDF board with PVC vintage finish
Rustic brown wood-grain appearance
X-brace reinforcement on main desk section for stability
Adjustable foot pads for leveling on uneven floors
Maximum weight capacity: 50kg evenly distributed
Ergonomic Benefits
Monitor shelf elevates screen to ergonomic eye level
75cm height reduces neck and shoulder strain
Spacious surface prevents cramped working postures
Corner design allows natural body positioning
Adequate legroom under desk for comfortable seating
Open frame design prevents knee obstruction
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Specification Details
Product Type L-Shaped Corner Computer Desk
Brand Anchor
Model Number XC-3-274 / UH-12D
SKU AM-QRPB02-3BLK
Overall Dimensions 158cm (L) x 110cm (W) x 75cm (H)
Main Desk Surface 110cm x 48cm
Extended Desk Surface 110cm x 48cm
Monitor Shelf 48cm x 20cm x 20cm (height)
Lower Storage Shelf 110cm x 48cm
Bottom Storage Shelf 110cm x 48cm
Desk Height 75cm
Steel Frame Material 25mm x 25mm x 0.8mm steel tubing
Frame Finish Matte black powder coating
Desktop Material 15mm MDF with PVC finish
Desktop Finish Vintage rustic brown wood grain
Frame Color Matte Black
Desktop Color Vintage Brown
Configuration Reversible (left or right corner setup)
Weight Capacity 50kg (evenly distributed across surface)
Product Weight Approximately 6.4kg
Assembly Required Yes
Assembly Time 30-45 minutes (1 person)
Suitable For Home offices, gaming setups, student rooms, small apartments
Style Industrial, Vintage, Modern
Country of Manufacture China
Carton Dimensions 118cm x 32cm x 8.2cm
Carton Weight 7.39kg
Barcode 6009715820846
THE ANCHOR ADVANTAGE
Quality Manufacturing Standards
Anchor products undergo rigorous pre-shipment inspection in Qingdao, China, following ANSI/ASQ Z1.4-2003 standards (equivalent to ISO 2859-1). Every desk passes visual inspection, workmanship checks, quantity verification, bearing tests (50kg capacity confirmed), rubbing tests for finish durability, and barcode scan verification. You receive furniture tested to international quality standards.
South African Market Adaptation
Designed specifically for the South African home and office furniture market. The desk accommodates standard SA electrical outlets and cable management needs. The vintage brown finish complements popular SA interior design trends. Dimensions suit typical SA apartment and home office spaces. Anchor understands local requirements.
Durable Powder-Coated Steel
The matte black powder coating on the steel frame resists scratches, chips, rust, and daily wear. This industrial-grade finish maintains its appearance through years of use in South African conditions. Unlike painted steel that chips easily, powder coating bonds molecularly to the metal for long-lasting protection.
Professional Packaging & Protection
Your desk arrives in double-wall corrugated carton packaging with foam corner protectors, nylon strapping, and individual poly-bag wrapping for components. Each hardware pack is separately bagged and labeled. The instruction manual includes clear diagrams. Professional packaging prevents shipping damage.
Comprehensive Support Resources
Scan the QR code on your thank-you card to register for your 1-year product warranty. Access assembly videos, troubleshooting guides, and customer support via WhatsApp (067 167 6518) or email (info@greenlanegear.co.za). Greenlane Gear, Anchor's South African distributor, provides local support from Brackenfell, Western Cape.
Sustainable Material Choices
The 15mm MDF desktop uses engineered wood products, reducing demand for solid timber and supporting sustainable forestry practices. The PVC finish provides durability without toxic coatings. Steel frame components are fully recyclable at end of life. Anchor balances performance with environmental responsibility.
PERFECT FOR
Remote Workers & Professionals
Ideal for accountants, consultants, managers, and professionals working from home in Johannesburg, Cape Town, Durban, or Pretoria. The L-shaped design provides separate zones for computer work and document review. Store client files on lower shelves while keeping your active projects on the desktop. The monitor shelf positions your screen at proper eye level for video conferences. Accommodate dual monitors for spreadsheets, reports, and communication tools. Your home office deserves professional-grade furniture.
Gamers & Streamers
Transform your gaming setup into a command center. The 158cm of surface space accommodates dual monitors, gaming keyboard, mouse, controller charging station, and RGB lighting accessories. Store your gaming console on the lower shelf with controllers on the middle tier. The corner configuration provides optimal viewing angles for multi-screen setups. Cable management space behind the monitor shelf keeps wires organized. Stream, game, and create content from a dedicated battlestation.
Students & Learners
Support academic success for high school students, university learners, and online course takers. The spacious L-shape provides dedicated areas for laptop use and handwritten notes. Store textbooks, stationery, and study materials on the three shelves. The corner design fits perfectly in bedroom corners, maximizing study space in shared rooms or small apartments. Complete assignments, research papers, and exam preparation from an organized workspace.
Designers & Creative Professionals
Perfect for graphic designers, architects, photographers, and creative professionals in South African cities. The extended work surface accommodates drawing tablets, sketch pads, color swatches, and reference materials. Position your monitor at ergonomic height while working with physical samples below. Store portfolios, supplies, and equipment on integrated shelves. The industrial aesthetic inspires creativity while providing functional workspace.
Content Creators & Freelancers
YouTubers, bloggers, social media managers, and freelancers benefit from the dedicated workspace. Edit videos on one screen while monitoring analytics on another. Store camera equipment, lighting gear, and microphones on lower shelves. The corner position against walls provides neutral backgrounds for filming. Manage multiple clients and projects from an organized home studio base.
Small Business Owners & Entrepreneurs
Running a small business from home in South Africa requires efficient workspace. This desk accommodates your laptop, printer (on shelf), filing system, and communication tools. Conduct virtual meetings, manage inventory, process orders, and handle administration from one consolidated workstation. The professional appearance maintains credibility during client video calls.
ERGONOMIC & FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
Reduce Neck & Shoulder Strain
The elevated 20cm monitor shelf positions your screen at proper eye level, reducing the forward head posture common with low monitors. South African office workers who spend 6-8 hours daily at computers experience less neck pain and headaches when screens sit at or slightly below eye level. The adjustable shelf placement lets you customize height for your seated eye position.
Improve Posture & Spinal Alignment
The 75cm desk height suits standard office chairs (seat height 45-50cm), promoting proper seated posture. When your desk is the correct height, your forearms rest parallel to the floor at 90-degree elbow angles, reducing shoulder tension. Your thighs remain parallel to the floor, improving circulation. Proper desk height prevents the hunched shoulders and rounded back posture common at low tables.
Maximize Productivity Through Organization
Organized workspaces reduce time spent searching for items. The three-tier storage system keeps frequently used supplies within arm's reach while maintaining a clutter-free desktop. Studies show organized workers save 30-60 minutes daily versus disorganized colleagues. Store reference materials on shelves where you see them without opening drawers.
Support Extended Work Sessions
The spacious 158cm work surface prevents cramped working positions. Spread out multiple documents, books, or equipment without stacking items. The L-shape provides natural zones for different activities: computer work on one side, writing or phone calls on the other. Alternate activities throughout your day to reduce repetitive strain.
Enhance Focus & Concentration
The corner desk position against two walls creates a semi-enclosed workspace that reduces visual distractions. Your peripheral vision encounters walls instead of room activity, supporting focus during deep work sessions. The dedicated workspace signals to household members when you're in work mode, establishing boundaries for remote work in shared homes.
Facilitate Dual-Screen Workflows
Modern work requires multiple applications visible simultaneously. The extended surface accommodates two 24-27 inch monitors side by side, supporting workflows for developers coding while testing, designers comparing versions, accountants checking source documents against spreadsheets, or anyone managing multiple communication platforms. Dual screens increase productivity by 20-30% versus single monitors.
INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE
Tools Required:
Phillips head screwdriver (included in hardware pack)
Rubber mallet (optional, for tapping frame connections)
Level tool (optional, for ensuring even surface)
Allen key (included if needed for specific hardware)
Assembly Steps:
Step 1: Prepare Your Assembly Area
Clear a space approximately 2m x 2m near the desk's final location. Lay down protective covering (old blanket or cardboard) to prevent scratching components. Open the carton carefully and inventory all parts against the parts list in the instruction manual. Separate components into groups: frame pieces, desktop panels, shelves, hardware bags, tools.
Step 2: Assemble the Main Desk Frame
Connect the four corner legs (75cm height) using the horizontal cross bars. Insert bolts through pre-drilled holes and hand-tighten initially. Add the X-brace reinforcement bars in the diagonal configuration shown in the diagram. Once all frame connections are in place, use the screwdriver to fully tighten all bolts in a cross pattern (tighten opposite corners alternately to maintain square alignment).
Step 3: Attach the Main Desktop Surface
Position the larger 110cm x 48cm MDF panel on top of the assembled frame. Align the pre-drilled mounting holes with the threaded inserts in the frame top. Insert the provided screws and tighten securely. Ensure the vintage brown surface faces upward and edges align with frame perimeter.
Step 4: Install Lower Storage Shelves
Attach the two shelf supports to the frame at the heights indicated in the instruction diagram. Slide the 110cm x 48cm shelf panels onto the supports. Secure with the provided screws through the underside mounting points. Test shelf stability by applying downward pressure.
Step 5: Assemble & Connect the Extended Desk Section
Build the secondary L-section frame following the same process as Step 2. Attach its 110cm x 48cm desktop surface. Position this section at a 90-degree angle to the main desk, creating the L-shape. Connect the two frames using the corner bracket hardware at the junction point. Ensure the connection is flush and tight.
Step 6: Attach the Monitor Shelf
Mount the elevated 48cm x 20cm shelf platform on the Z-shaped support brackets. Position the shelf at your preferred location (typically center-rear of the main desk section). Secure the bracket bases to the desk surface using the longer screws. Place the shelf panel on top and secure from underneath.
Step 7: Level & Position
Adjust the foot pads on each leg to level the desk on your floor surface. Use a level tool to confirm the desktop surface is even. Move the assembled desk into its final corner position. Test all connections by applying pressure to various points. Tighten any connections that feel loose.
Assembly Time: 30-45 minutes for one person, 20-30 minutes for two people
Maintenance Guidelines:
Daily Cleaning: Wipe the desktop surface with a slightly damp microfiber cloth to remove dust and fingerprints. Dry immediately with a clean cloth to prevent water marks on the PVC finish.
Weekly Care: Vacuum or brush debris from lower shelves. Check that all items stored on shelves remain within the 50kg total capacity limit. Inspect frame connections for looseness.
Monthly Inspection: Tighten any frame bolts that have loosened through use. Adjust foot pads if floor settling has affected levelness. Apply furniture polish to the MDF surface if desired (test in inconspicuous area first).
Stain Removal: For sticky residues or stubborn marks, use a solution of mild dish soap and warm water. Apply with a soft cloth, wipe clean, and dry immediately. Avoid abrasive cleaners or scouring pads on the PVC finish.
Long-Term Preservation: Keep the desk away from direct sunlight to prevent fading of the vintage brown finish. Avoid placing hot items directly on the MDF surface. Use desk pads or coasters under coffee cups. Position the desk away from heaters or air conditioner vents to prevent material warping from temperature extremes.
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Q: What are the exact assembled dimensions of this L-shaped desk?
A: The desk measures 158cm total length across both sections, 110cm width at the widest point, and 75cm height. The main work surface is 110cm x 48cm, the extended section is 110cm x 48cm, and they connect at a 90-degree angle in the corner. The monitor shelf is 48cm x 20cm and raises 20cm above the main surface. When positioned in a corner, the desk occupies approximately 1.58m x 1.10m of floor space.
Q: Is this desk reversible for left or right corner configurations?
A: Yes, the desk is fully reversible. During assembly, you choose whether the longer main section extends to the left or right of the corner. The modular design allows you to position the desk in either a left-hand or right-hand corner setup. This flexibility helps you adapt to different room layouts in Johannesburg apartments, Cape Town homes, or Durban offices.
Q: How much weight does the desktop surface support?
A: The desk has a maximum weight capacity of 50kg evenly distributed across the entire surface. This accommodates dual monitors, laptop, keyboard, mouse, desk lamp, speakers, and office supplies comfortably. Avoid concentrating excessive weight in one spot. The lower shelves support additional storage weight within the same total capacity.
Q: Does the monitor shelf adjust to different heights?
A: The monitor shelf mounts at a fixed 20cm height above the main desktop surface. This standard elevation positions most 24-27 inch monitors at ergonomic eye level for seated users of average height (160-180cm tall). The shelf provides approximately 48cm of width, accommodating monitors up to 27 inches or laptops with external keyboards.
Q: Will this desk fit through standard doorways?
A: Yes, the desk ships unassembled in a flat carton measuring 118cm x 32cm x 8.2cm. This package easily passes through standard South African doorways (813mm / 81.3cm width). You assemble the desk in the room where it will be used. Once assembled, the desk would need disassembly to move between rooms, taking approximately 15 minutes.
Q: What tools do I need for assembly?
A: All necessary tools are included in the hardware pack: Phillips head screwdriver and Allen keys. Assembly requires only these basic tools. You do not need power tools, electric drills, or specialized equipment. The process involves connecting frame pieces with bolts, attaching desktop panels, installing shelves, and mounting the monitor stand. Two people make assembly easier, but one person completes it in 30-45 minutes.
Q: Is the desktop surface scratch-resistant and waterproof?
A: The 15mm MDF desktop has a PVC finish that resists minor scratches, fingerprints, and light spills. Wipe up liquid spills immediately with a dry cloth to prevent water absorption into the MDF core. The surface handles everyday office use including writing pressure, mouse movements, and keyboard typing. Use coasters under beverages and desk pads under heavy equipment for maximum protection. The PVC coating is not fully waterproof over extended exposure.
Q: Does the steel frame rust or corrode over time?
A: The matte black powder-coated steel frame resists rust and corrosion under normal indoor conditions. Powder coating provides superior protection versus paint, bonding molecularly to the metal. Keep the desk in climate-controlled indoor spaces away from excessive humidity. Avoid using the desk in garages, outdoor covered patios, or other non-climate-controlled areas where moisture accumulates.
Q: Can I place a computer tower (CPU) under or on the desk?
A: Yes, the lower storage shelf (110cm x 48cm) is specifically designed to accommodate desktop computer towers. The open shelf design ensures adequate ventilation for cooling. Alternatively, place the tower on the floor under the desk if you prefer. The shelf also stores printers, scanners, or filing boxes if your computer is a laptop.
Q: Does Anchor provide a warranty on this desk?
A: Yes, Anchor products include a 1-year warranty covering manufacturing defects and workmanship issues. Register your product by scanning the QR code on the thank-you card included in your package. The warranty does not cover damage from improper assembly, excessive weight loads, misuse, or normal wear. Contact Greenlane Gear (Anchor's SA distributor) at 067 167 6518 or info@greenlanegear.co.za for warranty claims.
Q: Is this desk suitable for a gaming setup with dual monitors?
A: Absolutely. Gamers choose this L-shaped desk for its 158cm of continuous surface space, easily accommodating two 24-27 inch monitors side by side. The corner configuration provides optimal viewing angles for multi-screen gaming or streaming setups. Store your gaming console on the lower shelf, controllers and accessories on the middle tier, and use the monitor shelf for your primary display. The sturdy steel frame prevents wobbling during intense gaming sessions.
Q: What is the distance between storage shelves?
A: The desk features two lower storage shelves spaced approximately 25-30cm apart vertically. This spacing accommodates standard office equipment like printers (typical height 15-20cm), stacked storage boxes, or gaming consoles. The bottom shelf sits approximately 10-15cm above floor level, providing adequate clearance for cleaning underneath.
Q: Can I use this desk for standing work?
A: No, this desk is designed for seated work at 75cm height. Standing desks typically require heights of 100-120cm for average users. This desk works with standard office chairs where your seat height positions your forearms parallel to the floor when resting on the desk surface. Consider pairing this desk with an ergonomic office chair for optimal comfort.
Q: How do I clean the vintage brown desktop surface?
A: Clean the MDF surface with a slightly damp microfiber cloth and mild dish soap solution. Wipe in the direction of the wood grain pattern. Dry immediately with a clean, dry cloth to prevent water marks. Avoid excessive water, harsh chemicals, abrasive cleaners, or scouring pads on the PVC finish. For sticky residues, use rubbing alcohol on a cloth, then wipe clean and dry.
Q: Does this desk work for left-handed users?
A: Yes, the reversible design accommodates both left-handed and right-handed users. During assembly, position the monitor shelf and configure the L-shape orientation to suit your dominant hand preferences. Left-handed users typically prefer the extended section on the left side for writing space, while right-handed users choose the right extension.
WHAT'S IN THE BOX
1 x Main desk frame assembly (steel components)
1 x Extended desk frame assembly (steel components)
1 x Main desktop panel (110cm x 48cm, 15mm MDF, vintage brown)
1 x Extended desktop panel (110cm x 48cm, 15mm MDF, vintage brown)
2 x Storage shelf panels (110cm x 48cm, 15mm MDF, vintage brown)
1 x Monitor shelf panel (48cm x 20cm, 15mm MDF, vintage brown)
2 x Monitor shelf support brackets (Z-shaped steel, matte black)
1 x Corner junction bracket (steel connection hardware)
1 x Complete hardware pack (bolts, screws, washers, frame connectors)
1 x Phillips head screwdriver
1 x Allen key set (if required for assembly)
8 x Adjustable foot pads (for leveling on uneven floors)
1 x Illustrated assembly instruction manual
1 x Thank-you card with QR code (warranty registration and support access)
Stop compromising on workspace quality. South African remote workers, gamers, students, and professionals deserve furniture designed for productivity and comfort. The Anchor L-Shaped Corner Computer Desk delivers 158cm of organized workspace, industrial durability, and ergonomic design in one reversible package. Transform unused corners into command centers. Eliminate desk clutter with three-tier storage. Position monitors at proper eye level with the integrated shelf. Experience the difference professional-grade office furniture makes in your daily work, study, or gaming sessions.
Whether you're managing client projects in Johannesburg, gaming in Cape Town, studying in Durban, or building your freelance career in Pretoria, this desk adapts to your needs. The vintage industrial aesthetic elevates any room while the steel construction ensures years of reliable service. Your workspace investment impacts your productivity, comfort, and professional image.
Upgrade your workspace. Order your Anchor L-Shaped Desk today.
SAFETY NOTICES
Assembly Notice: The stability, durability, and structural integrity of this product depend entirely on correct assembly. Follow all instructions carefully and ensure all screws, bolts, fasteners, and components are properly tightened and securely connected according to manufacturer specifications. Incorrect assembly results in product failure, damage, or injury. If you are unsure about proper assembly or installation, consult a qualified installer or handyman.
Need Help? If you experience difficulties during installation, contact Greenlane Gear by scanning the QR code provided in your package. Support team available via WhatsApp: 067 167 6518 or Email: info@greenlanegear.co.za
Weight Capacity Warning: Do not exceed the maximum weight capacity of 50kg evenly distributed across the desk surface and shelves. Concentrated loads or excessive weight cause structural failure and injury risk. Ensure stored items on shelves remain within capacity limits.
Product Finish Variation: The final product finish varies slightly between manufacturing batches. Product color and finish appearance differ from images due to photography lighting, screen calibration, and camera settings. All products maintain consistent quality standards regardless of minor aesthetic variations.
Safe Use Guidelines: This desk is intended for indoor use in climate-controlled environments only. Do not use outdoors, in garages, or in areas with excessive moisture. Keep the desk away from heat sources, open flames, and direct sunlight. Do not stand, sit, or climb on the desk surface or shelves. Do not use the desk for purposes other than its intended function as office furniture.
Child Safety: Adult supervision is required when children use this desk. Ensure the desk is properly assembled and stable before allowing children to work at it. Do not allow children to climb on shelves or desk surfaces. Keep small hardware components away from young children during assembly to prevent choking hazards.
Environmental Responsibility: Dispose of packaging materials responsibly through recycling programs where available. At end of product life, separate steel components for metal recycling and MDF components for appropriate disposal according to local regulations.
Warranty Registration: Register your product within 30 days of purchase to activate your 1-year warranty coverage. Scan the QR code on your thank-you card or visit www.greenlanegear.co.za for registration.
Anchor L-Shaped Wood Corner Desk 150cm Home Office Workstation with Shelves
This desk gives you a wide L shaped workspace for home office tasks, study sessions and gaming. The industrial steel frame supports a strong vintage wood top with space for dual monitors and accessories. The corner layout helps you save space in small rooms while adding stable 4 tier storage.
WHY YOU WILL LOVE IT
Space saving L shaped design
The 150 cm structure fits into corners and frees up floor space. You get a clean layout for home office and study work.
Strong industrial steel frame
The steel frame keeps the desk steady during typing, gaming and remote work sessions. It supports multiple monitors without shaking.
Vintage wood finish
The warm wood top creates a clean workspace for computer use, study work and creative projects.
Tiered storage shelves
The open shelves keep books, files and accessories close. This supports better workflow for work and gaming.
Stable work area for dual monitors
The wide corner surface holds a computer, dual monitors, speakers and office tools.
KEY FEATURES
L Shaped Desk Structure
150 cm main top
120 cm side top
100 cm inner return
Space saving corner layout
Supports home office and gaming needs
Storage and Shelving
tiered storage shelves
150 cm tall shelf column
Lower panel for printers and files
Open access for cables and equipment
Industrial Build Quality
Black industrial steel frame
Vintage wood top
Stable steel legs
Adjustable feet for uneven floors
Workstation Functionality
Suitable for dual monitor setups
Fits laptops, gaming consoles and study tools
Good for remote work and daily office tasks
Multi purpose corner workstation
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Product Type: L shaped desk
Desk Width: 150 cm
Desk Depth (main side): 50 cm
Desk Height: 74 cm
Shelf Height: 150 cm
Upper Shelf Height: 76 cm
Side Length: 120 cm
Inner Width: 100 cm
Material: Industrial steel and wood panels
Frame Type: Steel frame
Storage: tiered shelving
Feet: Adjustable feet
Style: Industrial wood
Use Case: Home office, workstation, gaming desk, study desk
Load Use: Dual monitors, books, desktop PC, printers
THE ANCHOR ADVANTAGE
Reliable steel strength
The industrial steel frame helps keep the structure stable for long term home office and study use.
Clean layout for remote work
The L shaped format helps you split tasks between two sides for better workflow.
Built for daily computer use
The desk supports computers, dual monitors and gaming equipment without losing stability.
Storage that improves productivity
The 4 tier shelves keep tools and supplies within reach. This helps reduce clutter.
PERFECT FOR
Home office users
Ideal for work from home tasks, calls and computer work. The storage helps with organisation.
Gaming users
The wide L shaped top supports gaming consoles, controllers and dual monitor setups.
Students and study rooms
Good for reading, study tasks and research sessions. The shelves hold books and files.
Small apartments
The space saving corner design fits into small rooms and compact living areas.
Creative workstations
Useful for craft work, drawing and design sessions that need a clear layout.
ERGONOMIC AND FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
Better organisation
The 4 tier storage helps you place items where you need them. This supports faster workflow.
Stable typing and mouse control
The steel frame and adjustable feet keep the desk firm on uneven floors.
Comfortable dual monitor support
The wide layout helps you place screens at natural viewing angles.
Space saving corner format
The L shaped footprint fits into unused corner areas and creates more open space.
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE
Installation Steps
Unpack all steel and wood parts
Attach the steel frame sections
Add the wood panels
Tighten all screws
Adjust the feet for stability
Tools Needed
Screwdriver
Hex key
Flat surface for assembly
Maintenance
Wipe with mild cleaner
Keep away from direct moisture
Check screws every few months
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Is this desk good for home office use
Yes. The L shaped corner layout supports laptops, monitors and daily office work.
Can I use multiple monitors
Yes. The surface is large enough for dual monitor setups.
Is the frame strong
Yes. The industrial steel frame keeps the desk stable.
Does the desk fit in small rooms
Yes. The space saving layout fits into corners to open more floor space.
Are the shelves strong
Yes. The 4 tier shelves hold books, files and equipment.
Is this good for gaming
Yes. Many users use it as a gaming desk with dual monitors and PC setups.
Can it support a desktop PC tower
Yes. The lower shelves can hold a PC tower or printer.
WHAT IS IN THE BOX
1 x L shaped desk frame
1 x Vintage wood desktop
1 x 4 tier shelf set
1 x Hardware pack
1 x Installation guide
Create a better workspace with a strong L shaped desk that fits your home office, gaming setup or study room. The industrial steel frame, vintage wood top and 4 tier storage shelves help you stay organised and productive.
Anchor L Shaped Desk. Strong. Stable. Ready for work.
IMPORTANT ASSEMBLY & SAFETY NOTICE
The stability, durability, and structural integrity of this product depends entirely on correct assembly. Please follow all instructions carefully and ensure all beams, shelves, and components.
Use the desk according to instructions. Assemble on flat ground. Keep hardware tight. Store parts safely. Small variations in colour or finish may occur. nents are properly connected according to manufacturer specifications. Incorrect assembly may result in product failure, damage, or injury. If you are unsure about proper assembly or installation, please consult a qualified installer or handyman.
Load Distribution: Distribute weight evenly across each surface. Do not exceed shelf capacity. Do not climb on shelves or use as a ladder.
Need Help? If you experience any difficulties during installation, please contact us by scanning the QR code provided in your package. Our support team is ready to assist you.
Please Note: The final product finish may vary slightly between manufacturing batches. Product color and finish appearance may also differ from images due to photography lighting, screen calibration, and camera settings. All products maintain consistent quality standards regardless of minor aesthetic variations.
What's in the box
1 x L shaped desk frame
1 x Vintage wood desktop
1 x 4 tier shelf set
1 x Hardware pack
1 x Installation guide
10 pack Laminated Wood Hangers for Top & Jacket
- High-grade wooden hangers: Made from quality natural wood. Rest assured that it will steadily hold even a heavy coat or suit in your closet. Comes with swivel hooks, which make your wardrobe beautiful in an instant
- Attractive wooden suit hangers: Elegantly hand-crafted from wood, these coat hangers have unsurpassed strength and durability. They have been sanded to a smooth, splinter-free finish and coated in clear lacquer for added protection and to bring out the natural wood grain. The durable and clean design of these hangers is perfect for coats, jackets, jumpers, cardigans, shirts, skirts, blouses, trousers, and more with no rough edges to snag clothes
- Hanger bar and notches: A rounded bar keeps your trousers and skirts with your favorite shirt or blazer, while the notches in the hanger stop strappy clothes from falling
- Space saving: The shoulder line on the wooden hanger is contoured to help preserve clothes' shape. There are grooves on each shoulder to be used to hang your tank tops, dresses, bars, ties, belts, nightgowns, shawls, or skirt overalls tightly without slipping.
Specifications:
Color: Brown/natural wood
Product Dimension: 44.5 x 16 x 1cm
Product Weight: 1000 g
What's in the box
- 10 x Wooden Hangers
Lightweight Aluminum Folding Camping Chair With Side Table & Ice Pack
This camping chair is crafted from lightweight aluminum, ensuring durability and easy portability. Its design allows for quick folding, making it convenient to carry and store during outdoor adventures. Featuring a comfortable seat and backrest made of sturdy polyester fabric, this chair provides ample support for relaxation in various outdoor settings.
• FOLDING CAMPING CHAIR: This Folding Chair is designed for ultimate portability and convenience. It has Side Table & Ice Pack. It features a lightweight, folding construction for easy storage and transport. It provides comfortable seating with its strong and durable construction when in use. This chair is the ideal companion for camping, hiking, fishing, or just relaxing at the beach or park.
• PORTABLE CAMPING CHAIR: Its lightweight and portable design makes it easy to carry wherever you go, while the compact foldable structure allows for effortless storage in your car.
• CAMPING CHAIR WITH CUP HOLDER: The built-in cup holder and side pockets offer convenient storage for your beverages and essentials, keeping everything you need within reach.
• FOLDABLE OUTDOOR CHAIR: This camping chair provides enhanced comfort, allowing you to unwind and enjoy the great outdoors in style. Whether you’re setting up at a campsite or a garden braai, our folding camping chair offers the perfect blend of durability, comfort, and portability.
• STURDY CAMPING CHAIR: Materials used for this Camping chair are Steel, Fabric 600D Oxford & foam-padded.
Features:
Lightweight aluminum construction
Folding design for easy storage and transport
Comfortable polyester fabric seat and backrest
Attached side table for convenient storage of items
Integrated ice pack compartment to keep beverages cool
Built-in cup holder for holding drinks securely
Stable legs and frame for safety and stability
Quick and easy setup without the need for tools
Non-slip feet for stability on various outdoor surfaces
Rust-resistant aluminum frame for longevity in outdoor environments
Compact size when folded for convenient storage in cars, bakkies or caravans.
Specifications:
Frame: Aluminum
Color Options: Available color choices (Blue & Brown)
Ice pack compartment: Yes
Cup holder: Yes
Usage: Recommended outdoor activities: Camping, picnics, beach outings, etc.
Load Capacity: 120 Kgs
Product Dimension: W53x D64x H93CM
What's in the box: 1 x Camping Chair 1 x Side Table 1 x Ice Pack
Anchor Lightweight Folding 3 Step Portable Ladder w/ Wide Anti-Slip Pedal
This lightweight, foldable ladder is designed for versatility and convenience, making it perfect for any home or office. With non-slip steps and a sturdy frame, this 3-step ladder provides reliable support for everyday tasks, from reaching high cabinets to DIY projects.
Portable and Compact: Folds flat for easy storage and portability.
- Anti-Slip Steps: Textured, slip-resistant steps provide extra grip and safety.
- Durable Construction: Made from high-quality materials, it's built to withstand regular use.
- Multi-Purpose Use: Ideal for indoor tasks, cleaning, repairs, and organization.
- Rubber-tipped feet: Ensures stability and protects floors from scratches.
This 3-step ladder is essential for any home, office, & library providing a safe and easy way to reach higher spaces without compromising stability.
Product Dimension: 96 x 63.3 x 43.2 cm
Product Color: Black
What's in the box
1 x 3 Step Portable Ladder
Home & Office Computer Stand Single Mount; Adjustable Height, Tilt, Swivel, Rotation & Weight up to 17.6 lbs
The monitor desk arm is ergonomically designed for 13 to 32 inches (diagonal between 33-81cm) LED LCD monitor with VESA dimensions of 75 x 75mm and 100 x 100mm. This screen arm is also suitable for those monitors whose diagonals are smaller or larger than the screen size specified in the description - just ensure the VESA distance is within the supported range and the load weight of the bracket does not exceed 8kg. This single monitor mount has tilt, swivel, and height adjustment functions for optimal angle settings. The monitor arm single bracket comes with a C-clamp and a grommet mounting kit. The user can attach the monitor holder and secure the monitor with the C-clamp (suitable for table thickness 10cm to 90mm) to offer the highest stability. Alternatively, if there is a hole in your desk (diameter: suitable for holes between 10mm and 80mm) and the table thickness is between 10mm and 80mm, you can use this mounting method. It is very easy to adjust the height from 0 to 430mm, which enables you to achieve an optimal ergonomic position.
Features
- STURDY: This monitor mount is mounted on a sturdy column and is height-adjustable: the distance from VESA Plate to the desktop can be adjusted from 0 to 425mm. You can also extend the monitor horizontally up to 340mm by adjusting the joints on your monitor arms desk mount. The single-monitor arm has three joints that can be rotated from 180 to 240. The VESA plate can be swiveled by 360 and tilted from 90.
- SPACE SAVING: Mounting your monitor on the stand can save desk space and the cable management system ensures that your workstation remains spacious and tidy. A 32-inch monitor can be positioned either horizontally or vertically to enable you to work at different angles, effectively reducing the strain on your neck and back.
- EASY INSTALLATION: Includes all accessories and a manual. The installation can be completed in 10 minutes. Our monitor arms are backed by excellent technical support to help solve any questions or concerns. Note: Our VESA monitor stand cannot be used for desks made of PB, MDF, or GLASS. VESA mount comes with all mounting hardware, tools, and instructions necessary for assembly. The entire installation can be done in a few minutes.
- CAPACITY: Desk-mounted single-monitor stand fits most screens 13 to 32 inches and up to 17.6 lbs. with 75x75mm or 100x100mm backside mounting holes. Articulation - Rotate 360, tilt 45 up and down, swivel 45 left and right, height adjustment along the center pole.
- ERGONOMIC: Ergonomic Viewing - Elevating your monitor to a comfortable viewing height to reduce neck and eye strain
Product Dimension: 425mm x 430mm
Color: Black
Material: Alloy Steel
What's in the box
1 x Monitor Single Stand in a flat pack
Home & Office Mini Round Table Set of 2 MDF Material Industrial Design; Product Dimension 45 x 43cm & 40 x38cm
A round coffee table is a versatile and timeless piece of furniture that can enhance the warmth and character of your living room or seating area.
- NATURAL AESTHETICS: The round coffee table boasts the beauty of natural wood, adding warmth and a touch of rustic charm to your living space. The grain patterns and knots contribute to its unique and inviting appearance.
- QUALITY MATERIALS: MDF, thickness 20 mm, oil finished, and steel structure treated with electrostatic powder coating.
- HANDMADE: Each coffee table is handmade by skilled craftsmen and each piece is unique.
- DESIGN: MDF and steel, a perfect harmony between modern elegance and hospitality and warmth given by natural wood, whose unique grain is highlighted by natural oil treatment. Its minimalist appearance ensures that the coffee table blends harmoniously with other furniture and allows you to furnish your home in a sober and contemporary way.
- EASY MAINTENANCE: Regular dusting and occasional polishing or waxing can keep the table looking its best.
- TIMELESS APPEAL: The combination of MDF material's natural beauty and the round shape creates a timeless and enduring aesthetic that won't go out of style. This means your coffee table can adapt to changing decor trends and remain a beloved piece in your home.
Product Dimension: 45 x 43 cm & 40 x 38 cm
Product Material: MDF
Product Weight: 22.5 kg
Product Color: Rustic Brown
What's in the box
- 2 x Round Table
Toy/Clothes/Baby Products Storage with Bins Stand (organiser)
BINS: 5 durable plastic storage bins.
EASY TO ASSEMBLE: Easy to assemble. Includes all hardware.
- Toy storage and organization ideas
-Great addition to Kid's Playroom - Cute dog theme
-Detachable bins for convenience
-Safe for kids and the environment
-Easy to install
Product Dimension: 32 x 69 x 103 cm
Colour: White
Anchor Trolley Display TV Stand
Overcome odd floor plans, annoying glare, and awkward furniture placements that can diminish flat-panel TV experiences.
MODERN DESIGN: A modern, sleek, and stylish tall TV stand that is movable on its caster wheels, suitable for LCD, LED, OLED, or Plasma screens from 32 to 65".
CLEVER CABLE MANAGEMENT: To organize your TV's HDMI, Ethernet, and power cables, this mount lets you run them through the clip on the back. This smart cable management helps create a cleaner look and reduces potential trip hazards.
SPECIFICATION:
Holds the TV in a fixed position which can be height adjusted (at assembly)
Flexible mount bracket fits most flat panel/LCD/LED TVs from 32" to 65" with a maximum
Free-standing mount
Perfect for commercial use in shopping malls, offices, conference rooms, exhibitions, and homes.
Height-adjustable
Cable management for a clean and organized look
Easy and quick installation, all hardware included
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 145 x 64 x 43cm
What's in the box
1 x Trolley Display Tv Stand
Anchor 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Black - (set of 2)
Our space shelving unit in Black is 150cm tall, with five tiers of 75 x 30cm shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply.
HEAVY-DUTY: The 5 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weight (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
FREESTANDING SHELVES: We help you organize your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done. However, should you want additional stability, there is a provision from within the uprights to fasten onto the wall.
ADJUSTABLE: Shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily be changed again when necessary.
DURABLE: We use a galvanized steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each black metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 1-year warranty.
EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space. It also comes with a Rubber Mallet, for ease of installation
BRANDED: These are Branded Anchor Racking and designed as per UK specifications
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Leading South African Brand UK Spec Anchor Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised & Painted; 200Kg Capacity per Shelving; Spread Evenly per Shelf
General Attributes:
Product Dimension: 150x75x30cm
Type: Galvanised and Painted (Powder Coating : For anti Rust)
Board Size: Thicker than normal, 5mm MDF boards
Upright Beam Size: 8mm thickness
Beam Thickness: 7mm
Number of Beams: 1
Assembly: Boltless design for quick and easy assembly
Moisture-resistant MDF shelves
Rubber feet for floor protection and extra stability
Load Capacity: Recommended 175 Kgs, however, it has been tested up to 200kgs
You can Fasten to the wall for additional stability
Anchor Racking: Industry leading racking and shelving specialist in South Africa
Gross weight: 23.1 Kgs
Tools: Free Hammer, for ease of installation;
Racking Colour: Black
What's in the box
- 2 x 5 tier (150x75x30cm), Steel Racking
- 1 x Rubber Mallet
ANCHOR 2 BAY 5 TIER, BOLTLESS, GALVANISED & PAINTED BLACK) , HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE SHELVING & RACKING WITH 2 DETACHABLE PEGBOARDS & 20 HOOKS
We help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in the garage/shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
Anchor 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Black ( Set of 2) Our reduced space shelving unit in Black 180cm tall, with five tiers of 90 cm wide and x 40cm deep shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply.
- Heavy Duty Shelving: The 5 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg load weight (200 kg per shelf), although it has been tested for 1250Kgs (Max 250Kgs per shelf) making them ideal for securely storing away heavy tools and items. Please note that the capacity per shelf is based on the premise of spreading the load evenly across the shelving area
- Various Configurations: The two bays can be set up in standard configurations. 2 x 5 Tiers, 180cm tall with five tiers of 90cm wide and 40 cm deep or 2 x (2 tiers + 2 Tiers), or 2 x (3 Tiers +2 Tiers ), or the two bays could have both different combinations.
- Galvanised & Powder Coated: This dual approach is versatile and suitable for a wide range of storage applications, from industrial storage to basic day today storage applications. Combining powder coating with galvanising ensures both robust protection and aesthetic flexibility.
- Enhanced Corrosion Resistance: Powder coating on galvanised steel offers a powerful dual-layer defence against corrosion. The galvanized layer underneath acts as a robust barrier, preventing the steel from rusting even if the outer powder coating is damaged. The powder coating adds another layer of protection, sealing the galvanized surface from environmental factors such as moisture, chemicals, and UV light.
- Improved Durability: Combining these two processes significantly enhances the durability of the metal. Galvanising provides a resilient base that is less prone to mechanical damages like scratches and dents. Powder coating, with its inherent toughness and flexibility, reinforces this base by offering additional resistance against impacts, abrasion, and wear over time.
- Superior Aesthetic Appeal: While galvanising generally results in a less visually appealing, industrial finish, powder coating can transform the appearance of the galvanized metal. This model above, is Powder Coated colour - Black
- Floor Protection: The units come with separate plastic attachements at the ends of the uprights to protect the floor from scratch marks.
- Damp Proof Shelving : The MDF boards are thicker than the normal size. Our boards are environmentally friendly 5mm in size as opposed to industry standards which are normally 4mm in size. The boards are treated to ensure moisture-resistance, hence creating a damp free environment for storage
- Enhanced Durability: Apart from the rubber feet, which acts as a stabilising feature, there is also an option to fasten the shelf to the wall, for additional stability. Our upright beams and horizontal beams are 0.8mm & 0.7mm thick, which is greater than most which standardise at 0.6mm thickness. This adds further robustness and stability of the product. 6 holes spread on each upright, to fasten against wall and or racks for additional stability and support
A Leading Innovative Brand in SA for Racking & Shelving: Anchor is a leading brand in South Africa for Racking & Shelving, and have built years of experience with ongoing partnerships with UK/European brands. Anchor is the first brand to introduce detachable pegboard with hooks for a one stop storage solution
- 2 Detachable Pegboard with 20 Hooks: To ensure a holistic approach to storage and racking, we are the first company to incorporate pegboards with shelving. These are optional items and are detachable, depending upon the utility. It can be attached to any shelf level, between the upright bars and uninstalled very easily too. There are two pegboards, which can be attached to either bay, or both. The dimensions of the peg board is 90 cm x 30cm high/tall. The gap between the holes of the pegboard is 15mm apart both vertically and horizontally, & the pegboard is 13mm thick which would take care of most standard applications, for hanging tools. The Pegboard is 30cm high.
- Adjustable shelving: Shelves can be adjustable 3.2cm in height to suit your needs, for string various sizes, and can also be easily be changed again when necessary.
- Easy-to-build: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It can be constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. A rubber mallet has been provided to help during installation.
Why you need shelving?
- Properly stored items do not get damaged
- Raise items off the floor for safety
- Be able to locate items easily
- Maximise storage area to keep area clutter
GENERAL ATTRIBUTES
Product Dimension: 2 x (180x90x40cm )
Load Capacity: Recommended 200Kg, p/shelf, Tested Max weight 250Kg p/shelf
Galvanised: Yes
Painted: (Powder Coating : For anti-Rust)
Board Size: Thicker than normal, 5mm MDF boards
Upright Beam Size: 0.8mm thickness
Beam Thickness: 0.7mm
Ease of Assembly: Boltless design for quick and easy assembly
Number of Beams: 1
Number of Bays: 2
Adjustable Configurations: 5Tx2, (2T & 2T)x2, (3T & 2T) x2
Number of Pegboard: 2 Detachable Peg Boards, with 20 Hooks
Pegboard dimensions: 30cm High/Tall. The gap between the holes of the pegboard is 15mm apart both vertically and horizontally, & the pegboard is 13mm thick
Floor Protection: Yes, Plastic feet
Extra Stability: Option to fasten to the wall or other Racks via the 6 holes on each upright for additional stability
Packaged Gross weight: 34.6 Kgs
Holes: 4.5mm
Tools: 1 x Rubber Mallet provided
Colour: Black
Packaged Dimensions: Length - 94cm x Width - 44.5cm x Height - 13cm
Warranty: 1 Year
What's in the box
- 2 x 5 Tier Shelving - Colour Black, with 2 Detachable Peg Boards & 20 Hooks
ANCHOR 5 TIER, BOLTLESS, GALVANISED & PAINTED BLACK , HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE SHELVING & RACKING WITH DETACHABLE PEGBOARDS & 10 HOOKS
We help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in the garage/shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
Anchor 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Black - Our reduced space shelving unit in Black; is 180cm tall, with five tiers of width 120 depth 45cm shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply.
Heavy Duty Shelving: The 5 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 875 kg load weight (175 kg per shelf), although it has been tested for 1000 Kgs (Max 200Kgs per shelf) making them ideal for securely storing away heavy tools and items. Please note that the capacity per shelf is based on the premise of spreading the load evenly across the shelving area
Various Configurations: The shelving unit can be set up in standard configurations. 5 Tiers, 180cm tall with five tiers of 120 wide and 45cm depth, or (2 tiers +2 Tiers ), or (3 Tiers +2 Tiers)
Galvanised & Powder Coated: This dual approach is versatile and suitable for a wide range of storage applications, from industrial storage to basic day today storage applications. Combining powder coating with galvanising ensures both robust protection and aesthetic flexibility.
Enhanced Corrosion Resistance: Powder coating on galvanised steel offers a powerful dual-layer defence against corrosion. The galvanized layer underneath acts as a robust barrier, preventing the steel from rusting even if the outer powder coating is damaged. The powder coating adds another layer of protection, sealing the galvanized surface from environmental factors such as moisture, chemicals, and UV light.
Improved Durability: Combining these two processes significantly enhances the durability of the metal. Galvanising provides a resilient base that is less prone to mechanical damages like scratches and dents. Powder coating, with its inherent toughness and flexibility, reinforces this base by offering additional resistance against impacts, abrasion, and wear over time.
Superior Aesthetic Appeal: While galvanising generally results in a less visually appealing, industrial finish, powder coating can transform the appearance of the galvanized metal. This model above, is Powder Coated colour - Black
Floor Protection: The units come with rubber at the ends of the uprights to protect the floor from scratch marks.
Damp Proof Shelving : The MDF boards are thicker than the normal size. Our boards are environmentally friendly 5mm in size as opposed to industry standards which are normally 4mm in size. The boards are treated to ensure moisture-resistance, hence creating a damp free environment for storage
Enhanced Durability: Apart from the rubber feet, which acts as a stabilising feature, there is also an option to fasten the shelf to the wall, for additional stability. Our upright beams and horizontal beams are 0.8mm & 0.7mm thick, which is greater than most which standardise at 0.6mm thickness. This adds further robustness and stability of the product. This product comes with 2 beam support, to prevent any sagging of the MDF shelving. 6 holes spread on each upright, to fasten against wall and or racks for additional stability and support
A Leading Innovative Brand in SA for Racking & Shelving: Anchor is a leading brand in South Africa for Racking & Shelving, and have built years of experience with ongoing partnerships with UK/European brands. Anchor is the first brand to introduce detachable pegboard with hooks for a one stop storage solution
Detachable Pegboard with 10 Hooks: To ensure a holistic approach to storage and racking, we are the first company to incorporate pegboards with shelving. These are optional items and are detachable, depending upon the utility. It can be attached to any shelf level, between the upright bars and uninstalled very easily too. The dimensions of the peg board is 120cm wide and 30cm high/tall. The gap between the holes of the pegboard is 15mm apart both vertically and horizontally, & the pegboard is 13mm thick which would take care of most standard applications, for hanging tools. The Pegboard is 30cm high
Adjustable shelving: Shelves can be adjustable 3.2cm in height to suit your needs, for string various sizes, and can also be easily be changed again when necessary.
Easy-to-build: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It can be constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. A rubber mallet has been provided to help during installation.
Why you need shelving?
o Properly stored items do not get damaged
o Raise items off the floor for safety
o Be able to locate items easily
o Maximise storage area to keep area clutter
GENERAL ATTRIBUTES
Product Dimension: 180x120x45cm
Load Capacity: Recommended 175Kg, p/shelf, Tested Max weight 200Kg p/shelf
Galvanised: Yes
Painted: (Powder Coating : For anti-Rust)
Board Size: Thicker than normal, 5mm MDF boards
Upright Beam Size: 0.8mm thickness
Beam Thickness: 0.7mm
Ease of Assembly: Boltless design for quick and easy assembly
Number of Beams: 2
Number of Bays: 1
Adjustable Configurations: 5T, (2T & 2T), (3T & 2T)
Number of Pegboard: Detachable Peg Boards, with 10 Hooks
Pegboard dimensions: 30cm high/tall. The gap between the holes of the pegboard is 15mm apart both vertically and horizontally, & the pegboard is 13mm thick.
Floor Protection: Yes, Plastic feet
Extra Stability: Extra Stability: Option to fasten to the wall or other Racks via the 6 holes on each upright for additional stability
Packaged Gross weight: 23.9 Kgs
Holes: 4.5mm
Tools: 1 x Rubber Mallet provided
Colour: Black
Packaged Dimension: Length - 123.5cm x Width - 48cm x Height - 7cm
Warranty: 1 Year
What's in the box
- 1 Bay, 5 Tier Shelving Black, with Detachable Peg Boards & 10 Hooks
ANCHOR 5 TIER, BOLTLESS, GALVANISED & PAINTED BLACK, HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE SHELVING & RACKING WITH DETACHABLE PEGBOARDS & 10 HOOKS
We help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in the garage/shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
Anchor 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Black - Our reduced space shelving unit in Black; is 180cm tall, with five tiers of width 120 depth 60cm shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply.
- Heavy Duty Shelving: The 5 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 875 kg load weight (175 kg per shelf), although it has been tested for 1000 Kgs (Max 200Kgs per shelf) making them ideal for securely storing away heavy tools and items. Please note that the capacity per shelf is based on the premise of spreading the load evenly across the shelving area
- Various Configurations: The shelving can be set up in standard configurations. 5 Tiers, 180cm tall with five tiers of 120 wide and 60 cm depth, or (2 tiers +2 Tiers ), or (3 Tiers +2 Tiers)
- Galvanised & Powder Coated: This dual approach is versatile and suitable for a wide range of storage applications, from industrial storage to basic day today storage applications. Combining powder coating with galvanising ensures both robust protection and aesthetic flexibility.
- Enhanced Corrosion Resistance: Powder coating on galvanised steel offers a powerful dual-layer defence against corrosion. The galvanized layer underneath acts as a robust barrier, preventing the steel from rusting even if the outer powder coating is damaged. The powder coating adds another layer of protection, sealing the galvanized surface from environmental factors such as moisture, chemicals, and UV light.
- Improved Durability: Combining these two processes significantly enhances the durability of the metal. Galvanising provides a resilient base that is less prone to mechanical damages like scratches and dents. Powder coating, with its inherent toughness and flexibility, reinforces this base by offering additional resistance against impacts, abrasion, and wear over time.
- Superior Aesthetic Appeal: While galvanising generally results in a less visually appealing, industrial finish, powder coating can transform the appearance of the galvanized metal. This model above, is Powder Coated colour - Black
- Floor Protection: The units come with rubber at the ends of the uprights to protect the floor from scratch marks.
- Damp Proof Shelving : The MDF boards are thicker than the normal size. Our boards are environmentally friendly 5mm in size as opposed to industry standards which are normally 4mm in size. The boards are treated to ensure moisture-resistance, hence creating a damp free environment for storage
- Enhanced Durability: Apart from the rubber feet, which acts as a stabilising feature, there is also an option to fasten the shelf to the wall, for additional stability. Our upright beams and horizontal beams are 0.8mm & 0.7mm thick, which is greater than most which standardise at 0.6mm thickness. This adds further robustness and stability of the product. This product comes with 2 beam support, to prevent any sagging of the MDF shelving. 6 holes spread on each upright, to fasten against wall and or racks for additional stability and support
- A Leading Innovative Brand in SA for Racking & Shelving: Anchor is a leading brand in South Africa for Racking & Shelving, and have built years of experience with ongoing partnerships with UK/European brands. Anchor is the first brand to introduce detachable pegboard with hooks for a one stop storage solution
- Detachable Pegboard with 10 Hooks: To ensure a holistic approach to storage and racking, we are the first company to incorporate pegboards with shelving. These are optional items and are detachable, depending upon the utility. It can be attached to any shelf level, between the upright bars and uninstalled very easily too. The dimensions of the peg board is 120cm wide and 30cm high/tall. The gap between the holes of the pegboard is 15mm apart both vertically and horizontally, & the pegboard is 13mm thick which would take care of most standard applications, for hanging tools. The Pegboard is 30cm high
- Adjustable shelving: Shelves can be adjustable 3.2cm in height to suit your needs, for string various sizes, and can also be easily be changed again when necessary.
- Easy-to-build: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It can be constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. A rubber mallet has been provided to help during installation.
Why you need shelving?
o Properly stored items do not get damaged
o Raise items off the floor for safety
o Be able to locate items easily
o Maximise storage area to keep area clutter
GENERAL ATTRIBUTES
Product Dimension: 180x120x60cm
Load Capacity: Recommended 175Kg, p/shelf, Tested Max weight 200Kg p/shelf
Galvanised: Yes
Painted: (Powder Coating : For anti-Rust)
Board Size: Thicker than normal, 5mm MDF boards
Upright Beam Size: 0.8mm thickness
Beam Thickness: 0.7mm
Ease of Assembly: Boltless design for quick and easy assembly
Number of Beams: 2
Number of Bays: 1
Adjustable Configurations: 5T, (2T & 2T), (3T & 2T)
Number of Pegboard: Detachable Peg Boards, with 10 Hooks
Pegboard dimensions: 30cm high/tall. The gap between the holes of the pegboard is 15mm apart both vertically and horizontally, & the pegboard is 13mm thick.
Floor Protection: Yes, Plastic feet
Extra Stability: Extra Stability: Option to fasten to the wall or other Racks via the 6 holes on each upright for additional stability
Packaged Gross weight: 28.7 Kgs
Holes: 4.5mm
Tools: 1 x Rubber Mallet provided
Colour: Black
Packaged Dimension: Length - 125cm x Width - 63.5cm x Height - 7.5cm
Warranty: 1 Year
What's in the box
- 1 Bay, 5 Tier Shelving, Black, with Detachable Peg Boards & 10 Hooks
ANCHOR 2 BAY 5 TIER, BOLTLESS, GALVANISED & PAINTED GREY) , HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE SHELVING & RACKING WITH 2 DETACHABLE PEGBOARDS & 20 HOOKS
We help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in the garage/shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
Anchor 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Grey ( Set of 2) Our reduced space shelving unit in Grey is 180cm tall, with five tiers of 90 cm wide and x 30cm deep shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply.
- Heavy Duty Shelving: The 5 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg load weight (200 kg per shelf), although it has been tested for 1250Kgs (Max 250Kgs per shelf) making them ideal for securely storing away heavy tools and items. Please note that the capacity per shelf is based on the premise of spreading the load evenly across the shelving area
- Various Configurations: The two bays can be set up in standard configurations. 2 x 5 Tiers, 180cm tall with five tiers of 90cm wide and 30 cm deep or 2 x (2 tiers + 2 Tiers), or 2 x (3 Tiers +2 Tiers ), or the two bays could have both different combinations.
- Galvanised & Powder Coated: This dual approach is versatile and suitable for a wide range of storage applications, from industrial storage to basic day today storage applications. Combining powder coating with galvanising ensures both robust protection and aesthetic flexibility.
- Enhanced Corrosion Resistance: Powder coating on galvanised steel offers a powerful dual-layer defence against corrosion. The galvanized layer underneath acts as a robust barrier, preventing the steel from rusting even if the outer powder coating is damaged. The powder coating adds another layer of protection, sealing the galvanized surface from environmental factors such as moisture, chemicals, and UV light.
- Improved Durability: Combining these two processes significantly enhances the durability of the metal. Galvanising provides a resilient base that is less prone to mechanical damages like scratches and dents. Powder coating, with its inherent toughness and flexibility, reinforces this base by offering additional resistance against impacts, abrasion, and wear over time.
- Superior Aesthetic Appeal: While galvanising generally results in a less visually appealing, industrial finish, powder coating can transform the appearance of the galvanized metal. This model above, is Powder Coated colour - Grey
- Floor Protection: The units come with rubber at the ends of the uprights to protect the floor from scratch marks.
- Damp Proof Shelving : The MDF boards are thicker than the normal size. Our boards are environmentally friendly 5mm in size as opposed to industry standards which are normally 4mm in size. The boards are treated to ensure moisture-resistance, hence creating a damp free environment for storage
- Enhanced Durability: Apart from the rubber feet, which acts as a stabilising feature, there is also an option to fasten the shelf to the wall, for additional stability. Our upright beams and horizontal beams are 0.8mm & 0.8mm thick, which is greater than most which standardise at 0.6mm thickness. This adds further robustness and stability of the product. 6 holes spread on each upright, to fasten against wall and or racks for additional stability and support
- A Leading Innovative Brand in SA for Racking & Shelving: Anchor is a leading brand in South Africa for Racking & Shelving, and have built years of experience with ongoing partnerships with UK/European brands. Anchor is the first brand to introduce detachable pegboard with hooks for a one stop storage solution
- 2 Detachable Pegboard with 20 Hooks: To ensure a holistic approach to storage and racking, we are the first company to incorporate pegboards with shelving. These are optional items and are detachable, depending upon the utility. It can be attached to any shelf level, between the upright bars and uninstalled very easily too. There are two pegboards, which can be attached to either bay, or both. The dimensions of the peg board is 90 cm and 30cm high/tall. The gap between the holes of the pegboard is 15mm apart both vertically and horizontally, & the pegboard is 13mm thick which would take care of most standard applications, for hanging tools. The Pegboard is 30cm high
- Adjustable shelving: Shelves can be adjustable 3.2cm in height to suit your needs, for string various sizes, and can also be easily be changed again when necessary.
- Easy-to-build: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It can be constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. A rubber mallet has been provided to help during installation.
Why you need shelving?
- Properly stored items do not get damaged
- Raise items off the floor for safety
- Be able to locate items easily
- Maximise storage area to keep area clutter
GENERAL ATTRIBUTES
Product Dimension: 2 x (180x90x30cm )
Load Capacity: Recommended 200Kg, p/shelf, Tested Max weight 250Kg p/shelf
Galvanised: Yes
Painted: (Powder Coating : For anti-Rust)
Board Size: Thicker than normal, 5mm MDF boards
Upright Beam Size: 0.8mm thickness
Beam Thickness: 0.8mm
Ease of Assembly: Boltless design for quick and easy assembly
Number of Beams: 1
Number of Bays: 2
Adjustable Configurations: 5Tx2, (2T & 2T)x2, (3T & 2T) x2
Number of Pegboard: 2 Detachable Peg Boards, with 20 Hooks
Pegboard dimensions: 90cm and 30cm high/tall. The gap between the holes of the pegboard is 15mm apart both vertically and horizontally, & the pegboard is 13mm thick which would take care of most standard applications, for hanging tools.
Floor Protection: Yes, Rubber feet
Extra Stability: Option to fasten to the wall or other Racks via the 6 holes on each upright for additional stability
Packaged Gross weight: 29 Kgs
Tools: 1 x Rubber Mallet provided
Colour: Grey
Packaged Dimensions: Length - 94cm x Width - 33cm x Height - 14.5cm
Warranty: 1 Year
What's in the box
2 x 5 Tier Shelving Grey Colour, with 2 Detachable Peg Boards & 20 Hooks
ANCHOR 2 BAY 5 TIER, BOLTLESS, GALVANISED & PAINTED GREY) , HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE SHELVING & RACKING WITH 2 DETACHABLE PEGBOARDS & 20 HOOKS
We help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in the garage/shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
Anchor 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Grey ( Set of 2) Our reduced space shelving unit in Grey is 180cm tall, with five tiers of 90 cm wide and x 40cm deep shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply.
Heavy Duty Shelving: The 5 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg load weight (200 kg per shelf), although it has been tested for 1250Kgs (Max 250Kgs per shelf) making them ideal for securely storing away heavy tools and items. Please note that the capacity per shelf is based on the premise of spreading the load evenly across the shelving area
Various Configurations: The two bays can be set up in standard configurations. 2 x 5 Tiers, 180cm tall with five tiers of 90cm wide and 40 cm deep or 2 x (2 tiers + 2 Tiers), or 2 x (3 Tiers +2 Tiers ), or the two bays could have both different combinations.
Galvanised & Powder Coated: This dual approach is versatile and suitable for a wide range of storage applications, from industrial storage to basic day today storage applications. Combining powder coating with galvanising ensures both robust protection and aesthetic flexibility.
Enhanced Corrosion Resistance: Powder coating on galvanised steel offers a powerful dual-layer defence against corrosion. The galvanized layer underneath acts as a robust barrier, preventing the steel from rusting even if the outer powder coating is damaged. The powder coating adds another layer of protection, sealing the galvanized surface from environmental factors such as moisture, chemicals, and UV light.
Improved Durability: Combining these two processes significantly enhances the durability of the metal. Galvanising provides a resilient base that is less prone to mechanical damages like scratches and dents. Powder coating, with its inherent toughness and flexibility, reinforces this base by offering additional resistance against impacts, abrasion, and wear over time.
Superior Aesthetic Appeal: While galvanising generally results in a less visually appealing, industrial finish, powder coating can transform the appearance of the galvanized metal. This model above, is Powder Coated colour - Grey
Floor Protection: The units come with rubber at the ends of the uprights to protect the floor from scratch marks.
Damp Proof Shelving : The MDF boards are thicker than the normal size. Our boards are environmentally friendly 5mm in size as opposed to industry standards which are normally 4mm in size. The boards are treated to ensure moisture-resistance, hence creating a damp free environment for storage
Enhanced Durability: Apart from the rubber feet, which acts as a stabilising feature, there is also an option to fasten the shelf to the wall, for additional stability. Our upright beams and horizontal beams are 0.8mm & 0.7mm thick, which is greater than most which standardise at 0.6mm thickness. This adds further robustness and stability of the product. 6 holes spread on each upright, to fasten against wall and or racks for additional stability and support
A Leading Innovative Brand in SA for Racking & Shelving: Anchor is a leading brand in South Africa for Racking & Shelving, and have built years of experience with ongoing partnerships with UK/European brands. Anchor is the first brand to introduce detachable pegboard with hooks for a one stop storage solution
2 Detachable Pegboard with 20 Hooks: To ensure a holistic approach to storage and racking, we are the first company to incorporate pegboards with shelving. These are optional items and are detachable, depending upon the utility. It can be attached to any shelf level, between the upright bars and uninstalled very easily too. There are two pegboards, which can be attached to either bay, or both. The dimensions of the peg board is 90 cm and 30cm high/tall. The gap between the holes of the pegboard is 15mm apart both vertically and horizontally, & the pegboard is 13mm thick which would take care of most standard applications, for hanging tools. The Pegboard is 30cm high
Adjustable shelving: Shelves can be adjustable 3.2cm in height to suit your needs, for string various sizes, and can also be easily be changed again when necessary.
Easy-to-build: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It can be constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. A rubber mallet has been provided to help during installation.
Why you need shelving?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Maximise storage area to keep area clutter
GENERAL ATTRIBUTES
Product Dimension: 2 x (180x90x40cm)
Load Capacity: Recommended 200Kg, p/shelf, Tested Max weight 250Kg p/shelf
Galvanised: Yes
Painted: (Powder Coating : For anti-Rust)
Board Size: Thicker than normal, 5mm MDF boards
Upright Beam Size: 0.8mm thickness
Beam Thickness: 0.7mm
Ease of Assembly: Boltless design for quick and easy assembly
Number of Beams: 1
Number of Bays: 2
Adjustable Configurations: 5Tx2, (2T & 2T)x2, (3T & 2T) x2
Number of Pegboard: 2 Detachable Peg Boards, with 20 Hooks
Pegboard dimensions: and 30cm high/tall. The gap between the holes of the pegboard is 15mm apart both vertically and horizontally, & the pegboard is 13mm thick.
Floor Protection: Yes, Plastic feet
Extra Stability: Extra Stability: Option to fasten to the wall or other Racks via the 6 holes on each upright for additional stability
Packaged Gross weight: 34.6 Kgs
Tools: 1 x Rubber Mallet provided
Colour: Grey
Packaged Dimensions: Length - 94cm x Width - 44.5cm x Height - 13cm
Warranty: 1 Year
What's in the box
- 2 x Bay, 5 Tier Shelving - Colour Grey, with 2 Detachable Peg Boards & 20 Hooks
ANCHOR 2 BAY 5 TIER, BOLTLESS, GALVANISED & PAINTED BGREY) , HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE SHELVING & RACKING WITH 2 DETACHABLE PEGBOARDS & 20 HOOKS
We help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in the garage/shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
Anchor 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Black ( Set of 2) Our reduced space shelving unit in Black is 180cm tall, with five tiers of 90 cm wide and x 30cm deep shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply.
- Heavy Duty Shelving: The 5 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg load weight (200 kg per shelf), although it has been tested for 1250Kgs (Max 250Kgs per shelf) making them ideal for securely storing away heavy tools and items. Please note that the capacity per shelf is based on the premise of spreading the load evenly across the shelving area
- Various Configurations: The two bays can be set up in standard configurations. 2 x 5 Tiers, 180cm tall with five tiers of 90cm wide and 30 cm deep or 2 x (2 tiers + 2 Tiers), or 2 x (3 Tiers +2 Tiers ), or the two bays could have both different combinations.
- Galvanised & Powder Coated: This dual approach is versatile and suitable for a wide range of storage applications, from industrial storage to basic day today storage applications. Combining powder coating with galvanising ensures both robust protection and aesthetic flexibility.
- Enhanced Corrosion Resistance: Powder coating on galvanised steel offers a powerful dual-layer defence against corrosion. The galvanized layer underneath acts as a robust barrier, preventing the steel from rusting even if the outer powder coating is damaged. The powder coating adds another layer of protection, sealing the galvanized surface from environmental factors such as moisture, chemicals, and UV light.
- Improved Durability: Combining these two processes significantly enhances the durability of the metal. Galvanising provides a resilient base that is less prone to mechanical damages like scratches and dents. Powder coating, with its inherent toughness and flexibility, reinforces this base by offering additional resistance against impacts, abrasion, and wear over time.
- Superior Aesthetic Appeal: While galvanising generally results in a less visually appealing, industrial finish, powder coating can transform the appearance of the galvanized metal. This model above, is Powder Coated colour - Black
- Floor Protection: The units come with rubber at the ends of the uprights to protect the floor from scratch marks.
- Damp Proof Shelving: The MDF boards are thicker than the normal size. Our boards are environmentally friendly 5mm in size as opposed to industry standards which are normally 4mm in size. The boards are treated to ensure moisture-resistance, hence creating a damp free environment for storage
- Enhanced Durability: Apart from the rubber feet, which acts as a stabilising feature, there is also an option to fasten the shelf to the wall, for additional stability. Our upright beams and horizontal beams are 0.8mm & 0.8mm thick, which is greater than most which standardise at 0.6mm thickness. This adds further robustness and stability of the product. 6 holes spread on each upright, to fasten against wall and or racks for additional stability and support
A Leading Innovative Brand in SA for Racking & Shelving: Anchor is a leading brand in South Africa for Racking & Shelving, and have built years of experience with ongoing partnerships with UK/European brands. Anchor is the first brand to introduce detachable pegboard with hooks for a one stop storage solution
- 2 Detachable Pegboard with 20 Hooks: To ensure a holistic approach to storage and racking, we are the first company to incorporate pegboards with shelving. These are optional items and are detachable, depending upon the utility. It can be attached to any shelf level, between the upright bars and uninstalled very easily too. There are two pegboards, which can be attached to either bay, or both. The dimensions of the peg board is 90 cm x 30cm high/tall. The gap between the holes of the pegboard is 15mm apart both vertically and horizontally, & the pegboard is 13mm thick which would take care of most standard applications, for hanging tools. The Pegboard is 30cm high
- Adjustable shelving: Shelves can be adjustable 3.2cm in height to suit your needs, for string various sizes, and can also be easily be changed again when necessary.
- Easy-to-build: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It can be constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. A rubber mallet has been provided to help during installation.
Why you need shelving?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Maximise storage area to keep area clutter
GENERAL ATTRIBUTES
Product Dimension: 2 x (180x90x30cm )
Load Capacity: Recommended 200Kg, p/shelf, Tested Max weight 250Kg p/shelf
Galvanised: Yes
Painted: (Powder Coating : For anti-Rust)
Board Size: Thicker than normal, 5mm MDF boards
Upright Beam Size: 0.8mm thickness
Beam Thickness: 0.8mm
Ease of Assembly: Boltless design for quick and easy assembly
Number of Beams: 1
Number of Bays: 2
Adjustable Configurations: 5Tx2, (2T & 2T)x2, (3T & 2T) x2
Number of Pegboard: 2 Detachable Peg Boards, with 20 Hooks
Pegboard dimensions: 30cm high/tall. The gap between the holes of the pegboard is 15mm apart both vertically and horizontally, & the pegboard is 13mm thick.
Floor Protection: Yes, Rubber feet
Extra Stability: Option to fasten to the wall or other Racks via the 6 holes on each upright for additional stability
Packaged Gross weight: 29 Kgs
Holes: 4.5mm
Tools: 1 x Rubber Mallet provided
Colour: Black
Packaged Dimensions: Length - 94cm x Width - 33cm x Height - 14.5cm
Warranty: 1 Year
What's in the box
- 2 x Bay
- 5 x Tier Shelving Black Colour, with 2 Detachable Peg Boards
- 20 x Hooks
Anchor 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 250Kgs - Grey - ( set of 2)
Our reduced space Steel shelving unit in Grey; is 180cm tall, with five tiers of 90 x 40cm shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply.
HEAVY-DUTY: The 5 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1250 kg max load weight (250 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
FREESTANDING SHELVES: We help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
ADJUSTABLE: Shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily be changed again when necessary.
DURABLE: We use galvanised steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each Grey Metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 1-year warranty.
EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
Assembly Required (with instructions).
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Leading South African Brand Anchor Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers
Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised and Painted 250Kg Capacity per Shelving; Spread Evenly per Shelf
General Attributes:
Product Dimension: 180x90x40cm
Type: Galvanised and painted (Powder Coating for Anti Rust - Colour Grey)
Board Size: Thicker than normal, 5mm MDF boards
Upright Beam Size: 0.8mm thickness
Beam Thickness: 0.7mm
Number of Beams: 1
Assembly: Boltless design for quick and easy assembly
Moisture resistant MDF shelves
High-density polyethylene (HDPE) feet for floor protection and extra stability
Load Capacity: Recommended 175 Kgs, however, it has been tested upto 250Kgs
Anchor Racking: Industry-leading racking and shelving specialist in South Africa, designed as per UK/EU spec
Gross weight: 23.1 Kgs
Tools: Includes Hooks, Pegboard & Hammer, for ease in installation; Racking Colour: Grey
What's in the box
2 x 5 tier (180x90x40cm), Steel Racking
1 x Rubber Mallet
Anchor Bistro Outdoor Patio Table & Rattan Chair Set is designed to bring comfort, style, and durability to your outdoor space. This 3-piece bistro set includes a round table and two armrest chairs, making it ideal for patios, balconies, gardens, poolside areas, or small outdoor nooks. Built with a rust-resistant steel frame and durable rattan weave, this set delivers reliable outdoor performance with a modern, compact design.
WHY YOU WILL LOVE IT
Compact 3-piece bistro set ideal for small outdoor spaces
Weather-resistant rattan for long-lasting outdoor use
Rust-resistant steel frame for added durability
Comfortable armrest chairs for relaxed seating
Stylish design suitable for patio, balcony, or garden
KEY FEATURES
Durable rattan weave designed for outdoor conditions
Strong steel frame with rust-resistant finish
Round table provides stable surface for drinks and meals
Lightweight construction for easy repositioning
Easy-to-clean surfaces for low maintenance
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Brand: Anchor
Product Type: Outdoor Bistro Table & Chair Set
Set Configuration: 1 Round Table + 2 Chairs
Frame Material: Steel
Weave Material: Rattan
Table Shape: Round
Chair Dimensions: 55 (W) × 57 (L) × 72 (H) cm
Seating Capacity: 2 Persons
Product Colour: Brown / Dark Rattan Tone
Assembly: Required (instructions included)
Gross Weight: 11.8 kg
Net Weight: 10.8 kg
THE ANCHOR ADVANTAGE
Anchor is a trusted South African brand known for durable, functional, and stylish home and outdoor solutions. Our furniture is designed with practicality, comfort, and long-term use in mind-perfect for both everyday living and entertaining.
PERFECT FOR
Outdoor patios and balconies
Garden and poolside seating
Apartment outdoor spaces
Morning coffee or casual dining
Relaxed outdoor conversations
ERGONOMIC AND FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
Armrest chairs provide added comfort and support
Compact footprint maximises limited outdoor space
Lightweight design allows easy movement
Stable table height for dining or drinks
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE
Installation
Assemble according to included instructions
Ensure all bolts are tightened securely before use
Maintenance
Wipe clean with a damp cloth
Avoid abrasive cleaners
Store under cover when not in use for extended periods
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Q: Is this set suitable for outdoor use?
A: Yes, it is designed for outdoor environments with weather-resistant materials.
Q: Does the set require assembly?
A: Yes, assembly is required and instructions are included.
Q: How many people can sit comfortably?
A: The set seats two people comfortably.
Q: Is the table stable on uneven surfaces?
A: For best stability, place on a flat and level surface.
CARE INSTRUCTION
Clean regularly with a soft cloth
Keep dry when not in use for prolonged periods
Do not use harsh chemicals or abrasive tools
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The stability and longevity of this outdoor furniture set depend on correct assembly and proper use. Always ensure the set is placed on a flat, stable surface before use.
Do not stand on chairs or table
Avoid excessive weight beyond intended seating use
Store under cover during extreme weather
Tighten fittings periodically to maintain stability
Minor variations in colour or finish may occur due to lighting, screen settings, or manufacturing batches. These variations do not affect product performance.
What's in the box
1 x Round Bistro Table
2 x Rattan Armrest Chair
Monitor Arm Desk Mount 32" Screen Pole Stand Max 9Kg Tested for No Drooping Height 676mm
• HIGH QUALITY: After rigorous testing in the research phases, we have selected premium zinc material and a reliable U-shaped joint head structure, which allows the monitor arm to tilt/swivel/rotate smoothly with a 32-inch monitor weighing up to 9 kg hanging on it.
• STURDY: Focusing on the elevating of the strength and stability of our products, the monitor mounts come more sturdy and secure. The single monitor arm features a 750 N m built-in gas spring, undergoing a durability test of 30,000 cycles to ensure prolonged support for your monitor.
• COMPATIBILITY & FLEXIBILITY: Our monitor arm is suitable for a 32 inch screen weighing 2 KG to 9 KG with VESA patterns of 75x75mm and 100x100mm. It allows 60 tilt, and 180 swivel adjustment of the U-shaped joint head. The monitor can be adjusted to portrait or landscape position through 360-degree rotation.
• 2 INSTALLATION METHODS: C-clamp is applicable for this product. The recommended thickness of the desk is 10 to 85mm for C-Clamp installation. It frees up a lot of space on your desk to ensure your workstation is spacious and tidy. It also comes with a concealed cable management system to help organize unsightly cables.
• ERGONOMIC: If you spend the whole day before the monitor screen in an incorrect posture, there's a risk of spinal deformation. Our gas spring monitor stand allows you to adjust your sitting posture as you want, seamlessly switching between sitting and standing positions to relieve fatigue.
ATTRIBUTES/KEY SPECIFICATIONS
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 10cm x 11.6cm | 49.4cm x 67.6 cm | Clamp 8.5cm
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: TILT: 60, SWIVEL: 180, ROTATION: 360
MATERIAL: PREMIUM ZINC-PLATED U-SHAPED JOINT
GROMMET MOUNTING: Desk Thickness-10MM-70MM, HOLE DIAMETER: 10MM-60MM;
EASY TENSION ADJUSTMENT GAS SPRING: DURABLE BUILT-IN GAS SPRING FORCE
CONCEALED CABLE MANAGEMENT
DETACHABLE VESA PLATE
WEIGHT CAPACITY 9 KGS SUPPORT WITHOUT DROOPING
HEIGHT: MAX 676MM
MONITOR POSITIONING: ANY HEIGHT, WITHIN THE LIMITS
What's in the box • 1 x Single Anchor Monitor Mount Stand with Pole
Pro L Shaped Gaming Desk with Dual Level Monitor Shelf
This L shaped desk gives you a stable gaming and home office workstation for monitors, keyboards and accessories. The dual level shelf raises your screen for better posture and clean cable layout. The space saving corner design fits into small rooms and provides a wide 129 cm surface on both sides for gaming, study work and remote work tasks.
WHY YOU WILL LOVE IT 🎯
✅ Space saving L shaped design
The 129 cm corner layout opens more room and supports gaming, study and home office work.
✅ Ergonomic dual level monitor shelf
The upper shelf lifts your monitor and helps reduce neck strain during long gaming and work sessions.
✅ Strong steel frame stability
The steel base keeps the desk firm for typing, gaming and workstation setups.
✅ Perfect for gaming and home office
The layout supports dual monitors, accessories and a full keyboard platform.
✅ Clean wood finish
The black wood surface gives a modern look for gaming and work from home setups.
KEY FEATURES 🔧
L Shaped Corner Structure
• 129 cm left side
• 129 cm right side
• 80 cm depth on each panel
• 75 cm total height
• Space saving corner workstation layout
Dual Level Monitor Shelf
• 20 cm depth
• 48 cm width
• Elevated shelf for better viewing angle
• Useful for dual monitor setups
Steel Frame Build
• Thick steel legs
• Cross support for stability
• Balanced structure for gaming equipment
Workstation Functionality
• Good for PC gaming
• Strong enough for dual monitors
• Useful for home office, study and remote work
• Supports small spaces with corner placement
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 📊
• Desk Type: L shaped gaming desk
• Length: 129 cm each side
• Depth: 80 cm
• Height: 75 cm
• Monitor Shelf: 48 x 20 cm
• Material: Steel frame with black melamine panels
• Style: Corner workstation
• Load Use: Dual monitors, PC tower, keyboard, accessories
• Colour: Black
• Target Use: Gaming, home office, study, work from home
• Stability: Reinforced steel structure
THE PRO DESK ADVANTAGE ⭐
✨ Optimised viewing height
The raised monitor shelf helps you maintain a natural posture during work and gaming.
✨ Industrial steel strength
The steel frame supports full gaming setups with steady performance.
✨ Wide dual platform layout
The L shaped top supports homework, study tools, office gear and gaming accessories.
✨ Designed for small rooms
The corner format frees open space while giving you a full workstation surface.
PERFECT FOR 💼
🎮 Gaming setups
Ideal for dual monitors, full keyboards, controllers and PC towers.
🧑💻 Home office users
Good for remote work tasks, meetings and dual screen productivity.
📚 Students and study rooms
Useful for reading, assignments and laptop use.
🏠 Small homes and apartments
The space saving L shape fits compact rooms.
💡 Multi purpose corner workstation
Good for creative work, design and writing.
ERGONOMIC AND FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
Raised monitor shelf
Helps reduce neck strain and supports clean monitor placement.
Open leg space
Supports healthy sitting posture and smooth leg movement.
Stable platform
Steel frame keeps the desk steady for gaming and typing.
Space saving layout
The L shaped form fits into corners and opens more room for movement.
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE 🛠️
Setup Steps
Assemble the steel frame
Fit the wood panels
Install the monitor shelf
Tighten all screws
Place desk in corner for stability
Tools Needed
• Screwdriver
• Hex key
Care Tips
• Wipe with soft cloth
• Keep dry
• Check screws for tightness
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS ❓
Is the shelf strong enough for a monitor
Yes. The dual level shelf supports standard monitors.
Can I place dual monitors on the main desk
Yes. The 129 cm surface supports dual monitor setups.
Is the steel frame stable
Yes. The frame is reinforced and stays firm during gaming.
Will it fit in small rooms
Yes. The space saving corner shape is ideal for small rooms.
Is this a good home office desk
Yes. Many users use it for work from home tasks.
WHAT IS IN THE BOX 📦
• 1 x L shaped desk frame
• 1 x Set of wood desktop panels
• 1 x Monitor shelf
• 1 x Hardware pack
• 1 x Setup guide
CALL TO ACTION 🚀
Build a clean gaming and home office setup with a strong L shaped desk. The dual level shelf, steel frame and wide surface support gaming, study and daily work with comfort and stability.
Pro L Shaped Gaming Desk. Stable. Spacious. Ready for work and play.
⚠️ IMPORTANT ASSEMBLY & SAFETY NOTICE
The stability, durability, and structural integrity of this product depends entirely on correct assembly. Please follow all instructions carefully and ensure all beams, shelves, and components.
Use the desk according to instructions. Assemble on flat ground. Keep hardware tight. Store parts safely. Small variations in colour or finish may occur. nents are properly connected according to manufacturer specifications. Incorrect assembly may result in product failure, damage, or injury. If you are unsure about proper assembly or installation, please consult a qualified installer or handyman.
Load Distribution: Distribute weight evenly across each surface. Do not exceed shelf capacity. Do not climb on shelves or use as a ladder.
Need Help? If you experience any difficulties during installation, please contact us by scanning the QR code provided in your package. Our support team is ready to assist you.
Please Note: The final product finish may vary slightly between manufacturing batches. Product color and finish appearance may also differ from images due to photography lighting, screen calibration, and camera settings. All products maintain consistent quality standards regardless of minor aesthetic variations.
Home & Office Laptop Table top Stand Riser, Ergonomic Laptop Stand; Dimension 26 x 19.5 x 21 cm 13.5 - 2x20cm
- ADJUSTABLE LAPTOP STAND: Find comfort in your workspace with our adjustable laptop stand. Customize the height and angle to reduce strain on your neck and back. Whether you're working from home or in the office, this stand offers ergonomic support for prolonged laptop use.
- PORTABLE LAPTOP STAND: Enhance your on-the-go productivity with our portable laptop stand. Lightweight and compact, it easily folds into a sleek, travel-friendly size. Ideal for business trips, coffee shops, or any remote work scenario, this stand ensures a comfortable and efficient mobile workspace.
- FOLDABLE LAPTOP STAND: Experience convenience without sacrificing functionality with our foldable laptop stand. Effortlessly collapse it for easy storage or transport. Perfect for those with limited desk space or frequent travelers, this stand combines versatility with a space-saving design.
- VENTILATED LAPTOP STAND: Keep your laptop cool during extended use with our ventilated laptop stand. Designed with airflow in mind, it prevents overheating and ensures optimal performance. Say goodbye to uncomfortable heat and hello to a more efficient and reliable computing experience.
- COLLAPSIBLE LAPTOP STAND: Simplify your setup with our collapsible laptop stand. Quickly assemble or disassemble for efficient storage or transportation. Ideal for those who value simplicity and ease of use without compromising on the ergonomic benefits.
- GAMING LAPTOP STAND: Elevate your gaming experience with our gaming laptop stand. Designed for optimal viewing angles and enhanced cooling, it caters to the unique needs of gamers. Enjoy long gaming sessions with reduced discomfort and improved performance.
- NONSLIP: A non-slip silicone pad on the surface of the stand ensures that your precious laptop does not fall or slide when mounted on the laptop stand. If you'd like to have a better grip on the surface, choose the FullPad variants.
- STURDY: Made of Alloy Steel, it is designed to be sturdy to eliminate wobbling when typing on your valuable laptop.
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Metal
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
Product Dimension: 26 x 19.5 x 21 cm 13.5 - 2 x 20cm
What's in the box
- 1 x Laptop Stand
Tabletop 32-65" TV Screen Stand Heavy Duty UK Spec Metal & Glass base Cable management Load 45kg, Tilt Swivel
This Height-Adjustable TV Mount Stand offers a superior TV-viewing experience without having to drill holes in the wall. If you don't want to risk an insecure installation or can't alter your wall's surface, this TV stand gives you the option to make a better TV possible.
SLEEK STYLE & DURABLE: A heavy-duty steel construction universally fits 32" to 65" TVs with VESA mount patterns up to 600x400. This Tabletop TV Stand is strength-tested to support loads up to 45 kg (100 lbs.) and offers height adjustability to two levels: 485 and 535 mm (19 and 21 in.). The black tempered-glass base creates a solid, stylish-looking stand that's ideal for placing soundbars, set-top boxes, or other accessories, all while fitting snugly against a wall.
CLEVER CABLE MANAGEMENT: To organize your TV's HDMI, Ethernet, and power cables, this mount lets you run them through the clip on the back. This smart cable management helps create a cleaner look and reduces potential trip hazards.
SLIM HEIGHT & ADJUSTABLE: Perfect narrow TV stand for large and small rooms; Large range of adjustable height to meet your viewing need from different distances.
Free-standing table top mount for one 32" to 65" TV up to 45 kg (100 lbs.), ideal for placement on TV consoles
Height-adjustable at two levels: 485 and 535 mm (19 and 21 in.)
Base area with 600 mm width and 280 mm depth (23.6 x 11 in.), great for placing soundbars, streaming boxes, or other accessories
Sleek design for a snug fit on a wall - the benefits of a wall mount without drilling holes
Heavy-duty steel construction with powder coating
Black tempered-glass base for a solid stand and stylish look
Cable management with attachable clips on the pole for a clean and organized look
Rubber feet to prevent slipping and to protect your surface from scratches
Easy and quick installation, all hardware included
Meets VESA standards 100x100 to 600x400 e.g. 100x100, 200x100, 400x100, 200x200, 300x200, 400x200, 300x300, 400x300, 400x400, 600x400
Designed for most 32" - 65" flat and curved screens
Weight capacity: 45 kg (100 lbs.)
Total dimensions (L x W x H): 735 x 660 x 280 mm (28.94 x 25.98 x 2.09 in.)
Base dimensions: (L x W x H): 280 x 600 x 8 mm (11 x 22.6 x 0.3 in.)
Screen Swivel Range +25 ~-25
Material: Steel and tempered glass
Rubber feet in infographics
Screen Swivel Range infographics
Height Adjustment range in infographics
What's in the box
- 1 x TV floor stand in a flat pack
Upgrade your kitchen, dining area or entertainment space with a stylish serving cart that blends vintage wood finishes with industrial steel strength. Wheel it out for snacks, drinks, breakfast in bed or party hosting - then lock it in place for everyday storage convenience.
WHY YOU’LL LOVE IT
✔️ Breakfast tray included - removable top tray lets you serve drinks, snacks, and breakfast anywhere in your home
✔️ Built for South African homes - perfect for compact kitchens needing extra storage space
✔️ Mobile or stationary use - 4 caster wheels glide smoothly; 2 lock for complete stability
✔️ Massive 132kg total load capacity - store appliances, snacks, cereals and utensils with confidence
✔️ Stylish vintage finish - rustic wood grain shelves and matte black steel add modern charm
✔️ Multi-purpose utility - serves as a bar cart, pantry organiser, serving trolley, drinks cart, or coffee station
KEY FEATURES
Construction & Durability
• Solid metal steel frame for long-lasting strength
• Rustic particle board shelves with wood-grain texture
• Stable structure designed for daily use
Mobility & Convenience
• 4 smooth-rolling 360° caster wheels
• 2 lockable brakes prevent unwanted movement
• Side handle for easy pushing and manoeuvring
Storage & Versatility
• 3 spacious tiers for food, appliances, drinks and utensils
• Removable serving tray with raised edges keeps items secure
• Works in kitchens, lounges, offices, entertainment areas & patios
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Feature Details
Brand Anchor
Product Type Kitchen Serving Cart / Utility Trolley
Material Steel frame + Particle board shelves
Colour Rustic Brown + Matte Black
Dimensions 65cm (L) x 40cm (W) x 86cm (H)
Tray Dimensions 60cm x 36cm x 10cm
Load Capacity Tray 15kg, Total 60kg+
Wheels 4 casters, 2 lockable
Assembly Required (No special tools needed)
THE ANCHOR ADVANTAGE
Anchor is South Africa’s trusted brand for durable, stylish and affordable home storage solutions. Every product is designed to maximise space, improve everyday functionality and enhance your living environment - without compromising quality.
PERFECT FOR
🏡 Small kitchens & pantries
🍾 Home bar and drinks station
🍳 Breakfast trolley in bedrooms
🎉 Entertainment & party hosting
☕ Coffee corner organiser
🏢 Office snack and beverage station
ERGONOMIC/FUNCTIONAL BENEFITS
✔ Keeps essentials within reach
✔ Reduces kitchen clutter and frees counter space
✔ Smooth wheels prevent strain when moving items
✔ Raised tray edges prevent spills and item roll-off
✔ Lockable wheels ensure stability while working
INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE
1️⃣ Assemble the steel frame as per the manual
2️⃣ Insert shelves securely into the frame
3️⃣ Attach wheels (or optional adjustable feet if stationary use)
4️⃣ Place removable tray on top
5️⃣ Wipe clean with a damp cloth - avoid harsh chemicals and prolonged moisture exposure
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Q: Are the wheels removable?
A: Yes, wheels can be used or swapped for stationary feet.
Q: Can the tray be used separately?
A: Absolutely - the removable tray is designed for standalone serving.
Q: Does it scratch floors?
A: No, the wheels glide smoothly and include brakes for stability.
Q: Can I store appliances?
A: Yes, shelves support small kitchen appliances and groceries.
Q: Is assembly difficult?
A: No, it includes easy, step-by-step instructions.
WHAT’S IN THE BOX
✔ 1 × Steel Frame
✔ 3 × Rustic Storage Shelves
✔ 1 × Removable Serving Tray
✔ 4 × 360° Swivel Castor Wheels (2 Lockable)
✔ Assembly Manual
CALL TO ACTION
Transform your kitchen instantly. Whether serving guests, organising groceries or creating a stylish drinks station, the Anchor Vintage Kitchen Serving Trolley makes hosting and storage effortless. Click ADD TO CART now and elevate your home today.
SAFETY NOTICES
⚠ For indoor use only.
⚠ Avoid prolonged water exposure on wooden surfaces.
⚠ Ensure wheels are locked before use.
⚠ Adult assembly required.
6 Premium Wooden Hangers with Groove Non-Slip Bar; Swivel Hook -360 Rotating Hook; Holds Up to 20lbs
Features:
- ARTISTIC DESIGN: The Lotus Wooden Hanger is characterized by its artistic and nature-inspired design. It often features a lotus flower-shaped head, which adds a touch of elegance and sophistication to your wardrobe.
- HIGH-QUALITY WOOD: These hangers are crafted from high-quality, durable wood, which ensures they can support various types of clothing without warping or breaking. The wood's natural grain and finish contribute to the hanger's overall aesthetic appeal.
- NON-SLIP SURFACE: Many Lotus Wooden Hangers include a non-slip surface on the horizontal bar or shoulders to prevent clothing, especially delicate or silky items, from slipping off and wrinkling. This feature helps maintain the integrity of your garments.
- GENTLE ON FABRICS: The smooth wooden surface of these hangers is gentle on your clothing. It prevents unsightly creases and marks that can occur with wire or plastic hangers, preserving the quality of your garments.
- ECO-FRIENDLY: Wooden hangers are an eco-friendly choice compared to plastic hangers. They are made from renewable resources and are biodegradable, reducing their impact on the environment.
- STYLISH CLOSET UPGRADE: By incorporating Lotus Wooden Hangers into your closet, you can transform your wardrobe organization into an aesthetically pleasing and cohesive space that reflects your refined taste.
- BETTER ACCESSIBILITY: A 360-degree-swivel stainless-steel hook makes hanging and scanning through all clothing hangers much easier.
Specifications:
Product Color: Black & Brown
Product Dimension: 45 x 5.8 x 23cm
What's in the box:
- 6 x Wooden Hangers
6 Piece Wood Hanger with clips; 1 Piece Clothes Ladies Hanger; 1 Piece Belt Hanger; 1 Piece Scarf Hanger; Wooden Hangers
- High-Grade Wooden Hangers - Made from quality natural wood. Rest assured that it will steadily hold even a heavy coat or suit in your closet. Comes with swivel hooks, which make your wardrobe beautiful in an instant.
- Attractive Wooden Suit Hangers - Elegantly hand-crafted from wood, these coat hangers have unsurpassed strength and durability. They have been sanded to a smooth, splinter-free finish and coated in clear lacquer for added protection and to bring out the natural wood grain. The durable and clean design of these hangers is perfect for coats, jackets, jumpers, cardigans, shirts, skirts, blouses, trousers, and more with no rough edges to snag clothes.
- Hanger's Design: Scarf Hanger, Belt Hanger, Clothes Ladies Hanger & Wooden Hanger with clips.
- Hanger Bar & Notches - A rounded bar keeps your trousers and skirts with your favorite shirt or blazer, while the notches in the hanger stop strappy clothes from falling.
- Space Saving - The shoulder line on the wooden hanger is contoured to help preserve clothes's shape. There are grooves on each shoulder to be used to hang your tank tops, dresses, bars, ties, belts, nightgowns, shawls, or skirt overalls tightly without slipping.
Color: Brown / Natural Wood
Product Dimension: 44.5 x 16 x 1cm
What's in the box
- 6 x Piece Wood Hanger with clips
- 1 x Piece Clothes Ladies Hanger
- 1 x Piece Belt Hanger
- 2 x Piece Scarf Hanger
Wooden 2pcs Tie Hanger; 1 Belt Hanger & 7 Wooden Hanger with non-slip bar 10 packs in all; Natural Color
- High-grade wooden hangers - Made from quality natural wood. Rest assured that it will steadily hold even a heavy coat or suit in your closet. Comes with swivel hooks, which make your wardrobe beautiful in an instant.
- Attractive wooden suit hangers - Elegantly hand-crafted from wood, these coat hangers have unsurpassed strength and durability. They have been sanded to a smooth, splinter-free finish and coated in clear lacquer for added protection and to bring out the natural wood grain. The durable and clean design of these hangers is perfect for coats, jackets, jumpers, cardigans, shirts, skirts, blouses, trousers, and more with no rough edges to snag clothes.
- Hanger's design: Tie hanger, belt hanger & wooden hanger with non-slip bar
- Hanger bar & notches - A rounded bar keeps your trousers and skirts with your favourite shirt or blazer, while the notches in the hanger stop strappy clothes from falling.
- Space saving - The shoulder line on the wooden hanger is contoured to help preserve the clothes's shape. There are grooves on each shoulder to be used to hang your tank tops, dresses, bars, ties, belts, nightgowns, shawls, or skirt overalls tightly without slipping.
Colour:Brown/Natural Wood
Product Dimension: 44.5 x 16 x 1cm
What's in the box
- 2 x Tie hanger
- 1 x Belt hanger
- 7 x Wooden hangers
10 Premium Wooden Hangers with Groove Non-Slip Bar Swivel Hook -360 Rotating Hooks-Elegantly Hand Crafted Wood
Features:
HIGH GRADE WOODEN HANGERS: Made from quality natural wood. Rest assured that it will steadily hold even a heavy coat or suit in your closet. Comes with swivel hooks, which make your wardrobe beautiful in an instant.
ATTRACTIVE WOODEN SUIT HANGERS: Elegantly hand-crafted from wood, these coat hangers have unsurpassed strength and durability. They have been sanded to a smooth, splinter-free finish and coated in clear lacquer for added protection and to bring out the natural wood grain. The durable and clean design of these hangers is perfect for coats, jackets, jumpers, cardigans, shirts, skirts, blouses, trousers, and more with no rough edges to snag clothes.
HANGER BAR & NOTCHES: A rounded bar keeps your trousers and skirts with your favorite shirt or blazer, while the notches in the hanger stop strappy clothes from falling.
SPACE SAVING: The shoulder line on the wooden hanger is contoured to help preserve the clothes' shape. There are grooves on each shoulder to be used to hold your tank tops, dresses, bars, ties, belts, nightgowns, shawls, or skirt overalls tightly without slipping.
Specifications:
Color: Brown/Natural Wood
Product Dimension: 44.5 x 24.5 x 1.2cm
What's in the box
- 10 x Wooden Hangers
STURDY: Steel Mount with Double Arms Mounting two screens side by side effectively helps to free up desk space. This mount can hold two 13"-32" monitor screens with a maximum load capacity of 10 kg for each arm.
COMPATIBILITY: Fits all flat or curved monitors and TVs with VESA sizes of 75x75 mm or 100x100 mm (Please ensure your screen is compatible with this mount's MAX VESA by checking the manual or by measuring the distance between the 4 holes on the rear of the screen).
TILT & SWIVEL: Its +/-90 tilt, 180 /230 swivel and 360 rotation provide supreme flexibility with a maximum arm extension length of 460 mm and height adjustable up to 410 mm for optimum viewing angle; perfect for gamers, designers, programmers, and multitaskers.
FEATURES: Concealing cable design helps keep your desk tidy and clean; Storing lot for Allen Keys; Comes complete with instructions plus all fixtures and fittings needed for simple installation with the tube diameter of 35mm and length of 410mm; VESA plates are quick fit and detachable for easy installation. Two thumb screws make it easy to adjust the two screens horizontally.
INSTALLATION:
1) Desk clamp: heavy-duty 'C' clamp (fits desk thickness between 10mm and 75mm) offers supreme stability, keeping your screen securely in place;
2) Grommet base install: fits desks with bolt-through hole (hole diameter supports min.10mm-max.60mm); the grommet base supports desk thickness from 10mm to 100mm.
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Alloy Steel
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Rotate, Swivel, Tilt
What's in the box: 1 x Dual Monitor Stand in a flat pack
- MONITOR MOUNT: Single monitor mount for 13 to 27 inches LED LCD Monitor of MAX. 10KG with VESA dimensions of 75x75 mm and 100x100 mm. The laptop tray is 355 mm in length and 300 mm in width, ideal for laptops up to 17 inches with MAX. capacity of 10KG. Users could remove the laptop tray to mount an extra monitor. Both arm lengths are 410mm.
- ADJUSTABLE: This laptop monitor stand is mounted on a sturdy column and height adjustable: the distance from the VESA-Plate to the desktop can be adjusted from 0 to 43.4 cm. Place your two monitors at different heights. Each arm has 2 joints that can be rotated 180 . The VESA plate can be swiveled 360 rotated 360 and tilted from + 90 to - 90 for superb flexibility.
- ERGONOMIC: Holds monitor and laptop to conveniently spare desk space, and to increase your productivity. The VESA board is detachable for easy installation. This design allows you to choose the correct position, and to reduce neck and eye strain.
- FEATURES: Integrated cable management, keeping your desk clean and tidy; storage slot for Allen keys; venting holes to keep your laptop cool; Rustproofed copper washers for lifetime use.
- INSTALLATION: Includes all related accessories and manuals. The installation can be completed in 10 minutes. 2 methods of installation:
- 1) Desk clamp: heavy-duty 'C' clamp offers supreme stability, keeping your screen fixed firmly and safely in place;
- 2) Grommet base install
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT DIMENSION: Laptop Tray 35.5 x 30cm Monitor Arm: 41 x 33cm
What's in the box: 1 x Dual Monitor Mount in a flat pack
- DURABILITY: This heavy-duty swivel monitor wall mount is made with premium reinforced compressed steel to hold LED, LCD, and OLED screen TVs up to 20kg. This TV mount fits solid concrete walls or wood stud installation.
- SPACE SAVING: Our TV bracket support extends out to 380mm from the wall so you can pull out your TV to the perfect position when needed. It retracts 65mm to the wall to save space in your living room while giving you a slim, sleek appearance.
- TILTING DESIGN: This TV Wall Bracket features +5/-10 tilting, +/-90 swivel (maximum swivel angle depends on TV size), and 360 rotation adjustment, offering maximum flexibility for optimal viewing angles.
- UNIVERSAL TV BRACKET: This TV mount fits most 13" to 42" TVs with a capacity of up to 20 kg. Removable extender TV brackets for different combinations achieve a one-stop solution for most medium TVs or Monitors compatible VESA plate fits VESA mounting holes spacing of 200x200/200x100/100x200/100x100mm.
- EASY INSTALLATION: This TV wall mount provides all required mounting hardware and a detailed graphical installation guide; a bubble level and 3 cable ties are included, making it quick and easy for you to install the TV bracket, usually within 20 minutes.
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Alloy Steel
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Rotate, Swivel, Tilt
What's in the box: 1 x TV Wall Mount Bracket in a flat pack, Free Cable Ties
FIT FULL-SIZE KEYBOARD: This 540mm Extra Long wood monitor riser stand is made of
premium eco-friendly MDF wood without any air pollution. Unique and smart design with 2 tiers, Max Holding Capacity 30kg. We using professional craftsman who exquisitely polished & painting finish for a long-lasting life. Our monitor stand for desk is perfect for use as a desktop stand, laptop stand, PS4 monitor stand or computer stand.
PHONE HOLDER: Cell phone holder will free your hands to make work easier.
CABLE MANAGEMENT: Our monitor stand rise comes with cable management slots that can make your cord stay organized.
ERGONOMIC DESIGN: A stiff or painful neck is a common complaint among over 90%
computer workers, our ergonomic computer monitor stand (Measuring 142mm in height) to keep your screen at a comfortable eye-level height, effectively improve posture to relieve eyestrain and prevent back & neck pain throughout the workdays.
HIGH-GRADE & ECO-FRIENDLY: Made of eco-friendly & quality matte MDF material (12mm thickness) by professional craftsman. With the exquisitely polished and smooth surface, the flat edges, and odourless properties, this wooden monitor riser offers you a stylish and durable computer monitor riser without any air pollution.
GOOD WEIGHT CAPACITY & MULTI-USE: Unique and smart design with 2 tiers (Max Holding Capacity 40KG, Top shelf 20 Kgs, Bottom Shelf 15Kgs), the enhanced 4 non-slip pads to keep stable, a slot for smartphone, a hub for cable management and the space-saving keyboard slide underneath, our monitor stand bring you a neat desktop at home/office/living room/bedroom, perfect for using as a desktop stand, laptop stand, PS4 monitor stand or a computer stand.
EASY TO ASSEMBLE & CLEAN: 5 STEPS (screw the 4 pics boards together) to assemble with the easy-to-follow instructions in 3 minutes. PLS use the soft cloth to clean it and bring you abrand-new look.
SPACE SAVING: State-of-the-art space management system brings more available space than traditional monitor stand, as well as a nice appearance for your office. The monitor shelf provides enough area for storing laptops, keyboards, wireless mice, and daily necessities to keep your desktop tidy.
A GREAT GIFT IDEA: An ideal gift for computer workers with exquisite packaging. Supporting by the comfort brought by our computer monitor stand, they will be impressed by your caring and improve the work efficiency.
Colour - Black
Material - MDF
Item Weight - 3.18 Kgs
Item Dimensions - LXWXH 54 x 25.5 x 14.2 centimetres
What's in the box
• 1 x 2 Tier Desk Top Monitor, with smart phone holder and cable management
EU/US Brand Bontec Home & Office Mobile TV Stand; Portable Stand with Shelf; Max VESA 600x400mm; Capacity 40kg
- COMPATIBILITY: This Floor TV stand with mount fits most TVs from 30" to 70" with a maximum load capacity of 40 kg (88 lbs); Compliant to VESA patterns 75x75 /100x100 /200x100/ 200x200/ 200x300/300x300/300x400/400x200/400x300/400x400/600x400; It is suitable for most TV brands on the market such as LG, Electronics, Sony, Sharp, Panasonic, Philips, Vizomax, Cello, Bush, Blaupunkt, JVC, Hitachi, Hisense, etc.
- SWIVEL & HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE: Mount bracket swivels left and right 37 to provide a wide-range viewing angle; 6 levels of height adjustment to meet your different TV size or seating height requirements, with three levels of height adjustment for the central column, each by 4cm and two levels of height adjustment for the mounting arms, each by 5mm height, can be adjusted by 50 mm
- SHELF STORAGE: The TV stand features 2 tempered glass shelves which measure 550 x 350mm and 380 x 250mm respectively, and can hold up to 60/10 kg audio visual accessories such as DVD/Blu-ray players, cable boxes, consoles, etc. All components are anti-rust-treated
- CABLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM: Two integrated cable management clips together with 2 cable holes on the support pillar help organize messy cables, making the entertainment unit neat; 6 anti-slip rubber feet ensure stability and protect your floor from scratches
- EASY TO ASSEMBLE: Comes with all necessary hardware and installation instructions. No need to drill into your wall; install the TV stand quickly and easily. Do not use the electric drill for the screws on the glass
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 131 x 64 x 55 cm
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Swivel
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Alloy Steel
MOUNTING TYPE: Floor Mount
What's in the box
- 1 x Floor TV Stand
EU/US Brand Bontec Table Desk Pedestal TV Stand Tabletop Screen Monitor Riser for 22"-65"; VESA 800x400mm
- TV COMPATIBILITY: Fits most 22 27 30 32 37 40 42 47 50 55 60 63 65 flat screen TVs with VESA mounting hole patterns between 50mm x 50mm and 800mm x 400mm with a maximum load capacity of 50 kg (110 lbs)
- 2 INSTALLATION SOLUTIONS: Middle section unscrews to provide a perfect solution for smaller TVs (22" with max. VESA size of 400 x 200 mm). Please note: If your TV screen is less than 300 mm in height, the TV mounting arms may protrude from behind the TV
- 3 TYPES OF HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT: Features 3 levels of height adjustment, each height can be adjusted by 60mm for the optimal viewing position
- LOW-PROFILE & SPACE-SAVING DESIGN: The space between two legs provides perfect placement for audio equipment or accessories; sturdy steel construction with two-leg system allows for high stability and durability; bottom pads prevent surface scratching
- EASY TO ASSEMBLE: Delivery includes all the necessary hardware and easy-to-follow installation instructions.
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Alloy Steel
What's in the box
- 1 x TV Stand
- DURABILITY: This flat TV wall bracket can support TVs up to 55kg without bending as it is constructed with premium cold rolled steel materials with a durable black powder-coated finish, making it extremely sturdy and durable, holding your TV stably and securely. Anti-rust coating and strong buckles improve durability
- SPACE SAVING: Mount your TV to the wall and get a flush finish by concealing your socket with the middle hollow section. Low profile, slim design projects just 30mm from the wall for a slim, clean appearance
- UNIVERSAL TV BRACKET: Our slim TV wall mount fits most 26'' -65'' LED, LCD, 3D, Curved, Plasma, QLED, OLED, Flat Screen TVs, compatible VESA holes: 400x400 / 400x300 / 400x200 / 300x300 / 300x200 / 200 x 300/200x200 / 200x100 / 100x100 / 75x75mm. Please confirm the VESA, weight, and size specification of your TV before purchasing
- TILTING DESIGN FOR CUSTOMISING VIEWING EXPERIENCE: This TV wall bracket comes with a tilt feature that allows you to tilt downward 10 for both optimum experience and improved health by offering the most comfortable position and reducing glare and neck/eye strain BONTEC - A Pioneer in the TV and Monitor Mount Field in the UK/US/EU & Japan
- BONTEC is a brand dedicated to the field of TV and monitor mounts. BONTEC has been committed to providing high-quality mounting solutions for the global market. Its primary sales markets include Europe, the United States, and Japan, making it a well-loved brand in these regions.
- EASY INSTALLATION: The simple 3-step installation design allows quick and easy installation within minutes, even for a novice! During installation, your TV will be fixed on the plate automatically. Pull the buckle to release the TV in seconds if required. This TV wall bracket comes with all the necessary fixtures, tools, and detailed graphic instructions to help you install it. Installation video is also available in location 7 in the pictures. This TV wall bracket is not suitable for plasterboard walls.
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 44 x 42 x 191cm | Wall distance 3 cm, Maximum Tilt Angle 10 degree
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Alloy Steel
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Tilt, Fixed
MOUNTING TYPE: Wall Mount
BRAND: BONTEC
TV size: 65 Inches
Min/Max compatible size: 26 Inches - 65 inches
Compatible devices: Monitors, Televisions
Min/Max tilt angle: 0 -10 Degrees Wall distance: 3 cm; Product weight 1.4 Kgs VESA: 75x75mm-400x400mm
What's in the box: 1 x TV Wall Mount Bracket in a flat pack
- DURABILITY: Constructed from reinforced cold-rolled steel finished with a black powder coat, this TV Wall Bracket is extremely sturdy and durable. Rust-resistant technology and steel-made buckles for long-time use.
- SPACE SAVING: Mount your TV to the wall and get a flush finish by concealing your socket with the middle hollow section. Low profile, slim design projects just 38mm from the wall for a slim, clean appearance
- TILTING DESIGN: Our TV Wall Mount comes with a tilt feature that allows you to tilt between 1 and -8, so you can choose the most comfortable position while reducing glare and neck/eye strain.
- UNIVERSAL TV BRACKET: Our TV bracket fits most 37'' - 82'' flat & curved TVs weighing up to 60kg; Compatible VESA holes: 600x400/400x400/400x300/400x200/300x300/300x200/200x200/200x100mm. Please confirm the VESA, Weight, and Size specification of your TV before purchasing.
- EASY INSTALLATION: This 82" TV wall bracket has an automatic locking system to easily lock and quickly release your TV. The TV Wall Mount comes with 5 x cable ties, bubble level, easy-to-understand instructions, and all the necessary product fixtures.
SUGGESTED SCREEN SIZE: 37-82 inches
VESA PATTERNS: 200x100mm-600x400mm
PRODUCT CAPACITY: 60kg
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Alloy Steel
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Tilt (up/down):+1 ~ -8
WALL DISTANCE: 3.8cm
What's in the box: 1 x TV Wall Mount Bracket in a flat pack (Add Spirit level and 5 cable Ties)
Home & Office Extendable Adjustable Ergonomic Arm Rest Support for Desk Armrest Pad Rotating Wrist Rest Holder
- HEALTH PROTECTOR: This mechanical wrist rest can help to reduce pain and soreness caused by carpal tunnel syndrome in the wrist, arm, shoulder, and neck of those doing repetitive computer work.
- ERGONOMIC DESIGN: This armrest is flexible and can rotate by 360 degrees with its holder extending to 342mm to facilitate the most comfortable angle for you. Set it 72mm higher than the desktop on both sides of your computer desk for maximum benefit.
- STURDY & DURABLE: The aluminum construction makes it light and easy to use, while its 4mm steel C-clamp makes it sturdy and durable. It boasts a high load capacity of 12kg, reducing elbow pressure by up to 90%. Additionally, its firm tray with a soft cover can help reduce friction and avoid injuries to your elbow joints.
- EASE OF USE: Install the armrest directly onto desks of less than 55 mm thickness. Not suitable for desks with excessive edge gradients or raised decorative strips. Not suitable for installation on desks of fragile materials like MDF and glass.
- COMFORTABLE: This armrest is a thoughtful gift for anyone who would benefit from an increase in work comfort and efficiency.
PRODUCT COLOR: BLACK
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 42.25 x 6 x 11cm, MATERIAL: ALUMINIUM; SUITABLE FOR DESK: WITH 60MM THICKNESS; TOTAL LENGTH: 422.5MM WITH HOLDER EXTENDING TO 342MM; DESK ARM WEIGHT CAPACITY: 12 KGS; ITEM WEIGHT 1.6kGS
What's in the box
- 1 x Arm Rest Pad
BONTEC Ergonomics Desk Extender Tray – Adjustable, Foldable Arm Rest Shelf for Enhanced Workspace Comfort
Elevate your workspace ergonomics with the BONTEC Ergonomics Desk Extender Tray. Designed to provide additional support and comfort, this versatile accessory transforms your desk into a more functional and organized environment.
Key Features:
-
Ergonomic Design: This desk extender tray extends from your desk, fully supporting and relaxing your arm to improve work conditions. Repeated improvements have been adopted to find the optimum ergonomic solution, greatly relieving pain in the neck, shoulder, arm, and wrist, and reducing the pressure on the elbow by up to 90%.
-
Adjustable Double C-Clamp: Equipped with adjustable double C-clamps, this tray is compatible with desks up to 112mm thick. The outer sides of the extender tray are rounded, protecting users from scratches. The black textured finish looks appealing while its anti-wear waterproof surface makes it easy to clean.
-
90° Foldable Design: The tray is 90° foldable, allowing you to save space and store it easily when not in use. This feature is particularly beneficial for users with limited desk space.
-
Premium Materials: Crafted from high-quality MDF and anti-rust steel with a coating, this desk extender tray is environmentally friendly, durable, and odor-free. Its sturdy structure can securely hold up to 15kg.
- Easy Installation: Pre-assembled, this arm rest requires only tightening four screws, taking just a minute to install. The manual knob allows for quick installation and disassembly, enabling easy conversion between different usage scenarios. Non-hole installation avoids damaging your desktop, ensuring a clean and professional aesthetic.
Product Specifications:
- Support Board Size: 510mm x 240mm
- Weight Capacity: Up to 15kg
- Desk Thickness Compatibility: Up to 112mm
- Foldable Angle: 90°
- Material: MDF and anti-rust steel with coating
- Color Options: Black, White, Rustic Brown
Ideal For:
- Home Offices: Enhance comfort during long working hours.
- Gamers: Reduce arm and wrist strain during extended gaming sessions.
- Students: Provide additional support for study materials and devices.
- Professionals: Create a more organized and ergonomic workspace.
Transform your desk into a more ergonomic and organized space with the BONTEC Ergonomics Desk Extender Tray. Its adjustable features, sturdy construction, and integrated storage solutions make it an essential addition to any workspace.
- STURDY: Strong steel double arm desk mount - mounts two screens side by side to conveniently free up desk space. Holds two 13"-27" TVs or monitors with a maximum load capacity of 10 kg for each arm
- COMPATIBILITY: Fits all flat screen monitors and TVs with VESA sizes of 75x75 mm or 100x100 mm (Please ensure your screen is compatible with this mount's MAX VESA by checking the manual or by measuring the distance between the 4 holes on the rear of the screen); VESA plates are quick fit and detachable for easy installation
- TILT & SWIVEL: Featuring +90 /-90 tilt, 180 swivel, and 360 rotation for superb flexibility; Maximum arm extension length of 430 mm, height adjustable for optimum viewing angle; perfect for multitaskers, designers, programmers, and gamers alike
- FEATURES: Concealed wiring design, keeping your desk tidy and clean; Storage slot for Allen keys. Comes complete with instructions plus all fixtures and fittings needed for simple installation
- INSTALLATION:
1) Desk clamp: heavy-duty 'C' clamp (fits desk thickness between 10mm and 100mm) offers supreme stability, keeping your screen fixed firmly and safely in place;
2) Grommet base install: fits desks with bolt-through hole (hole diameter supports min.10mm-max.100mm); the grommet base supports desk thickness from 10mm to 85mm
PRODUCT COLOR: White
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Alloy Steel
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Rotate, Swivel, Tilt, Fixed
What's in the box: 1 x Dual Monitor Stand in a flat pack
Electric height adjustable standing desk 120x60cm with dual motors, LED display and 3 memory presets
Transform your workspace with the BONTEC Dual Motor Electric Height Adjustable Standing Desk. This complete sit-stand solution combines a reinforced metal frame with a 120x60cm tabletop, shipped in two separate boxes for safer handling. Designed for home offices, spare bedrooms, and dedicated workspaces, this ergonomic standing desk helps you move effortlessly between sitting and standing positions throughout your workday. Experience improved posture, reduced fatigue, and enhanced productivity with intelligent dual-motor technology.
Why You'll Love This Standing Desk
Effortless Height Transitions for All-Day Comfort
Switch between sitting and standing in seconds with smooth electric adjustment from 72cm to 120cm. The dual-motor system delivers faster, more balanced lifting compared to single-motor alternatives, allowing you to respond to your body's needs throughout long work sessions. Your workspace adapts to you, reducing lower back strain and keeping you energized from morning coffee to evening wrap-up.
Smart Memory System Eliminates Daily Adjustments
Program your three ideal desk heights into the LED control panel and recall them with a single button press. Morning emails at sitting height, afternoon video calls at standing height, late-day creative work at your preferred middle position. The desk remembers your settings so you spend less time adjusting and more time working. Real-time height display shows exact measurements during transitions.
Anti-Collision Protection Safeguards Your Setup
Built-in sensors detect resistance during height changes and automatically stop desk movement, protecting monitors, equipment, and surrounding furniture. The safety system activates when the desk encounters obstacles, preventing damage to valuable electronics or wall-mounted items. Work with confidence knowing your multi-monitor setup, desktop tower, and accessories remain secure during every adjustment.
Whisper-Quiet Operation for Focused Environments
Dual motors operate at minimal noise levels, making height adjustments discreet during video conferences, calls, or when others are working nearby. The smooth, silent lifting mechanism prevents disruptions in shared home spaces or during recorded content creation. Transition positions without drawing attention or interrupting your workflow.
Professional Strength for Complete Workstation Setups
The reinforced metal frame supports up to 100kg evenly distributed across the 120x60cm surface, accommodating dual monitors, desktop computers, audio equipment, and office accessories. Heavy-duty construction eliminates wobbling at full extension, providing stable support for typing, drawing, or precision work. Build your complete productivity station without weight limitations holding you back.
Integrated Storage Keeps Essentials Within Reach
Built-in desk hooks provide convenient hanging storage for headphones, bags, cables, or accessories, keeping your desktop surface clear and organized. Position frequently used items within arm's reach without cluttering your primary work area. Maximize your 120x60cm workspace while maintaining easy access to everyday essentials.
Key Features
Advanced Lifting System
- Dual electric motors: Independent motors on each leg provide synchronized, balanced height adjustment
- Adjustment speed: Smooth transitions without jerky movements or delays
- Height memory function: Three programmable presets stored in control panel memory
- Digital readout: LED display shows real-time height measurement during adjustments
- Touch controls: Responsive up and down buttons with preset recall function
Safety and Stability
- Anti-collision detection: Automatic stop function when resistance detected during movement
- Overload protection: System prevents operation beyond safe weight capacity
- Anti-slip foot pads: Secure floor contact prevents movement during use
- Reinforced frame joints: Welded construction points for enhanced structural integrity
- Stable at full extension: No wobbling or shaking when raised to maximum height
Adjustability and Compatibility
- Height range: 72cm to 120cm suits users from 150cm to 195cm tall
- Desktop dimensions: 120cm wide x 60cm deep provides ample work surface
- Frame width compatibility: Accommodates various tabletop sizes and shapes
- Universal design: Works with standard office chairs and monitor arms
- Flexible positioning: Place in corner setups, against walls, or as freestanding station
Construction and Materials
- Engineered wood tabletop: 2.5cm thick laminated surface resists scratches and moisture
- Powder-coated metal frame: Corrosion-resistant black finish maintains appearance
- Steel leg construction: Heavy-gauge metal provides long-term durability
- Quality hardware: Industrial-grade fasteners ensure secure assembly
- Modern aesthetic: Clean lines and matte black finish suit any décor
Practical Accessories
- Integrated desk hooks: Metal hooks support headphones, bags, or cable organizers
- Cable management ready: Frame design accommodates cable trays and routing clips
- Tool-free adjustments: Height changes require no additional equipment
- Compact footprint: 120x60cm surface fits standard home office spaces
- Easy-clean surface: Laminated tabletop wipes clean with damp cloth
Technical Specifications
Tabletop Specifications
- Dimensions: 120W x 60D x 2.5H cm
- Material: Engineered Wood
- Finish: Laminated
- Colour: Black
- Style: Modern
- Surface Type: Scratch-resistant laminate
- Edge Profile: Straight cut with protective edge banding
Desk Frame Specifications
- Brand: BONTEC
- Motor Type: Dual Electric Motors
- Material: Powder-coated Metal
- Colour: Black
- Frame Weight: 18 kg
- Height Adjustment Range: 72cm to 120cm
- Adjustment Speed: 3.8cm per second
- Maximum Load Capacity: 100 kg (evenly distributed)
- Noise Level: Under 50 dB
- Control Type: LED Digital Panel
- Memory Presets: 3 programmable positions
- Safety Features: Anti-collision detection, overload protection
- Foot Type: Anti-slip adjustable feet
- Power Supply: AC adapter included
Packaging Information
- Total Product Weight: 29 kg
- Box 1 (Frame): 18 kg
- Box 2 (Tabletop): 11 kg
- Ships in: 2 separate boxes
Compatibility
- User Height Range: 150cm to 195cm
- Suitable Tabletop Sizes: 100cm to 160cm wide, 60cm to 80cm deep
- Floor Types: Carpet, tile, hardwood, laminate
- Power Requirements: Standard wall outlet
- Assembly Level: Moderate (tools included)
The BONTEC Advantage
Engineered for Reliability
BONTEC dual-motor systems undergo rigorous testing cycles to ensure consistent performance across thousands of daily adjustments. Each motor operates independently while maintaining synchronized movement, delivering balanced lifting power that single-motor designs cannot match. Quality control standards verify smooth operation before shipping.
Designed for Real Workspaces
The 120x60cm surface provides genuine working room for dual monitors, keyboards, notebooks, and accessories without cramping your setup. BONTEC prioritizes practical dimensions over compact sizes, giving you space to spread out documents, reference materials, or creative tools during focused work sessions.
Safety-First Engineering
Anti-collision sensors protect your investment by detecting obstacles before damage occurs. The system distinguishes between normal resistance and genuine obstructions, stopping movement when necessary while allowing smooth transitions during regular use. BONTEC builds protection into every height adjustment.
Dual Motors Deliver Superior Performance
Two independent motors provide faster height changes and better weight distribution compared to single-motor alternatives. The dual-motor configuration reduces strain on individual components, extending operational lifespan while maintaining smooth, controlled movement under full load conditions.
Complete Solution Package
BONTEC includes everything needed for immediate setup: pre-assembled frame components, matching tabletop, LED controller, desk hooks, hardware kit, and detailed instructions. No separate tabletop purchase required. No compatibility guesswork. Build your standing desk in one assembly session.
Responsive Control System
The LED panel responds instantly to button presses, providing tactile feedback and visual confirmation of height changes. Clear numeric display eliminates guessing about current desk height, while memory buttons recall saved positions with single-touch convenience.
Perfect For
Remote Professionals Working From Home
Transform your spare bedroom, home office, or dedicated workspace into an ergonomic command center. Switch between sitting and standing during video conferences, client calls, or deep focus sessions. The 100kg capacity supports multiple monitors, desktop computers, and professional audio equipment, while quiet operation keeps background noise minimal during virtual meetings. Program your preferred sitting height for morning emails, standing height for afternoon presentations, and mid-range position for creative work.
Content Creators and Streamers
Build your production station with room for streaming equipment, microphone arms, camera mounts, and dual monitor setups. Stand during energetic broadcasts, sit for editing sessions, and adjust positions throughout marathon streaming days. The anti-collision system protects expensive recording gear during height changes, while desk hooks keep headphones and cables organized. Stable construction eliminates desk movement during animated gestures or keyboard use.
Developers and Designers
Code for hours without postural fatigue by alternating between sitting and standing positions. The 120x60cm surface accommodates your laptop, external monitors, mechanical keyboard, graphics tablet, and reference materials. Memory presets let you switch instantly between your debugging posture, design review stance, and collaborative sitting height. Solid construction prevents screen wobble during typing-intensive sessions or precision design work.
Students and Researchers
Tackle long study sessions, thesis writing, or research projects without back pain limiting your productivity. Spread textbooks, notes, and laptop across the full 120x60cm surface while adjusting height as fatigue sets in. Stand during reading-heavy periods, sit for detailed writing, and change positions during virtual lectures. The desk grows with you from undergraduate assignments through graduate research and beyond.
Creative Professionals and Freelancers
Adapt your workspace to different creative tasks throughout the day. Sit for detailed illustration work, stand during client video calls, adjust to comfortable heights for photo editing or writing sessions. The sturdy frame eliminates wobbling during drawing or digital painting, while ample surface area accommodates tablets, reference images, color charts, and project materials. Program heights optimized for different creative activities.
Corporate Employees with Hybrid Schedules
Maintain ergonomic consistency between office and home setups with adjustable height control. Match your corporate standing desk configuration when working from home, reducing postural adjustment stress across location changes. Professional appearance suits video conferences with colleagues, while reliable performance handles daily transitions between workspaces.
Work Healthier, Feel Better
Reduce Lower Back Strain and Spinal Pressure
Prolonged sitting compresses spinal discs and strains lumbar muscles, leading to chronic discomfort and reduced mobility. Standing periodically throughout your workday redistributes pressure away from your lower spine, allowing muscles to engage naturally and discs to decompress. The 72cm to 120cm height range accommodates proper ergonomic positioning for your specific body proportions, ensuring your monitor sits at eye level and your keyboard rests at comfortable elbow height whether sitting or standing.
Combat Circulation Issues and Reduce Fatigue
Extended sitting restricts blood flow to lower extremities, causing leg fatigue, swollen ankles, and reduced oxygen delivery to working muscles. Alternating between sitting and standing positions activates leg muscles, promoting healthy circulation and preventing the sluggish feeling associated with sedentary work. Regular position changes maintain energy levels throughout afternoon hours when fatigue typically peaks.
Improve Posture and Prevent Forward Head Position
Desk work encourages forward head posture, rounded shoulders, and collapsed chest position, creating neck tension and breathing restrictions. Standing naturally engages core muscles and encourages upright spinal alignment, countering the slouched position many workers adopt when seated. The memory preset system makes position changes effortless, encouraging frequent postural variation that prevents muscle imbalances from developing.
Increase Daily Movement and Caloric Expenditure
Standing burns additional calories compared to sitting, contributing to weight management goals without requiring dedicated exercise time. Small movements while standing, such as weight shifting, pacing, or stretching, further increase energy expenditure throughout your workday. The desk makes movement feel natural rather than forced, integrating activity into your routine without disrupting workflow.
Enhance Focus and Mental Clarity
Physical position changes stimulate alertness and cognitive function, combating the mental fog associated with prolonged sitting. Standing during phone calls, brainstorming sessions, or afternoon tasks provides a natural energy boost without relying on caffeine. The ability to adjust your workspace to match your mental state creates an environment responsive to your productivity needs.
Prevent Chronic Pain Development
Addressing ergonomic issues early prevents minor discomfort from progressing into chronic pain conditions requiring medical intervention. Adjustable height functionality allows you to respond immediately when discomfort begins, rather than enduring poor positioning until pain becomes severe. Proactive ergonomic control reduces long-term healthcare costs and maintains career longevity.
Installation & Maintenance
Assembly Process
Step 1: Unpack and Organize Components
Open both boxes in your designated workspace. Lay out the frame components, tabletop, hardware kit, LED controller, desk hooks, and instruction manual. Verify all parts against the included checklist. Keep small hardware pieces in a container to prevent loss during assembly. Estimated time: 5 minutes.
Step 2: Assemble the Frame Base
Attach the crossbar supports between the two motor-equipped legs using the provided bolts and Allen key. Tighten connections firmly but avoid over-torquing. Ensure the frame sits level on your floor surface. Adjust the foot pads if needed to compensate for uneven flooring. Estimated time: 10 minutes.
Step 3: Mount the LED Control Panel
Connect the control panel cable to the designated port on the motor assembly. Position the controller on your preferred side of the desk (typically right side for right-handed users). The controller attaches using the included mounting bracket or adhesive pad. Test button responsiveness before proceeding. Estimated time: 5 minutes.
Step 4: Attach the Tabletop
Place the tabletop face-down on a protected surface (blanket or cardboard). Position the assembled frame upside-down on the underside of the tabletop, centering it for balanced weight distribution. Mark screw positions, then secure the frame using wood screws from the hardware kit. Verify all mounting points are tight. Estimated time: 15 minutes.
Step 5: Install Desk Hooks and Cable Management
Attach desk hooks to the frame using the hook mounting hardware. Position hooks where you will hang headphones, bags, or accessories. Install any cable management clips along the frame legs to route the power cord and peripheral cables neatly. Estimated time: 5 minutes.
Step 6: Power Connection and Testing
Carefully flip the assembled desk right-side-up (two-person lift recommended for safety). Position the desk in your workspace. Connect the power adapter to the motor assembly and plug into a wall outlet. Test height adjustment using the up and down buttons. Program your three memory presets at your preferred heights. Test anti-collision function by placing a book under the desk during lowering. Estimated time: 10 minutes.
Total Assembly Time: 45 to 60 minutes
Tools Required: All tools included in hardware kit
Assistance Recommended: Two people for flipping assembled desk
Skill Level: Moderate (no specialized knowledge required)
Maintenance Guidelines
Clean the tabletop weekly with a soft, damp cloth to remove dust and fingerprints. Avoid harsh chemical cleaners or abrasive materials on the laminated surface. Wipe the metal frame monthly to maintain the powder-coated finish. Check mounting bolts quarterly to ensure connections remain tight. Test the anti-collision system monthly by placing an object under the desk during height adjustment. Lubrication of moving parts is not required due to sealed motor construction.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Is this desk shipped fully assembled or does assembly require tools?
A: The desk arrives unassembled in two separate boxes. Assembly requires approximately 45 to 60 minutes and all necessary tools are included in the hardware kit. No specialized equipment is needed. Two people are recommended when flipping the desk after tabletop attachment.
Q: What happens if the two boxes arrive on different days?
A: This is normal. The frame and tabletop ship separately for safer handling and reduced shipping damage risk. One box contains the metal frame and motors (18kg), while the second contains the tabletop (11kg). Both boxes are required for complete assembly.
Q: How do I know if the desk will fit my height?
A: The 72cm to 120cm height range accommodates users between 150cm and 195cm tall. When seated, your elbows should form a 90-degree angle with forearms parallel to the floor. When standing, the desk should position your keyboard at or slightly below elbow height with arms relaxed at your sides.
Q: Does the desk wobble when raised to maximum height?
A: No. The dual-motor design and reinforced frame provide stable support even at full 120cm extension. Anti-slip foot pads prevent movement during use. Wobbling typically indicates uneven floor surfaces, which the adjustable feet compensate for during setup.
Q: How much weight does the desk support when raised?
A: The desk supports up to 100kg evenly distributed across the tabletop at any height. This accommodates dual monitors, desktop computers, printers, and standard office equipment. Concentrate heavy items toward the center rather than at edges for optimal stability.
Q: How loud is the motor during height adjustment?
A: The dual motors operate under 50 decibels, similar to quiet conversation level. The sound is noticeable but not disruptive during video calls or when others work nearby. Adjustment takes seconds, minimizing any brief noise.
Q: Does the desk remember height settings after being unplugged?
A: Yes. The three memory presets remain stored in the control panel even when power is disconnected. You do not need to reprogram your preferred heights after moving the desk or during power outages.
Q: Will the anti-collision system stop the desk if I place my hand underneath?
A: Yes. The anti-collision sensors detect resistance from any obstacle, including hands, furniture, or equipment. The desk stops immediately when resistance is detected during height changes. This feature prevents injury and protects surrounding items.
Q: Does the desk work with monitor arms or additional accessories?
A: Yes. The 2.5cm thick tabletop supports clamp-on monitor arms, keyboard trays, and desk accessories. Standard C-clamps fit the desktop edge. Ensure your monitor arm's weight capacity aligns with your equipment weight for secure mounting.
Q: What type of floor surfaces does the desk work on?
A: The anti-slip foot pads work on carpet, tile, hardwood, laminate, and concrete floors. The adjustable feet compensate for minor floor unevenness. Avoid placing the desk on soft surfaces like thick rugs where the feet sink and compromise stability.
Q: Does the desk require special electrical requirements?
A: No. The desk operates on standard household power through an included AC adapter. Simply plug into any accessible wall outlet. The power cable routes along the frame legs using included cable clips for neat appearance.
Q: What should I do if the desk stops responding to controls?
A: First, verify the power connection is secure at both the wall outlet and the motor connection point. Check that the control panel cable is firmly attached. If issues persist, unplug the desk for 30 seconds, then reconnect power to reset the system.
Q: How do I program the memory presets?
A: Adjust the desk to your desired height using the up or down buttons. Press and hold one of the three memory buttons (1, 2, or 3) until you hear a beep or see a confirmation on the LED display. The height is now saved. Repeat for your other two preferred heights.
Q: Does the desk come with warranty or support?
A: BONTEC provides customer support for assembly assistance and product concerns. Contact information is included in your package. Refer to the warranty documentation in your package for specific coverage terms and duration.
Q: Does the desk fit through standard doorways during assembly?
A: Yes. The frame ships disassembled and the tabletop measures 120x60cm, which fits through standard doorways. Assemble the desk in the room where you plan to use it, as the completed desk is bulky and heavy to move through doorways.
Note: Decorative items, monitors, computers, and accessories shown in product images are not included with purchase.
Upgrade Your Workspace Today
Stop accepting back pain, afternoon fatigue, and static positioning as unavoidable parts of desk work. The BONTEC Dual Motor Electric Height Adjustable Standing Desk gives you control over your physical comfort and productivity throughout every workday. Dual motors deliver the smooth, reliable performance you need for thousands of daily adjustments. The LED control panel with three memory presets removes friction from position changes, encouraging frequent movement. Anti-collision protection safeguards your equipment investment while the 100kg capacity supports your complete professional setup.
Your home workspace deserves the same ergonomic quality found in modern corporate offices. Build your productivity station with confidence, knowing the 120x60cm surface provides genuine working room for multiple monitors, peripherals, and project materials. Whether you work from a dedicated office, spare bedroom, or multi-purpose space, this standing desk adapts to your environment and your body.
Transform your relationship with desk work. Choose BONTEC for intelligent ergonomic design.
IMPORTANT NOTICES
Assembly Notice: The stability, durability, and structural integrity of this product depends entirely on correct assembly. Follow all instructions carefully and ensure all screws, bolts, fasteners, and components are properly tightened and securely connected according to manufacturer specifications. Incorrect assembly results in product failure, damage, or injury. If you are unsure about proper assembly or installation, consult a qualified installer or handyman.
Weight Distribution Warning: Distribute weight evenly across the tabletop surface. Do not overload beyond the 100kg maximum capacity. Concentrate heavy items toward the center rather than edges.
Shipping Notice: This product ships in two separate boxes which arrive at different times. Box 1 contains the frame and motors. Box 2 contains the tabletop. Both boxes are required for assembly.
Need Help? If you experience difficulties during installation, contact BONTEC customer support using the information provided in your package. The support team assists with assembly questions or product concerns.
Please Note: The final product finish varies slightly between manufacturing batches. Product colour and finish appearance differ from images due to photography lighting, screen calibration, and camera settings. All products maintain consistent quality standards regardless of minor aesthetic variations. Decorative items shown in images are not included with purchase.
What's in the box
- 1 x Dual Electric Motor Standing Desk
- 1 x Touch Controller
- 1 x Assembly Instruction
EU/US Brand Bontec Single Arm Monitor Desk Mount 13-34" Screen Stand 9 Kg Capacity, Tested for No Drooping
- HIGH QUALITY: After rigorous testing in the research phases, we have selected premium zinc material and a reliable U-shaped joint head structure, which allows the monitor arm to tilt/swivel/rotate smoothly. It fits the monitor screen up to 32 inches with a maximum weight capacity of 9 kg for each arm.
- STURDY: Focusing on the elevating of the strength and stability of our products, the monitor mount comes more sturdy and secure. The monitor arm features a 750 N m built-in gas spring, undergoing a durability test of 30,000 cycles to ensure prolonged support for your monitors.
- COMPATIBILITY & FLEXIBILITY: Our monitor arm is suitable for 13-32 inch screen weighing 2 KG to 9 KG with VESA patterns of 75x75mm and 100x100mm. It allows 90 tilt, 90 swivel adjustment of the U-shaped joint head. The monitor can be adjusted to portrait or landscape position through 360 free rotation. Plus, both the upper arm and the lower arm support a 360 rotation.
- 2 INSTALLATION METHODS: Both C-clamp and grommet mounting are applicable for this product. The recommended thickness of the desk is 10 to 70mm for C-Clamp installation and 10 to 70mm for grommet installation. It frees up a lot of space on your desk to ensure your workstation is spacious and tidy. It also comes with the concealed cable management system to help organize unsightly cables.
- ERGONOMIC: If you spend the whole day before the monitor screen in an incorrect posture, there's a risk of spinal deformation. Our gas spring monitor stand allows you to adjust your sitting posture as you want, seamlessly switching between sitting and standing positions to relieve fatigue.
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 54 x 45 cm
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Rotate, Swivel, Tilt
MOUNTING TYPE: Tabletop Mount
What's in the box
- 1 x Dual Monitor Mount
EU/US Brand Bontec Ergonomic Gas Spring Arm Stand with Cable Management; Tilt, Swivel, Rotation; VESA 75/100mm
- HIGH QUALITY: After rigorous testing in the research phases, we have selected premium zinc material and a reliable U-shaped joint head structure, which allows the monitor arm to tilt/swivel/rotate smoothly. It fits the monitor screen up to 32 inches with a maximum weight capacity of 9 kg for each arm.
- STURDY: Focusing on the elevating of the strength and stability of our products, the monitor mount comes more sturdy and secure. The monitor arm features a 750 N m built-in gas spring, undergoing a durability test of 30,000 cycles to ensure prolonged support for your monitors.
- COMPATIBILITY & FLEXIBILITY: Our monitor arm is suitable for 13-32 inch screens weighing 2 KG to 9 KG with VESA patterns of 75x75mm and 100x100mm. It allows 90 tilt, 90 swivel adjustment of the U-shaped joint head. The monitor can be adjusted to portrait or landscape position through 360 free rotation.
-
2 INSTALLATION METHODS: Both C-clamp and grommet mounting are applicable for this product. The recommended thickness of the desk is 10 to 85mm for C-Clamp installation and 10 to 70mm for grommet installation. It frees up a lot of space on your desk to ensure your workstation is spacious and tidy. It also comes with a concealed cable management system to help organize unsightly cables.
ERGONOMIC: If you spend the whole day before the monitor screen in an incorrect posture, there's a risk of spinal deformation. Our gas spring monitor stand allows you to adjust your sitting posture as you want, seamlessly switching between sitting and standing positions to relieve fatigue.
ATTRIBUTES/KEY SPECIFICATIONS FOR EACH ARM
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 54 x 45 cm
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: TILT: 90 , SWIVEL: 90 , ROTATION: 360
MATERIAL: PREMIUM ZINC-PLATED U-SHAPED JOINT
C-CLAMP MOUNTING: Desk Thickness-10mm-70mm
GROMMET MOUNTING: Desk Thickness-10MM-70MM, HOLE DIAMETER: 10MM-60MM;
EASY TENSION ADJUSTMENT GAS SPRING: DURABLE BULT-IN GAS SPRING FORCE UPTO 750NM
CONCEALED CABLE MANAGEMENT
DETACHABLE VESA PLATE
WEIGHT CAPACITY 9KGS SUPPORT WITHOUT DROOPING
HEIGHT: MAX 695MM
EXTENDABLE DISTANCE: 570MM
MONITOR POSITIONING: ANY HEIGHT, WITHIN THE LIMITS
PREVENT MONITOR RISING: STRESS RELIEVE TO REDUCE TENSION ADJUSTMENT UPTO 14 TURNS MAX 750NM
What's in the box
- 1 x Dual Bontec Monitor Mount Stand with Pole
BONTEC Dual Monitor Stand Riser – Ergonomic, Adjustable, and Space-Saving Desktop Organizer
Elevate your workspace with the BONTEC Dual Monitor Stand Riser, designed to enhance comfort, organization, and productivity. This versatile stand accommodates dual monitors, laptops, printers, and more, supporting up to 20kg.
Key Features:
-
Ergonomic Design: Adjustable to three heights (100mm, 120mm, 140mm), this stand positions your monitors at eye level, reducing neck and back strain.
-
Sturdy & Stable: Crafted from high-quality steel with anti-slip rubber feet, it ensures durability and stability, supporting up to 20kg.
-
Ventilated Mesh Platform: The perforated surface promotes airflow, preventing overheating your devices.
-
Integrated Storage Solutions:
-
- A drawer (255x135mm) for organizing office supplies.
- A drawer (255x135mm) for organizing office supplies.
-
- Cable management hub to keep cords tidy.
- Cable management hub to keep cords tidy.
-
- Pen storage slot for easy access
- Pen storage slot for easy access
-
Easy Assembly: Assemble in under 3 minutes without tools by screwing the 8 legs into the mesh platforms.
- Customizable Setup: Includes three separate units with 100 mesh holes, allowing for adjustable length (736mm to 1030mm) and angle to suit your workspace needs.
Ideal For:
-
Home Offices: Create a comfortable and organized workspace
-
Gaming Stations: Accommodate dual monitors and gaming peripherals.
-
Professional Environments: Enhance productivity with a clutter-free desk.
- Educational Settings: Support multiple devices for teaching or learning purposes.
Product Specifications:
-
Material: Powder-coated steel
-
Weight Capacity: Up to 20kg
-
Adjustable Height: 100mm, 120mm, 140mm
-
Length Range: 736mm to 1030mm
- Drawer Dimensions: 255x135mm
Transform your desk into a more ergonomic and organized space with the BONTEC Dual Monitor Stand Riser. Its adjustable features, sturdy construction, and integrated storage solutions make it an essential addition to any workspace.
- STURDY: The dual monitor stand looks sleek and modern, and you can raise 2 monitors for working, storing, and gaming at the same time. Our dual riser is made of a premium MDF panel with high-quality blister finishing, which can efficiently resist corruption from water and provides a scratch and fingerprint-resistant surface
- ORGANISED: Storage space underneath the desk monitor stand to organize your office supplies and accessories, e.g., files, keyboard, mouse, cup, gaming devices, and other daily supplies. An ideal gift for computer workers with exquisite packaging, not only bringing you comfort but also improving your work productivity
- ADJUSTABLE & ERGONOMIC: The adjustable viewing angle is designed to find the optimum ergonomic height and position for you. This should help you to find a comfortable working position and reduce neck and eye fatigue
- MULTIFUNCTION: A unique slot design can hold your cell phone. An opening below the slot is specially designed for your phone lead, plus there is a cable management hub for cables. Our dual monitor riser brings you a more convenient home and office life
- INSTALLATION: Assembly can be accomplished within 3 minutes. Just use screws to assemble the base shelves together and install the 2 side parts to the middle section. The bottom of the dual monitor stand can prevent skidding while protecting any surface from scratches
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Wood
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 80 x 23.6 x 10.4 centimeters
What's in the box: 1 x Dual Monitor Stand Riser in a flat pack
BONTEC Dual Monitor Wall Mount Adjustable Gas Spring Arm 13-32 Inch VESA
Height Adjustable Gas Spring Arm Tilt, Swivel & Rotate Holds Up to 9kg per Arm VESA 75x75 / 100x100 Compatible
Transform your workspace with the BONTEC Dual Monitor Wall Mount - the perfect solution for South African home offices, gaming setups, and professional workstations. This premium wall-mounted dual-arm system frees up valuable desk space while delivering exceptional ergonomic comfort and full-motion flexibility.
Whether you're working from home in Johannesburg, gaming in Cape Town, or running a business in Durban, this mount gives you the freedom to position your screens exactly where you need them - reducing neck strain, improving posture, and boosting productivity.
Why You'll Love This Monitor Wall Mount
Reclaim Your Desk Space
Mount your monitors directly to the wall and instantly clear your desk of bulky stands and clutter. Perfect for smaller home offices or anyone who wants a cleaner, more professional workspace.
Ergonomic Comfort for Long Work Days
Adjust monitor height, tilt, and angle to match your natural eye level - whether you're sitting or standing. Say goodbye to neck pain, shoulder strain, and poor posture during those long work or gaming sessions.
Ultimate Flexibility for Every Task
Each arm moves independently with full motion control: tilt 35 , swivel 180 , and rotate 360 . Position your screens side by side for spreadsheets, stack them vertically for coding, or angle them for collaboration meetings - you're in complete control.
Smooth, Effortless Movement
Premium gas spring technology means your monitors glide into position with a gentle touch. No jerky movements, no struggling with stiff arms - just smooth, precise adjustments every single time.
Built to Last - Premium Construction
Crafted from aviation-grade aluminum and zinc alloy for maximum strength and durability. The gas spring system has been tested through 30,000 movement cycles to ensure years of reliable performance.
Clean Cable Management
Integrated cable clips keep all your power cords and display cables neatly organized and hidden from view. Maintain that sleek, minimalist look you want in your workspace.
Key Features
Full Motion Adjustability
- Tilt: -35 to +35 for perfect viewing angle
- Swivel: 180 for screen sharing and collaboration
- Rotate: 360 for portrait or landscape orientation
- Height Adjustable: Up to 12.4" vertical range
- Arm Extension: Extends up to 22.2" from wall
Universal Monitor Compatibility
- Screen Size: 13-32 inches (flat or curved monitors)
- Weight Capacity: 9kg (19.8 lbs) per arm
- VESA Mount: 75x75mm / 100x100mm
- Works with most major monitor brands
Premium Build Quality
- Material: Aviation-grade aluminum + zinc alloy frame
- Gas Spring System: 30,000+ cycle tested durability
- U-Shaped Joint: Premium zinc plating for smooth, quiet movement
- Finish: Sleek matte black for professional aesthetics
SA-Compatible Wall Installation
- Mounts to: Brick walls, concrete walls, wood studs
- NOT suitable for: Plasterboard/drywall alone
- Hardware Included: All mounting screws and tools provided
- Cable Management: Built-in clips and channels
Technical Specifications
Specification Details
Mounting Type : Wall Mount (fixed bracket)
Movement Type: Gas Spring with Full Motion (Tilt, Swivel, Rotate)
Compatible Screen Size : 13-32 inches (Flat & Curved)
Weight Capacity : 9kg (19.8 lbs) per arm
VESA Compatibility : 75x75mm / 100x100mm
Tilt Range: -35 to +35
Swivel Range : 180
Rotation: 360 (portrait/landscape)
Height Adjustment : Up to 12.4" (315mm) vertical travel
Arm Extension : Up to 22.2" (564mm) from wall
Minimum Extension: 3.15" (80mm) from wall
Arm Distance : 3.9" (99mm) between arms at center
Maximum Reach : 21.3" (541mm) horizontal span
Material : Aluminum Alloy + Zinc Alloy
Color : Matte Black
Cable Management : Integrated clips and channels
Gas Spring Durability : 30,000+ movement cycles tested
Installation Surface : Brick, Concrete, Wood Studs (NOT plasterboard alone)
The BONTEC Advantage
Ergonomic Engineering
Designed by workspace ergonomics specialists to promote natural posture, reduce eye strain, and minimize neck and shoulder fatigue. Your body will thank you after every work session.
Tested for Durability
Every gas spring undergoes 30,000 motion test cycles before leaving the factory. We don't just claim durability - we prove it through rigorous testing standards.
Sleek, Professional Design
The minimalist matte black finish complements any décor - from modern home offices to industrial loft spaces. It's functional design that actually looks good.
Universal Compatibility
Works seamlessly with Dell, HP, LG, Samsung, BenQ, ASUS, Acer, ViewSonic, and virtually any monitor with VESA mounting holes (75x75mm or 100x100mm).
Perfect for SA Homes & Offices
Designed to mount securely on typical South African wall types: brick walls (most common in SA), concrete walls, and wooden studs. Hardware included for various wall types.
Perfect For Every Setup
Home Office Professionals
Free up desk space for notebooks, coffee, and essentials. Keep your work documents visible on one screen while handling emails and video calls on the other. Perfect for accountants, designers, writers, and remote workers.
Gaming Stations
Create an immersive dual-screen gaming experience with one monitor for gameplay and another for Discord, streaming software, or walkthroughs. Full motion control lets you fine-tune every angle for competitive advantage.
Creative Professionals
Graphic designers, video editors, and content creators need screen real estate. This mount gives you dual monitors at perfect viewing angles for editing timelines, reference images, or color grading panels.
Data Analysts & Traders
Stock traders, financial analysts, and data scientists can monitor multiple dashboards, spreadsheets, and analytics tools simultaneously. The independent arm movement lets you position charts exactly where you need them.
Software Developers & Coders
Code on one screen, debug on another. Or run your IDE on one display and documentation on the other. The portrait rotation feature is perfect for viewing long code files vertically.
Small Business Owners
Run your business more efficiently with separate screens for inventory management, customer communications, accounting software, and admin tasks - all within comfortable viewing range.
Ergonomic Benefits: Work Healthier, Feel Better
Reduce Neck Strain
Position monitors at proper eye level (top of screen at or slightly below eye level) to maintain neutral neck position and prevent the dreaded "tech neck" from hours of screen time.
Improve Posture
Adjustable height and tilt angles encourage you to sit upright with shoulders back, rather than hunching forward toward your screens. Your spine will thank you.
Minimize Eye Fatigue
Set monitors at the optimal distance (50-70cm from eyes) and angle them to reduce glare. Proper positioning reduces eye strain during long work sessions.
Support Sit-Stand Flexibility
Easily adjust monitor height when switching between sitting and standing positions. Encourage movement and posture changes throughout your workday.
Prevent Shoulder Pain
Stop twisting your torso or reaching awkwardly to view off-center screens. Swivel monitors into comfortable positions without straining your shoulders or back.
Installation & Maintenance
Easy 6-Step Installation (Takes ~20 Minutes)
Step 1: Mount the wall bracket securely
- Mark your wall position (ensure it's on a solid surface: brick, concrete, or wood stud)
- Use the included hardware appropriate for your wall type
- Ensure bracket is level before tightening
Step 2: Attach VESA plates to monitor backs
- Remove your monitor stands
- Align VESA plate (75x75mm or 100x100mm) with mounting holes on back of monitors
- Secure with provided screws
Step 3: Hang monitors onto wall bracket arms
- Lift monitor with VESA plate attached
- Hook onto the wall bracket arm
- Ensure secure connection before releasing
Step 4: Adjust gas spring tension
- Use the included hex key to adjust spring tension
- Turn clockwise to increase support (heavier monitors)
- Turn counter-clockwise to decrease support (lighter monitors)
- Test movement until monitors float smoothly at desired height
Step 5: Organize cables with cable clips
- Route power and display cables through integrated channels
- Secure with built-in cable clips
- Keep cables neat and hidden for clean aesthetics
Step 6: Final positioning and angle adjustment
- Tilt monitors to optimal viewing angle
- Swivel into desired position
- Rotate to portrait or landscape as needed
- Enjoy your perfectly positioned dual monitor setup!
What You'll Need:
- Basic drill (for wall installation)
- Appropriate wall anchors (included for most wall types)
- Phillips screwdriver (not included)
- Hex key (included)
- Stud finder (recommended for plasterboard walls with studs)
- Level tool (recommended)
- Approximately 20 minutes of time
Maintenance
Virtually maintenance-free design - simply dust or wipe down with a damp cloth as needed. No oiling or adjustments required. The gas spring system is permanently sealed for lasting performance.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Will this fit curved monitors?
A: Yes! This wall mount supports both flat and curved screens up to 32 inches, as long as they have VESA mounting holes (75x75mm or 100x100mm) and weigh under 9kg per monitor.
Q: How do I know if my monitors are compatible?
A: Check three things: (1) Screen size 13-32 inches, (2) VESA pattern on the back (75x75mm or 100x100mm - most monitors have this), (3) Weight under 9kg per monitor. If all three check out, you're good to go!
Q: Can I mount this on a plasterboard wall?
A: Not recommended for plasterboard (drywall) alone. For safety and stability, this mount should be installed on solid surfaces: brick walls (most common in SA homes), concrete walls, or directly into wooden studs behind plasterboard.
Q: What wall types work in South African homes?
A: Perfect for standard SA construction: brick walls (most common), concrete walls, and wooden studs. Hardware is included for different wall types.
Q: Can I stack the monitors vertically (one above the other)?
A: Yes! The independent arm movement allows you to position one monitor above the other for an efficient dual-display stacked layout.
Q: Can I rotate one monitor to portrait orientation?
A: Absolutely! Each arm rotates 360 , allowing you to use portrait orientation for coding, reading documents, or social media management while keeping the other in landscape mode.
Q: How much weight can each arm hold?
A: Each arm supports up to 9kg (19.8 lbs). Most 32-inch monitors weigh between 4-7kg, so you're well within safe capacity.
Q: Is the gas spring adjustable if my monitors are different weights?
A: Yes! The gas spring tension is adjustable using the included hex key. You can fine-tune each arm to perfectly balance your specific monitor weight for smooth, effortless movement.
Q: Will this work with monitors from different brands?
A: Yes! As long as both monitors have VESA mounting holes (75x75mm or 100x100mm), they'll work together - even if they're different brands, sizes, or models.
Q: How far does the arm extend from the wall?
A: The arms extend up to 22.2 inches (564mm) from the wall at maximum reach, and retract to just 3.15 inches (80mm) at minimum - giving you excellent depth flexibility.
Q: Does it come with all the mounting hardware?
A: Yes! Everything you need is included: wall mounting hardware, VESA plates, screws, hex keys, cable management clips, and detailed installation instructions.
Q: What if I need help with installation?
A: Scan the QR code in your package for direct access to our support team. We're here to help guide you through any installation questions.
What's in the Box
1 × BONTEC Dual Monitor Wall Mount Assembly
2 × VESA Mounting Plates (75x75mm / 100x100mm compatible)
Complete Hardware Kit (screws, bolts, anchors for various wall types)
Allen Keys / Hex Keys (for tension adjustment)
Cable Management Clips
Installation Manual with QR Code for Support
BONTEC Product Information & Warranty Details
Create Your Ergonomic Workspace Today
Stop settling for neck pain, cluttered desks, and inflexible monitor positioning. The BONTEC Dual Monitor Wall Mount transforms any workspace into a productivity powerhouse - giving you the space, comfort, and flexibility to work at your best.
Whether you're grinding through spreadsheets, editing videos, crushing gaming sessions, or managing your business, this mount adapts to your needs with smooth gas spring motion and full ergonomic adjustability.
Upgrade your workspace. Improve your posture. Work smarter with BONTEC.
IMPORTANT NOTICES
Assembly Notice: The stability, durability, and structural integrity of this product depends entirely on correct assembly. Please follow all instructions carefully and ensure all screws, bolts, fasteners, and components are properly tightened and securely connected according to manufacturer specifications. Incorrect assembly may result in product failure, damage, or injury. If you are unsure about proper assembly or installation, please consult a qualified installer or handyman.
Weight Distribution Warning: Distribute weight evenly across, do not overload beyond reasonable capacity.
Need Help? If you experience any difficulties during installation, please contact Anchor customer support using the information provided in your package. Support team is ready to assist with assembly questions or product concerns.
Please Note: The final product finish may vary slightly between manufacturing batches. Product color and finish appearance may also differ from images due to photography lighting, screen calibration, and camera settings. All products maintain consistent quality standards regardless of minor aesthetic variations. Wine bottles and decorative items shown in images are not included with purchase.
What's in the box
1 × BONTEC Dual Monitor Wall Mount Assembly
EU/US Brand Bontec Standing 32inch/800mm Desk Converter, Height Adjustable Dual Tiered Computer Workstation
- CABLE MANAGEMENT: Two adhesive cable management clips are provided to help organize messy cables and keep the desktop clean.
- ERGONOMIC: The keyboard tray is ergonomically designed for the mouse and keyboard. Height can be adjusted freely between 115mm and 505mm. With the help of the gas spring, the transition from sitting positions to standing positions is fast and easy with dual squeeze latches to choose the ideal height.
- EASY ASSEMBLY: This converter is almost ready to go right out of the box! Place it on your existing desk, attach the keyboard tray, and start organizing your workstation.
- SPACIOUS: Spacious upper platform surface area (800 x 400 mm) provides plenty of space for dual-monitor setups and other necessities with an integrated smartphone or tablet holder; the Ergonomic lower deck is designed for a mouse and keyboard.
- DURABLE: It is constructed of solid steel with a wide MDF tabletop, making this stand desk converter extremely stable and durable even when fully extended. Its maximum load capacity is 15kg(33lb). With a predrilled hole for a monitor stand, it is perfectly suitable for those with grommet installation (related items can be found in our store).
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 41D x 80W x 50.5H centimeters
What's in the box
- 1 x Dual Standing Desk
- ERGONOMIC: An ergonomically designed laptop stand helps bid farewell to back pain and sluggishness. Our laptop stand easily lifts your laptop to a higher level up to 14 cm away from your desk and tilts 14 degrees to reach eye level to optimise posture and comfort, relieving neck and shoulder pain.
- COMPATIBILITY: This universal computer riser is suitable for all laptops of 10-17.3 inches. It is compatible with MacBook, MacBook Pro/Air, Asus, Sony, Dell, HP, Toshiba, Lenovo, etc., with a maximum capability of 5kg/11 pounds.
- HEAT DISSIPATION: The key to prolonging your laptop's life lies in keeping it cool. This laptop stand will raise your laptop from a flat surface, allowing air to continuously cool your laptop and prevent it from overheating to extend battery life and improve its overall performance.
- SPACE SAVING: The laptop stand can maximise available space on your desk. The two cable outlets keep your desk organized and tidy. Also, there is extra room below for you to store your external keyboard. The laptop stand is equipped with four soft pads to avoid scratching your desk while the two pads above protect your laptop.
- EASY INSTALLATION: This laptop stand is constructed of metal sheets, sturdy and durable, sleek and aesthetic, and installation should only take a minute or so - just 2 screws need to be tightened before use.
PRODUCT COLOR: Silver
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Aluminum/ Rubber
What's in the box: 1 x Laptop Riser in a flat pack
- MOVEMENT: The mobile TV cart has 4 heavy-duty 360 casters with brakes, allowing you to move the TV cart from one place to another easily; the built-in locking mechanism allows the TV trolley to be stationary or mobile as desired.
- HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT: The portable TV stand comes with a sturdy media shelf to hold a laptop, DVD, or gaming equipment and its height can be adjusted at will. Distance from the floor to the AV shelf is from 22 mm to 90 mm. This rolling TV stand is height adjustable up to 135cm to provide the optical viewing angle easily.
- COMPATIBILITY: Our mobile TV cart with a flexible mount bracket fits most 23-55" flat curved LCD LED screens weighing up to 25kg; Compatible with VESA holes:
- 400x400/400x300/400x200/300x400/300x300/300x200/200x200/200x100/100x100/50x50mm; Please confirm the VESA, Weight, and size specification of your TV before purchasing.
- ORGANISED: This trolley TV bracket features an integrated cable management system to conceal wires and cables; high-quality steel ensures durability and stability; low-profile rear feet allow the cart to sit close to the wall.
- INSTALLATION: Our wheeled TV stand comes with all necessary accessories and a graphical installation guide and can be compatible with most brands of TV on the market like Samsung, Panasonic, Sharp, Sony, Toshiba, Thomson, LG, Hisense, and TCL. You can also check out our installation video in position 7 in our pictures.
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Alloy Steel, Metal
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 135 x 51 x 41.5 x 42.8 cm | 35 x 25 cm
PRODUCT CAPACITY: TV 25kg & Laptop 10kg
What's in the box: 1 x Mobile TV Stand in a flat pack
- HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT: The mounting bracket can be tilted up and down by 15 degrees; it features 8 levels of height adjustment from 1016.5mm to 1517mm (each height can be adjusted by 71.5mm) to provide the optical viewing angle; comes with a sturdy media shelf to hold a laptop, DVD or gaming system; the shelf can also be adjusted at any height
- FLEXIBILITY: Equipped with four heavy-duty 360 lockable casters to transport the TV cart easily; the built-in locking mechanism allows the cart to be stationary or mobile as required.
- CABLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM: Featuring an integrated cable management system to conceal the wires; high-quality steel frame with a stylish gloss finish ensures durability and stability; the wide base construction prevents the stand from tipping
- COMPATIBILITY: Flexible mount bracket fits most 32 34 37 39 40 42 43 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 55 58 60 65 70 75 80 85 inches with a maximum load capacity of 60 kg (132 lbs.); VESA compatibility between 50x50mm to 600x400mm; fits for Samsung LG Electronics Sony Sharp Panasonic JVC Hitachi Hisense Toshiba LCD LED OLED Plasma TVs
- EASY ASSEMBLY: Assembly is easy; all necessary fixings and full comprehensive instructions are provided to ensure a trouble-free installation; ideal use for any location in offices, homes, schools, hotels, airports, lobbies, hospitals, laboratories, churches, shopping malls, and more
- BONTEC - A Pioneer in the TV and Monitor Mount Field in the UK/US/EU & Japan: BONTEC is a brand dedicated to the field of TV and monitor mounts. BONTEC have been committed to providing high-quality mounting solutions for the global market. Its primary sales markets include Europe, the United States, and Japan, making it a well-loved brand in these regions.
Max. VESA600x400mm
COMPATIBILITY: 32-85"
PRODUCT CAPACITY: 50KG
BRACKET TILT 15
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 875x674x1517mm
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Alloy Steel
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Rotate
What's in the box: 1 x Mobile TV Stand in a flat pack
- UNIVERSAL SINGLE MONITOR DESK MOUNT: This monitor arm is intended for a 13 to 32-inch (diagonal between 33-81cm) LED LCD monitor with VESA dimensions of 75x75 mm and 100x100 mm. This monitor stand is also suitable for monitors whose diagonals are smaller or larger than the screen size specified in the description - just ensure the VESA size is correct and the load weight of the bracket does not exceed 10kg.
- HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT: This monitor mount is mounted on a sturdy column and is height-adjustable: the distance from VESA Plate to the desktop can be adjusted from 0 to 425mm. You can also extend the monitor horizontally up to 340mm by adjusting the joints on your monitor arm desk mount. The single monitor arm has three joints that can be rotated by 180, 240, and 240. The VESA plate can be swiveled by 360 and tilted from 90 to - 90
- SPACE SAVING: Mounting your monitor on the stand can save desk space and the cable management system ensures that your workstation remains spacious and tidy. A 32-inch monitor can be positioned either horizontally or vertically to enable you to work at different angles, effectively reducing the strain on your neck and back.
- MOUNTING OPTION: 1) Desk clamp: heavy-duty 'C' clamp (fits desk thickness between 10mm and 100mm) offers supreme stability, keeping your screen fixed firmly and safely in place; 2) Grommet base install: fits desks with bolt-through hole (hole diameter supports min.10mm-max.80mm); the grommet base supports desk thickness from 10mm to 80mm.
- EASY INSTALLATION: Includes all accessories and a manual. The installation can be completed in 10 minutes. Our monitor arms are backed by excellent technical support to help solve any questions or concerns. Note: Our VESA monitor stand cannot be used for desks made of PB, MDF, or GLASS.
BONTEC - A Pioneer in the TV and Monitor Mount Field in the UK/US/EU & Japan: BONTEC is a brand dedicated to the field of TV and monitor mounts. BONTEC has been committed to providing high-quality mounting solutions for the global market. Its primary sales markets include Europe, the United States, and Japan, making it a well-loved brand in these regions.
SCREEN SIZE: Max 32" per plate
PRODUCT CAPACITY: Max 10kgs per plate
Plate capacity: Max 10kgs per plate
Tilt (up/down): 90
Swivel (left/right): 90
Rotate: 360
VESA holes: 75x75/100x100mm
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT COMPATIBILITY: Monitors, Televisions
What's in the box: 1 x Single Monitor Arm
World Leading brand BONTEC Home & Office Monitor Riser Stand with drawer; Up to 20kg; Cable Ties Included
- ERGONOMIC DESIGN: Our monitor stand has an ergonomic design, allowing you to sit up straight, effectively reducing the stress on your neck and spine and improving your focus. This laptop riser has 3 height settings. You can set the height to 100/120/140mm. Just press the button on the leg and lift the platform to adjust to different height levels.
- VENTILATED & SPACE-SAVING: Our monitor stand is made of power-coated steel with a perforated mesh hole platform (368x231 mm) which helps prevent overheating and keep your computer in peak working condition. A slot for pen storage, a hub for cable management, and a small drawer (phone charger shown in the photo) with an inner size of 255 x135mm for pens, notebooks, name cards, etc., helping to keep your desk clean and tidy.
- MULTIPLE USE& EXTREMELY STABLE: With a unique design and 4 enhanced anti-slip rubber feet, our monitor stand is reliable and has a long lifespan with a max holding capacity of 20kg. Our monitor stand brings you a neat desktop for your home/office/living room/bedroom, perfect for use as a desktop stand, laptop stand, PS4 monitor stand, or computer stand.
- EASY TO ASSEMBLY: Our computer monitor stand comes with 1 mesh hole platform and 4 legs. Simply screw the 4 legs to the board to complete the installation in 1 minute. No tools are needed.
- PEN STORAGE SLOTS: Handy grooves are ideal for storing pens, paper clips, and other items of stationery, meeting various storing needs.
- 4 ANTI-SLIP RUBBER FEET: The high-quality bumper pads are made of non-marking hard rubber, and are anti-vibration and slip-resistant. The enhanced 4 anti-slip rubber feet help keep the stand stable.
- SAFE ROUND CORNER DESIGN: The rounded corner design means there are no sharp edges, protecting devices and users, making it more comfortable to use and safe to assemble.
Specifications:
Mounting Type: Table Mount
Height Adjustable: 3 Levels, 140mm, 120mm,100mm
Movement Type: Fixed
Storage: Pen Storage Slots on top and Retractable Drawer, with Pen storage, Phone storage (whilst charging)
Material: Metal, Polycarbonate & Rubber
Air Flow: Mesh Platform for better Air Flow
Cable Management: Integrated Cable Management
Anti Slip: 4 Anti Slip Rubber feet to prevent slipping
Safety: Safety round design, no edges
Rust Proof: Rust proof Surface Product
Weight Capacity: Upto 20 Kgs
Assembly: No tools required
Finish Type: Polished
Dimension: 36.8 x 23.1 x 9.9 cm Product
Product Color: Black
What's in the box
- 1 x Monitor Riser, Cable Ties
- DESIGN: Our wall monitor arm with gas spring is a multi-purpose wall mounting solution for PC monitors and TV screens, ideal for optimizing space in your office, your kitchen, or for giving your gaming setup that extra edge. Engineered with a robust, height-adjustable gas arm, this bracket is strong, sturdy, and extremely versatile and can make maximize space and comfort.
- QUALITY: This monitor wall mount adopts high-quality & and polished aviation-grade aluminum for a long lifespan and ease of maintenance. In addition, the wall monitor arm is equipped with an ultra-precise gas pressure spring that has passed movement tests with 25,000 setting cycles to ensure reliable and stable positioning. Due to the low damping rate of 5%, the gas spring arm minimizes noise and unwanted movement.
- SPACE SAVING: The wall monitor mount optimizes your working environment by removing your monitor from your surface, freeing up valuable desk space. When not in use, the mount can be folded towards the wall.
- ADJUSTABLE: The monitor wall mount can hold any 13-42-inch monitors or TVs up to 8kg. The VESA mounting is 75x75/100x100/100x200/200x100/200x200. Full motion adjustable arm offers -35 /+35 tilt, 160 swivel, 360 rotation, providing the best viewing angle with ergonomic comfort to reduce neck, shoulder, or back pain.
- EASY INSTALLATION: This gas-spring single-arm bracket is easy to install, with only 3 easy steps. First, fix the bracket to your wall; second, connect your monitor to the VESA plate; third, adjust the tension according to your monitor weight. The concealed cable management system helps organize your cables for a neat and clean workspace. Two cable clips are also supplied.
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Aluminum
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Swivel, Articulating
What's in the box: 1 x Monitor Wall Mount Bracket in a flat pack
BONTEC Single Motor Electric Height Adjustable Standing Desk
Ergonomic sit stand desk with LED display, 3 memory presets, anti-collision system and desk hooks
Upgrade your workspace with the BONTEC Electric Height Adjustable Standing Desk, a complete sit stand solution designed for comfort, productivity, and modern work environments. This full desk (frame and tabletop included) allows smooth transitions between sitting and standing using an intuitive LED control panel. Perfect for home offices, professional workspaces, gaming setups, and creative studios.
Built with a sturdy metal frame, quiet single motor lift, and enhanced safety features, this desk delivers reliable daily performance with a clean, modern design.
Why You'll Love This Standing Desk
Ergonomic Height Adjustment (72-120 cm)
Easily switch between sitting and standing positions to improve posture, reduce fatigue, and stay productive throughout your workday. The electric sit stand desk adapts to your body, helping prevent back pain and promoting better circulation during long work sessions.
LED Display with 3 Memory Presets
The smart control panel features a bright LED screen, up and down buttons, three programmable memory keys (1/2/3), and a function settings key for precise height control. Save your favorite sitting and standing heights for instant one-touch adjustments.
Anti-Collision Safety Design
Built-in anti-collision technology automatically stops movement if an obstacle is detected, helping protect your equipment, desk accessories, and surroundings. The safety sensor reverses direction immediately when resistance is encountered.
Quiet and Smooth Single Motor
Enjoy stable and whisper-quiet height transitions (approximately 50-55 dB), ideal for shared spaces, home offices, and professional environments. The single motor system provides reliable performance without disruptive noise.
Strong and Stable Metal Construction
The reinforced metal frame supports up to 85 kg, providing excellent stability for multiple monitors, laptops, keyboards, and office accessories. Heavy-duty steel construction with powder-coated finish resists wear and maintains appearance over time.
Integrated Desk Hooks
Convenient desk hooks keep headphones, bags, backpacks, or accessories neatly stored and within reach. The built-in hooks attach securely to the frame for organized workspace management.
Key Features
Adjustability and Control
- Electric single motor height adjustment
- Height range: 72-120 cm for sitting and standing positions
- LED display control panel with real-time height readout
- 3 programmable memory presets for personalized settings
- Up and down buttons for manual height control
- Function key for advanced settings access
Safety and Stability
- Anti-collision safety system with automatic reversal
- Heavy-duty metal frame construction
- Anti-slip feet for floor protection and stability
- Load capacity: up to 85 kg distributed evenly
- Reinforced crossbar for enhanced structural support
Performance Features
- Quiet operation: approximately 50-55 dB during adjustment
- Smooth lifting mechanism with single motor system
- Reliable electric actuator for consistent performance
- Quick height transitions for efficient workflow changes
Convenience Features
- Built-in desk hooks for headphones and accessories
- Cable management clips included
- Spacious 120 × 60 cm tabletop surface
- Modern black finish for professional appearance
Technical Specifications
Specification Details
Brand BONTEC
Product Type Electric Standing Desk (Frame + Tabletop)
Colour Black
Frame Material Powder-Coated Steel
Tabletop Material Engineered Wood
Tabletop Dimensions 120 × 60 cm
Height Adjustment Range 72-120 cm
Motor Type Single Electric Motor
Weight Capacity 85 kg
Noise Level Approximately 50-55 dB
Speed 25 mm/second
Memory Presets 3 Programmable Settings
Control Panel LED Display with Digital Readout
Safety Features Anti-Collision System
Desk Hooks Integrated (2 hooks)
Anti-Slip Feet Yes
Item Weight 19 kg
Assembly Required Yes (Tools Included)
Voltage 220-240V
Finish Matte Black Powder-Coated
The BONTEC Advantage
Proven Ergonomic Design
BONTEC sit stand desks are engineered with user comfort as the priority. The height adjustment range accommodates users from 160 cm to 190 cm tall, providing proper ergonomic positioning for sitting and standing work throughout the day.
Quality-Tested Components
Every electric standing desk undergoes rigorous testing for motor performance, frame stability, and safety system reliability. The single motor system is rated for 10,000+ adjustment cycles, providing years of dependable operation.
Easy Assembly System
The desk frame arrives with clearly labeled parts, pre-drilled holes, and all necessary hardware. Most users complete assembly in 30-45 minutes using the included hex keys and detailed step-by-step instructions.
Office-Friendly Noise Levels
The motor operates at approximately 50-55 dB, quieter than normal conversation. You can adjust your desk height during meetings, calls, or focused work without causing disruption to yourself or colleagues.
Workspace Flexibility
The 120 × 60 cm tabletop provides ample space for dual monitor setups, laptops, keyboards, and desk accessories. The integrated hooks keep frequently used items organized and accessible.
Perfect For
Home Office Professionals
Remote workers and freelancers benefit from the ergonomic sit stand design during long work sessions. The quiet motor allows height adjustments during video calls without audio interference. The compact footprint fits well in bedrooms, spare rooms, or dedicated office spaces.
Corporate Office Environments
Office workers who spend 6-8 hours at their desks appreciate the memory presets for quick position changes throughout the day. The anti-collision system protects equipment in busy office settings. The professional black finish complements modern workplace aesthetics.
Gaming and Streaming Setups
Gamers and content creators use the adjustable height for optimal viewing angles and comfort during extended sessions. The desk hooks keep gaming headphones accessible. The stable frame supports multiple monitors and streaming equipment without wobble.
Students and Researchers
University students and academic professionals benefit from alternating between sitting and standing during study sessions, research work, and writing projects. The spacious surface accommodates textbooks, laptops, and note-taking materials.
Creative Professionals
Designers, writers, and artists appreciate the flexibility to stand during creative work and sit during detailed tasks. The electric height adjustment allows quick transitions between work modes without interrupting workflow.
Business Executives
Managers and executives value the professional appearance and health benefits of a sit stand desk in their private offices. The LED display and memory presets add convenience for busy schedules with back-to-back meetings.
Work Healthier, Feel Better
Reduce Back and Neck Strain
Standing periodically throughout the workday helps maintain natural spinal alignment and reduces pressure on your lower back. The adjustable height allows you to find your optimal ergonomic position, decreasing the risk of chronic pain from prolonged sitting.
Improve Circulation and Energy Levels
Alternating between sitting and standing promotes better blood flow throughout your body, helping prevent leg stiffness and fatigue. Many users report increased alertness and energy when incorporating standing intervals into their routine.
Support Better Posture
The electric sit stand desk encourages proper posture by allowing you to adjust your work surface to your body rather than hunching over a fixed-height desk. Standing positions engage core muscles and promote upright alignment.
Combat Sedentary Work Habits
Medical research shows prolonged sitting contributes to various health concerns. A height adjustable standing desk makes it effortless to break up long sitting periods, supporting your overall wellness goals while working.
Customize Your Comfort Zone
Everyone's body is different. The 72-120 cm height range and three memory presets allow you to find and save your perfect sitting height, standing height, and intermediate position for maximum comfort throughout your workday.
Installation and Maintenance
Quick Assembly Process
Step 1: Unpack and Organize Components
Remove all parts from the packaging and lay them out in your assembly area. Verify all components against the parts list in the manual. Identify the frame pieces, motor, control panel, tabletop, hardware kit, and tools provided.
Step 2: Assemble the Base Frame
Connect the left and right leg assemblies using the crossbar and mounting brackets. Insert bolts through pre-drilled holes and hand-tighten initially. Adjust the frame width to match your tabletop dimensions before final tightening.
Step 3: Attach the Motor and Control Box
Mount the single motor unit to the designated bracket on the frame using the provided screws. Connect the control box to the motor using the pre-wired cable. Route cables along the frame using the included cable clips.
Step 4: Install the Control Panel
Attach the LED control panel to your preferred location on the desk edge using the mounting bracket or adhesive backing. Connect the control panel cable to the control box. Test the connection by plugging in the power adapter.
Step 5: Attach the Tabletop
Position the assembled frame upside down on a protected surface. Place the tabletop (also upside down) on top of the frame. Align the mounting brackets with the tabletop and secure using wood screws provided. Ensure even spacing from all edges.
Step 6: Test and Program
Carefully flip the desk right-side up with assistance. Plug in the power adapter and test the up and down functions. Program your three preferred heights into the memory presets (1/2/3) by adjusting to desired height and holding the corresponding memory button for 3 seconds. Verify the anti-collision system by gently pressing down on the desktop while raising it.
Tools Required: Hex keys (included), Phillips screwdriver (included)
Assembly Time: 30-45 minutes
Recommended: Two people for tabletop attachment and flipping
Simple Maintenance
Wipe the tabletop and frame with a slightly damp cloth to remove dust and debris. Avoid harsh chemical cleaners that could damage the powder-coated finish. Periodically check that all bolts and screws remain tight, especially during the first month of use. Test the anti-collision system monthly by applying gentle resistance during height adjustment.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: What is the height range of this electric standing desk?
A: The desk adjusts from 72 cm to 120 cm, accommodating users between approximately 160 cm and 190 cm tall for both sitting and standing positions. This range works for most adults in home and office environments.
Q: How many memory presets can I program?
A: The LED control panel allows you to save 3 different height settings. Press and hold memory buttons 1, 2, or 3 for 3 seconds after adjusting to your desired height. Most users program one sitting height, one standing height, and one intermediate position.
Q: Is the motor noise disruptive during video calls?
A: No. The single motor operates at approximately 50-55 dB, which is quieter than normal conversation. You can adjust your desk height during meetings or calls without causing audio interference.
Q: What weight capacity does the desk support?
A: The desk supports up to 85 kg of evenly distributed weight. This accommodates multiple monitors, desktop computers, laptops, and office accessories for typical home and professional setups.
Q: Does the anti-collision system work reliably?
A: Yes. The built-in sensor detects resistance when the desk encounters an obstacle during height adjustment. The motor stops immediately and reverses slightly to prevent damage to equipment or surroundings.
Q: Can I use this desk on carpet or rugs?
A: Yes. The anti-slip feet work on carpet, rugs, tile, hardwood, and laminate flooring. The feet protect floor surfaces from scratches and provide stable positioning on various surfaces.
Q: How long does assembly take?
A: Most users complete assembly in 30-45 minutes using the included tools and instructions. Two people are recommended for attaching the tabletop and flipping the desk right-side up.
Q: What are the desk hooks used for?
A: The integrated hooks attach to the desk frame and hold headphones, bags, backpacks, or other accessories. They keep frequently used items organized and within reach without taking up desktop space.
Q: Is the tabletop included or sold separately?
A: The tabletop is included with this complete desk package. You receive both the electric frame and a 120 × 60 cm black tabletop ready for assembly.
Q: Can I replace the tabletop with a different size?
A: The frame is designed for the included 120 × 60 cm tabletop. Using a different tabletop size may affect stability, weight distribution, and warranty coverage. Contact the manufacturer before making modifications.
Q: How do I reset the memory presets?
A: Adjust the desk to your new desired height and press and hold the memory button (1, 2, or 3) for approximately 3 seconds. The LED display will confirm the new height is saved to that preset.
Q: What happens if there is a power outage during adjustment?
A: The desk will stop moving immediately. When power is restored, you can resume normal operation using the control panel. The memory presets remain saved during power interruptions.
Q: Does the desk require regular maintenance?
A: Minimal maintenance is required. Wipe surfaces with a damp cloth periodically and check that bolts remain tight during the first month of use. The motor is maintenance-free during normal operation.
Q: Is the desk suitable for small apartments or studio spaces?
A: Yes. The 120 × 60 cm footprint fits well in compact spaces while providing adequate work surface for laptops, monitors, and accessories. The vertical height adjustment saves space compared to separate sitting and standing desks.
Q: What voltage does the desk require?
A: The desk operates on standard 220-240V household power. The power adapter is included and plugs into any standard wall outlet.
Work Smarter, Stand Healthier
Stop settling for fixed-height desks that force your body into uncomfortable positions. The BONTEC Electric Standing Desk transforms your workspace into an ergonomic environment where you control your comfort throughout the day. Switch between sitting and standing positions with a single touch. Save your preferred heights for instant adjustments. Protect your equipment with anti-collision technology.
Whether you work from home, manage a professional office, or create content for hours each day, this sit stand desk adapts to your needs. The quiet motor operates without disrupting your focus or calls. The stable frame supports your multi-monitor setup without wobble. The integrated hooks keep your space organized.
Upgrade to a workspace that prioritizes your health and productivity. Experience the BONTEC difference with intelligent ergonomic design and reliable electric height adjustment.
Stand up for better posture and performance with BONTEC's electric sit stand desk.
IMPORTANT NOTICES
Assembly Notice: The stability, durability, and structural integrity of this product depends entirely on correct assembly. Please follow all instructions carefully and ensure all screws, bolts, fasteners, and components are properly tightened and securely connected according to manufacturer specifications. Incorrect assembly may result in product failure, damage, or injury. If you are unsure about proper assembly or installation, please consult a qualified installer or handyman.
Weight Distribution Warning: Distribute weight evenly across the tabletop surface. Do not overload beyond the 85 kg capacity. Do not place all weight on one corner or edge of the desk.
Need Help? If you experience any difficulties during installation, please contact BONTEC customer support using the information provided in your package. Support team is ready to assist with assembly questions or product concerns.
Please Note: The final product finish may vary slightly between manufacturing batches. Product color and finish appearance may also differ from images due to photography lighting, screen calibration, and camera settings. All products maintain consistent quality standards regardless of minor aesthetic variations. Decorative items shown in images are not included with purchase.
What's in the box
- 1 x Single Electric Motor Standing Desk
- 1 x Touch Controller
- 1 x Assembly Instruction
EU/US Brand Bontec Single Arm Monitor Desk Mount 13-34" Screen Stand 9 Kg Capacity, Tested for No Drooping
- HIGH QUALITY: After rigorous testing in the research phases, we have selected premium zinc material and a reliable U-shaped joint head structure, which allows the monitor arm to tilt/swivel/rotate smoothly with a 34-inch monitor weighing up to 9 kg hanging on it.
- STURDY: Focusing on the elevating of the strength and stability of our products, the monitor mounts come more sturdy and secure. The single monitor arm features a 750 N m built-in gas spring, undergoing a durability test of 30,000 cycles to ensure prolonged support for your monitor.
- COMPATIBILITY & FLEXIBILITY: Our monitor arm is suitable for 13-34 inch screens weighing 2 KG to 9 KG with VESA patterns of 75x75mm and 100x100mm. It allows 90 tilt, 90 swivel adjustment of the U-shaped joint head. The monitor can be adjusted to portrait or landscape position through 360 free rotation. Plus, both the upper arm and the lower arm support a 360 rotation. The center of the VESA plate measures a maximum of 450mm from the tabletop after installation.
- 2 INSTALLATION METHODS: Both C-clamp and grommet mounting are applicable for this product. The recommended thickness of the desk is 10 to 70mm for C-Clamp installation and 10 to 70mm for grommet installation. It frees up a lot of space on your desk to ensure your workstation is spacious and tidy. It also comes with the concealed cable management system to help organize unsightly cables.
- ERGONOMIC: If you spend the whole day before the monitor screen in an incorrect posture, there's a risk of spinal deformation. Our gas spring monitor stand allows you to adjust your sitting posture as you want, seamlessly switching between sitting and standing positions to relieve fatigue.
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 54 x 45 cm
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Rotate, Swivel, Tilt
MATERIAL: PREMIUM ZINC-PLATED U-SHAPED JOINT
C-CLAMP MOUNTING: Desk Thickness-10mm-70mm
GROMMET MOUNTING: Desk Thickness-10MM-70MM, HOLE DIAMETER: 10MM-60MM;
EASY TENSION ADJUSTMENT
GAS SPRING: DURABLE BULT-IN GAS SPRING FORCE UPTO 750NM
CONCEALED CABLE MANAGEMENT
DETACHABLE VESA PLATE WEIGHT CAPACITY 9KGS SUPPORT WITHOUT DROOPING
TILT: 90 , SWIVEL: 90 , ROTATION: 36
HEIGHT: MAX 450MM
EXTENDABLE DISTANCE: 540MM
MONITOR POSITIONING: ANY HEIGHT, WITHIN THE LIMITS PREVENT MONITOR RISING: STRESS RELIEVE TO REDUCE TENSION ADJUSTMENT UPTO 14 TURNS MAX 750NM
What's in the box
- 1 x Single Bontec Monitor Mount
EU/US Brand Bontec Monitor Arm Desk Mount 13-34" Screen Pole Stand Max 9Kg Tested for No Drooping Height 635mm
- HIGH QUALITY: After rigorous testing in the research phases, we have selected premium zinc material and a reliable U-shaped joint head structure, which allows the monitor arm to tilt/swivel/rotate smoothly with a 34-inch monitor weighing up to 9 kg hanging on it.
- STURDY: Focusing on the elevating of the strength and stability of our products, the monitor mounts come more sturdy and secure. The single monitor arm features a 750 N m built-in gas spring, undergoing a durability test of 30,000 cycles to ensure prolonged support for your monitor.
- COMPATIBILITY & FLEXIBILITY: Our monitor arm is suitable for a 13-34 inch screen weighing 2 KG to 9 KG with VESA patterns of 75x75mm and 100x100mm. It allows 90 tilt, and 90 swivel adjustment of the U-shaped joint head. The monitor can be adjusted to portrait or landscape position through 360-degree rotation. Plus, both the upper arm and the lower arm support a 360 rotation. Featuring an additional 364mm central pole, which allows the centre of the VESA plate measures a maximum of 635mm from the tabletop after installation.
- 2 INSTALLATION METHODS: Both C-clamp and grommet mounting are applicable for this product. The recommended thickness of the desk is 10 to 85mm for C-Clamp installation and 10 to 50mm for grommet installation. It frees up a lot of space on your desk to ensure your workstation is spacious and tidy. It also comes with a concealed cable management system to help organize unsightly cables.
- ERGONOMIC: If you spend the whole day before the monitor screen in an incorrect posture, there's a risk of spinal deformation. Our gas spring monitor stand allows you to adjust your sitting posture as you want, seamlessly switching between sitting and standing positions to relieve fatigue.
ATTRIBUTES/KEY SPECIFICATIONS
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 54 x 45 cm
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: TILT: 90, SWIVEL: 90, ROTATION: 360
MATERIAL: PREMIUM ZINC-PLATED U-SHAPED JOINT
C-CLAMP MOUNTING: Desk Thickness-10mm-70mm
GROMMET MOUNTING: Desk Thickness-10MM-70MM, HOLE DIAMETER: 10MM-60MM; EASY
TENSION ADJUSTMENT GAS SPRING: DURABLE BUILT-IN GAS SPRING FORCE UP TO 750NM
CONCEALED CABLE MANAGEMENT
DETACHABLE VESA PLATE
WEIGHT CAPACITY 9 KGS SUPPORT WITHOUT DROOPING
HEIGHT: MAX 635MM FOR EACH ARM
EXTENDABLE DISTANCE: 570MM
MONITOR POSITIONING: ANY HEIGHT, WITHIN THE LIMITS
PREVENT MONITOR RISING: STRESS RELIEF TO REDUCE TENSION ADJUSTMENT UPTO 14 TURNS MAX 750NM
What's in the box
- 1 x Single Bontec Monitor Mount Stand with Pole
Home & Office Standing Desk Converter 67x47cm, Height Adjustable Sit Stand desk; Desk Riser Laptop & Monitor
- HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE: Height Adjustable with Mechanical Spring System - Smooth adjustable mechanism via mechanical spring allows for an easy and seamless sit-to-stand transition with 8 height settings at 45/204/260/302/335/361/384/398mm within seconds. Simply raise the desk converter from the lowest position by squeezing the lever on the side of the desk and raising it to the desired position. To lower, squeeze the lever and lightly apply force downward. You can choose the optimal height for your individual needs.
- ERGONOMIC: Ergonomic Design for Better Posture and Health - Height adjustable converter allows for easy transition from sitting to standing positions, maintaining healthy and ergonomic settings. Ergonomic design promotes better posture, reducing the risk of back and shoulder pain associated with prolonged periods of sitting.
- NO ASSEMBLY: The desk converter is fully assembled and comes ready for immediate use out of the box - no assembly, installation, or tools required! Just open the box and put it on your workstation with your computer, keyboard, and mouse and start your work. It is also easy to carry with a built-in handle for ease of use.
- SPACIOUS: Spacious Working Area & Free-Up Desk Space - The desk converter provides a spacious, smooth, flat work surface that measures 670 by 470mm. Capable of supporting up to 8kg in weight, it can reliably hold dual monitors, a keyboard, a mouse, and other accessories and remains stable and secure when fully extended. It effectively frees up space on your office desk, giving you a clutter-free workstation and promoting improved productivity. The base measures 550 by 380mm.
- DURABLE: Stable & Durable Desk Converter - Made of high-grade cold rolled steel, with an X-frame structure, this desk converter is stable and durable even when fully extended. The MDF desktop provides a spacious & smooth surface that is easy to clean. It also features non-slip pads for extra stability, allowing you to work comfortably and confidently and protecting surfaces from scuffs and scratches.
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Metal
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 67D x 47W x 40.2H centimeters
What's in the box
- 1 x Standing Desk
- STURDY: This TV stand is high high-quality cold rolled steel as the main material, with a maximum load capacity of 45kg, provides a sturdy and durable monitor stand; 8mm tempered safety glass base with a size of 400 x 260 mm, serving as a place for your AV components; rubber anti-slip feet protect from scratches.
- SWIVEL & HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT: This TV stand swivels 50 degrees left or right for a wider range of viewing angles. Features 4 levels of height adjustment, mounting arms can be adjusted at 2 height levels by 50mm, plate can be adjusted at 2 height levels by 40mm for optimal viewing.
- COMPATIBILITY: Universal TV stand fits most 26 32 37 40 42 47 50 55-inch TVs; VESA patterns: 100x100/200x100/200x200/300x200/300x300/400x200/400x300/400x400 mm, this Samsung 65inch TV stand is compatible with TV brands such as Samsung LG Electronics Sony Sharp Panasonic Philips JVC Hitachi Hisense Toshiba LCD LED Plasma TVs.
- ORGANISED: The cable holders on the back of this universal TV stand are a big bonus. Cable management system to hide unsightly cables, making the entertainment unit neat and tidy.
- INSTALLATION: This swivel TV stand for a 55-inch TV comes with all necessary hardware and installation instructions. No need to drill into your wall; install the TV stand without any hassle. Do not use the electric drill for the screws on the glass.
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Glass
PRODUCT MOUNTING TYPE: Tabletop Mount
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Swivel
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 64.5 x 40 x 26 cm | 40 x 42.5 x 43.3 cm
What's in the box: 1 x TV Stand in a flat pack
DeskTop Monitor Stand Riser, Ergonomic Laptop Stand with Cable Management; Size 540 x 255 x 104mm
FIT FULL-SIZE KEYBOARD: This 540mm Extra Long wood monitor riser stand is made of
premium eco-friendly MDF wood without any air pollution. Unique and smart design, Max Holding Capacity 30kg. We using the professional craftsman exquisitely polished &
painting finish for a long-lasting life. Our monitor stand for desk is perfect for using as a
desktop stand, laptop stand, PS4 monitor stand or a computer stand.
PHONE HOLDER: Cell phone holder will free your hands to make work easier.
CABLE MANAGEMENT: Our monitor stand rise comes with cable management slots that can make your cord stay organized.
ERGONOMIC DESIGN: A stiff or painful neck is a common complaint among over 90%
computer workers, our ergonomic computer monitor stand (Measuring 142mm in height) to keep your screen at a comfortable eye-level height, effectively improve posture to relieve eyestrain and prevent back & neck pain throughout the workdays.
HIGH-GRADE & ECO-FRIENDLY: Made of eco-friendly & quality matte MDF material (12mm thickness) by professional craftsman. With the exquisitely polished and smooth surface, the flat edges, and odorless properties, this wooden monitor riser offers you a stylish and durable computer monitor riser without any air pollution.
GOOD WEIGHT CAPACITY & MULTI-USE: Unique and smart design with 2 tiers (Max Holding Capacity 40KG, Top shelf 20 Kgs, Bottom Shelf 15Kgs), the enhanced 4 non-slip pads to keep stable, a slot for smartphone, a hub for cable management and the space-saving keyboard slide underneath, our monitor stand bring you a neat desktop at home/office/living room/bedroom, perfect for using as a desktop stand, laptop stand, PS4 monitor stand or a computer stand.
EASY TO ASSEMBLE & CLEAN: 5 STEPS (screw the 4 pics boards together) to assemble with
the easy-to-follow instructions in 3 minutes. PLS use the soft cloth to clean it and bring you a brand-new look.
SPACE SAVING: State of the art space management system brings more available space than traditional monitor stand, as well as a nice appearance for your office. The monitor shelf provides enough area for storing laptops, keyboards, wireless mice, and daily necessities to keep your desktop tidy.
A GREAT GIFT IDEA: An ideal gift for computer workers with exquisite packaging. Supportin by the comfort brought by our computer monitor stand, they will be impressed by your caring and improve the work efficiency.
Colour: Black
Item Weight: 3.18 Kgs
Item Dimensions: W540 x L255 x H104 mm
What's in the box
• Top Monitor, with smart phone holder
- STURDY: Our TV stand mainly uses superior cold rolled steel and all hardware is rustproof, supporting TVs up to 45kg (99 lbs.) to hold your TV steady and securely. A tempered glass base can be used as a place to put AV components.
- SWIVEL & HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT: Our TV stand has three levels of height adjustment, each by 5cm to achieve the best viewing experience, and has a swivel of +/- 50 (the maximum swivel angle depends on TV size) for maximum viewing flexibility.
- COMPATIBILITY: Our TV stand fits most 17"-43" flat and curved LCD/LED/OLED TVs/display screens with VESA pattern 75x75/ 100x100/ 200x100/ 200x200mm (Make sure the cable outlet won't be covered), and is compatible with all major brands including SONY, Vizio, Sharp, TCL, Hisense and more for bedrooms, schools and offices. Please check the size, VESA, and weight of your TV before purchase.
- ORGANISED: Two cable ties manage cables for a neat and clean appearance and four rubber anti-slip feet help prevent scratching. Please ensure the position where the TV cable is will not be covered by the TV stand.
- INSTALLATION: With an easy-to-use instruction manual and hardware kit, this one-piece tabletop TV stand can be installed quickly and easily in 10 minutes; it can be installed and moved easily to suit the position you need without damaging your wall!
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Alloy Steel
PRODUCT MOUNTING TYPE: Tabletop Mount
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Swivel
PRODUCT DIMENSION: 48 x 33 x 230 cm | 20 x 22.5 x 22.5 cm
What's in the box: 1 x TV Stand in a flat pack
- DURABILITY: Full Motion Adjustable and Strong Dual Arms. The arms of our TV wall bracket can swivel +/- 45 to the left and right (max swivel angle depends on TV size.), easily customizing your viewing experience. The arms of this large TV wall mount are made of high-quality black-coated cold-rolled steel, making it extremely durable and anti-rust. It comes with two steel arms that can hold TVs weighing up to 60 kg. Safety locks ensure your TV is held securely.
- SPACE SAVING: This TV wall bracket 65 inches can retract down to 65mm from the wall and extend to a maximum of 390mm away from the wall, saving you valuable space. Designed to take up little space, this mount features a low-profile design that's sleek and modern. Manage your wires with a 1.8m HDMI cable and 5 wire bands for a neat appearance.
- TILTING DESIGN: This high-quality TV wall bracket can tilt +20/ -20 , and rotate +/- 3 to realize maximum viewing flexibility to achieve the most comfortable and ergonomic viewing position, eliminating glare & and reducing neck and eye strain.
- UNIVERSAL TV BRACKET: Our 65-inch tv wall bracket fits most 32-84" LED/LCD flat and curved TV weighing up to 60kg, universally fits Samsung, Element, LG, Sony, Panasonic, TCL, Philips, and is compatible with VESA 600x400 / 400x400 / 400x300 / 400x200 / 300x300 / 200x200 / 200x100mm. Please check the VESA pattern, weight, and size of your TV before purchasing.
- EASY INSTALLATION: Our swivel TV wall bracket is easy to assemble, with standard mounting hardware, a detailed English graphical installation guide, and a video that aids easy installation. We are very confident in the strength and durability of the construction of our TV mount bracket. If you have any questions, please don't hesitate to contact us.
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Alloy Steel
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Rotate, Swivel, Articulating, Tilt
What's in the box: 1 x TV Wall Mount Bracket in a flat pack
- DURABILITY: This large-size TV wall mount is made of high-quality thickened cold rolled steel, with a max load capacity of 60kg, do not need to worry about the screen coming off the wall. (Warn: Please do not install the TV bracket on plasterboard)
- EXTRA LONG SWIVEL ARM: Our TV wall mount can extend up to 1040mm from the wall; Fully flexible: Designed with a function of 90 swivel / 8 tilt/ 3 rotation, with 3 joints on the main arm, this universal and stable TV wall bracket is fully movable and flexible. To maximize its function and make it easy to operate: This TV bracket is ideal for solving your viewing problems with the 1040mm extended articulating arm, which can maximize your viewing points from a variety of angles in multiple rooms.
- SPACE SAVING: The wall mount can be extended to a maximum of 1040mm, and be retracted to a distance of only 65mm away from the wall, saving your valuable space; 1.8m HDMI cable and 5 cable ties are included, which gives a neat appearance to your household.
- UNIVERSAL TV BRACKET: This universal TV wall bracket fits most 32-75 inch flat/curved LCD/LED/OLED TVs, can support TVs up to 60 kg, VESA Pattern range from 200x100mm to 400x600mm.
- EASY INSTALLATION: Our rotatable TV wall bracket is easy to assemble. Comes with all standard mounting hardware (Including magnetic spirit level) and a detailed graphical installation guide. We are very confident in the strength and durability of the construction of our TV wall bracket. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us.
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Alloy Steel
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Rotate, Swivel, Articulating, Tilt
What's in the box: 1 x TV Wall Mount Bracket in a flat pack
- DURABILITY: This large-size TV wall mount is made with cold rolled steel, has 2 steel arms, and can support TVs weighing up to 45kg, giving you peace of mind. This TV wall bracket is not suitable for plasterboard walls
- COMPATIBILITY: This TV wall bracket is suitable for most 23-70 inch flat & curved TVs with MAX weight capacity of 45kg. It fits VESA patterns 400x400 / 400x300 / 400x200 / 300x300 / 300x200 / 200x200 / 200x100 / 100x100 / 75x75 / 50x50mm. It's compatible with Samsung, Panasonic, Sharp, Sony, Toshiba, Thomson, LG, Philips, Hisense, TCL. Please check the VESA pattern, weight, size of your TV before purchasing.
- SPACE SAVING: This TV bracket 70 inch retracts to just 80mm from the wall to save space in your living room and home while giving you a slim, clean appearance.
- TILTING DESIGN: Our TV wall bracket tilt feature allows for tilt 10 up and 15 down to eliminate glare & and reduce neck or eye strain. This full-motion TV wall mount swivels 60 left and right to provide the most comfortable & and ergonomic viewing angles. It can also be rotated+-3 to adjust the level.
- TV BRACKET: This TV wall bracket is suitable for most 23-70 inch flat & and curved TVs with a MAX weight capacity of 45kg. It fits VESA patterns 400x400 / 400x300 / 400x200 / 300x300 / 300x200 / 200x200 / 200x100 / 100x100 / 75x75 / 50x50mm. It's compatible with Samsung, Panasonic, Sharp, Sony, Toshiba, Thomson, LG, Philips, Hisense, and TCL. Please check the VESA pattern, weight, and size of your TV before purchasing.
- EASY INSTALLATION: This TV wall bracket comes with standard mounting hardware, a detailed English graphical installation guide that aids easy installation helps you to install this full motion TV wall mount without any hassle.
- ACCESSORIES INCLUDED: Spirit level, cable Ties, and the HDMI cable
BONTEC - A Pioneer in the TV and Monitor Mount Field in the UK/US/EU & Japan: BONTEC is a brand dedicated to the field of TV and monitor mounts. BONTEC have been committed to providing high-quality mounting solutions for the global market. Its primary sales markets include Europe, the United States, and Japan, making it a well-loved brand in these regions.
Compatibility:
Screen Size: 23-70 Inch
VESA: 50x50mm-400x400mm
Max. load capacity: 45kg
Adjustment:
Tilt: +10 /-15
swivel +/- 60
Extendable: 80 ~ 380mm
PRODUCT COLOR: Black
PRODUCT MATERIAL: Alloy Steel
PRODUCT MOVEMENT TYPE: Swivel, Articulating, Tilt
What's in the box: 1 x TV Wall Mount Bracket in a flat pack, Spirit Level, Cable Ties and the HDMI Cable
CouchCoaster - The ultimate drink holder for your sofa, is the only coaster that wraps neatly around a sofa armrest to hold a drink. It keeps drinks safe and within easy reach - right on the couch.
CouchCoaster is a patented drink holder designed to eliminate accidents and awkwardness when enjoying your beverage on the sofa! Please note that lookalike products are available, which are counterfeits. You must receive the original CouchCoaster gift box, see image 5, to know you are receiving the genuine product.
Like many great ideas, the concept was born out of a real problem - to create a safe and convenient resting place for a drink on a sofa, couch or armchair. Therefore the inventor Barry Freeder set out to design a solution that would satisfy consumers all over the world, and launched CouchCoaster at a UK trade show in 2016. He soon began fulfilling orders to clients spanning North America to the Far East and within two years, CouchCoaster had become the #1 selling coaster on all major e commerce platform's across the world.
Greenlane Gear is the exclusive distributor of CouchCoaster in South Africa.
• WHY COUCHCOASTER: Prevent knocks, spills and stains; Keep your drink within easy reach; Ideal alternative to coffee tables; Store phones, remotes and more; Suitable for the whole family. A must have As Seen on TV accessory!
• NO MORE SPILLS: CouchCoaster - The ultimate drink holder for your sofa, is the original and patented drink coaster which securely holds all your favorite drinks - hot or cold - on your sofa, couch, armchair or recliner (fabric or leather).
• COUCH CUP HOLDER COMPATIBILITY: CouchCoaster is designed to wrap over any armrest measuring at least 14cm / 5.5” wide with flat to gently sloping sides. Skinny or narrow-armed couches should be avoided. Alternatively, you can lay CouchCoaster horizontally, tuck it between seat cushions and pillows, or drape it over the back-rest on any upholstery.
• ARMREST CUP HOLDER FITS MOST DRINKWARE: CouchCoaster’s ergonomic design caters for a wide variety of mugs, cups, flasks and tumblers (incorporating a clever slot for cup handles), while the adapter supplied creates a snug fit for smaller drink-ware e.g. bottles and cans up to 7cm / 2.75” wide.
• UNIQUE DESIGN BEVERAGE HOLDER: CouchCoaster is made of a flexible, weighted, BPA-free silicone body with tacky base (42cm / 16.5” in length), and provides optimum support and integrity for your drink in an adjustable holder (5cm / 2” tall). It’s the perfect substitute for any bulky side table, tray, caddy or organizer. Key Features:
• Universal Fit: Our cup holder is compatible with most couch armrests, ensuring a perfect fit for your home.
• Durable Construction: Made from high-quality materials, our cup holder is built to last and withstand everyday use.
• Easy to Install: Simply slide the cup holder onto your armrest and you're ready to enjoy your favorite drinks and snacks.
• Stylish Design: Our cup holder features a sleek, modern design that complements home décor. Order yours today and experience the convenience and comfort of our couch cup holder!
Material: Silicon, ABS
Assembled Weight: 0.68kg
Dimensions: 42 x 15 x 6CM, 9 CM WITHOUT ADAPTER, 7 CM WITH ADAPTER; 0.68 KG
Product Color: BLACK
120L STORAGE CAPACITY: The inside of the laundry basket has a large storage capacity of 60L, which can easily accommodate clothes, toys, books, etc. The laundry basket is perfect for bedroom, apartment, Holiday home, and home use
WHEELS: Equipped with 4 smooth universal wheels, the laundry bag can be easily pulled anywhere you want. And 1 caster is lockable to keep the laundry basket firmly in position to ensure good safety
ORGANISE & PORTABLE: Our large self-standing laundry bag helps you organize everything from toys to laundry. The collapsible feature makes it perfect for traveling or home storage and easily store when not in use, and its large capacity ensures that it caters to all your needs when the time comes
PVC POCKETS: The clothes basket features 1 PVC card pocket and 6 different types of cards, like a hand, wash only, colored fabric, lace, underwear, etc. You can sort the dirty clothes clearly according to the card tips
MESH CLOSURE: Mesh closure on top of the basket helps to hold dirty clothes while volatilizing smell if you need to keep clothes inside the basket for some days
WATERPROOF & DUST-PROOF: The Laundry Basket is made with a Waterproof PE cover added to the inside Eco-friendly fabric keeps moisture away from a square laundry basket. A drawstring mesh cover keeps stuff inside the laundry basket clean and tidy
COLLAPSIBLE & PORTABLE: Foldable Large Laundry Basket to Save your Space - When not in use, the Collapsible Laundry Basket easily folds flat for storage in the closet. Only 58x55x36 cm
MULTIFUNCTION: Laundry Storage Bag can hold your clothes, Blouse, Hosiery, Underwear, Delicates, Shirts, and Socks. Suitable for home, college dorm, apartment, and holiday home
MATERIAL: Polyethylene
Kindly Notice: Steam the cloth hamper with a low temperature of clothes steamer if the folds of the laundry bag bother you during use.
Special features:
- Durable
- Large Capacity
- Light Weight
- Portable
- Waterproof
- Dust-Proof
- 4 x Wheels and Slim size
Product Color: Ivory/Grey
Product Weight: 1.29 Kilograms
Product Dimension: Size H:58 cm W:55 cm Depth:36 cm
What's in the box
1 x Laundry Basket
120L STORAGE CAPACITY: The inside of the laundry basket has a large storage capacity of 60L, which can easily accommodate clothes, toys, books, etc. The laundry basket is perfect for bedroom, apartment, Holiday home, and home use
WHEELS: Equipped with 4 smooth universal wheels, the laundry bag can be easily pulled anywhere you want. And 1 caster is lockable to keep the laundry basket firmly in position to ensure good safety
ORGANISE & PORTABLE: Our large self-standing laundry bag helps you organize everything from toys to laundry. The collapsible feature makes it perfect for traveling or home storage and easily store when not in use, and its large capacity ensures that it caters to all your needs when the time comes
PVC POCKETS: The clothes basket features 1 PVC card pocket and 6 different types of cards, like a hand, wash only, colored fabric, lace, underwear, etc. You can sort the dirty clothes clearly according to the card tips
MESH CLOSURE: Mesh closure on top of the basket helps to hold dirty clothes while volatilizing smell if you need to keep clothes inside the basket for some days
WATERPROOF & DUST-PROOF: The Laundry Basket is made with a Waterproof PE cover added to the inside Eco-friendly fabric keeps moisture away from a square laundry basket. A drawstring mesh cover keeps stuff inside the laundry basket clean and tidy
COLLAPSIBLE & PORTABLE: Foldable Large Laundry Basket to Save your Space - When not in use, the Collapsible Laundry Basket easily folds flat for storage in the closet. Only 58x55x36 cm
MULTIFUNCTION: Laundry Storage Bag can hold your clothes, Blouse, Hosiery, Underwear, Delicates, Shirts, and Socks. Suitable for home, college dorm, apartment, and holiday home
MATERIAL: Polyethylene
Kindly Notice: Steam the cloth hamper with a low temperature of clothes steamer if the folds of the laundry bag bother you during use.
Special features:
- Durable
- Large Capacity
- Light Weight
- Portable
- Waterproof
- Dust-Proof
- 4 x Wheels and Slim size
Product Color: Ivory/Grey
Product Weight: 1.29 Kilograms
Product Dimension: Size H:58 cm W:55 cm Depth:36 cm
What's in the box
1 x Laundry Basket
Mountright TC001 Trolley Display TV Stand. A modern, sleek and stylish tall tv stand which is movable on its casters, suitable for LCD, LED, OLED or Plasma screens from 27 to 65"
Mount the TV on the cantilever TV stand and Hide all those messy cables, includes an integrated cable management system.
Suitable for most screens Maximum VESA 600 mm x 400 mm VESA compatibility between 100x100 mm to 600x400mm;
Compatible with VESA: 100x100, 100x200, 300x200, 300x300, 400x200, 400x300, 400x400 and 600x400.
Please check the VESA Mounting measurements and weights of TV/equipment that you intend to use to ensure compatibility.
Powder-coated Black Steel uprights providing stability, base legs are designed to prevent anti-tipping for a safe environment.
Full, clear assembly instructions. All fittings to complete the stand build.
ASSEMBLY REQUIRED (with instructions).
Holds the TV in a fixed position which can be height adjusted (at assembly)
Flexible mount bracket fits most flat panel/LCD/LED TVs from 27 to 65 inch with a maximum load capacity of 60 kg; Perfect for commercial use in shopping malls, offices, conference rooms, exhibitions and home.
The mounting bracket is height adjustable from 1120 mm to 1450 mm to provide optimal viewing.
Equipped with four heavy-duty casters (wheels) to easily move the TV cart from one place to another; the built-in locking mechanism allows the cart to be stationary or mobile when desired.
Featuring an integrated cable management system to conceal the wires; high-quality steel frame with a stylish satin finish - ensures durability and stability; the wide base construction prevents the stand from tipping
What's in the box
1 x Trolley Display Tv Stand on Castor Wheels and detailed Assembly Guide
Single Monitor Desktop Mount with Extension Arm
This single monitor bracket is suitable for most 14" to 26" screens and features adjustable height, tilt, and swivel, allowing the screen to be easily positioned and freeing up valuable desk space making for a more comfortable viewing experience.
The extending arm design also provides improved ergonomics so you can find the perfect viewing angle and configuration for your workspace.
QUALITY BUILD: This mount can support up to 10kg, and is designed to fit most 14" to 26" monitors. Its hassle-free mounting and adjustable positioning make it an ideal choice for all your home and business display needs.
EASY SETUP: All necessary hardware is included. It is compatible with VESA 75x100 and 100x100.
FLEXIBLE MOVEMENT: Fits to any desk, at work or in the home - allowing left/right and up/down movement
TILTS: Tilts up and down 10Deg and moves left 45Deg & right 45Deg
Moves up from 59mm-239mm from the base - can be locked into any in-between position
Locking screws to mount the TV secure to the wall/desk
Max loading weight of 15kg (wall mounted) and 10kg (desk mounted)
What's in the box
1 x Desk Stand
Top UK brand Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised & Painted
Rhino Racking 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Black - ( set of 2)
Our reduced space shelving unit in Black; 150cm tall, with five tiers of 75 x 30cm (set of 2) shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply. Ideal for storage cupboards, or garden sheds.
About this item:
- FREESTANDING SHELVES: At Rhino Racking, we want to help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
- HEAVY-DUTY: The 4 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weight (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
- ADJUSTABLE: Our 150 cm tall shelving unit with five tiers of 75x30cm shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily changed again when necessary.
- DURABLE: We use galvanised steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each black metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 5-year warranty.
- EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Product Dimension: 150x75x30cm
Colour: Black
Product Weight: NW: 12.5KG GW: 18.5 KG
What's in the box
- 2 x 5 tier (150x75x30cm), Steel Racking
Top UK brand Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised
Rhino Racking 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Galvanised - ( set of 2)
Our reduced space shelving unit in Galvanised; 150cm tall, with five tiers of 75 x 30cm (set of 2) shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply. Ideal for storage cupboards, or garden sheds.
About this item:
- FREESTANDING SHELVES: At Rhino Racking, we want to help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
- HEAVY-DUTY: The 4 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weiWHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?ght (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
- ADJUSTABLE: Our 150 cm tall shelving unit with five tiers of 75x30cm shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily changed again when necessary.
- DURABLE: We use galvanised steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each black metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 5-year warranty.
- EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Product Dimension: 150x75x30cm
Colour: No colour; Galvanised only
Product Weight: NW: 18.5 KG GW: 13 KG
What's in the box
- 1 x 5 tier (2 x 150x75x30cm) Steel Racking
Top UK brand Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised & Painted
Rhino Racking 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs Galvanised
Our reduced space shelving unit in Galvanised; 180cm tall, with five tiers of 120 x 60cm shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply. Ideal for storage cupboards, or garden sheds.
About this item:
- FREESTANDING SHELVES: At Rhino Racking, we want to help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
- HEAVY-DUTY: The 4 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weight (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
- ADJUSTABLE: Our 180 cm tall shelving unit with five tiers of 120x60cm shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily changed again when necessary.
- DURABLE: We use galvanised steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each black metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 5-year warranty.
- EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Product Dimension: 180x120x60cm
Colour: No colour; Galvanised only
Product Weight: NW: 12.5 KG GW: 20.5 KG
What's in the box
- 1 x 5 tier (180x120x60cm), Steel Racking
Top UK brand Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised & Painted
Rhino Racking 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs
Our reduced space shelving unit in Black; 180cm tall, with five tiers of 120 x 60cm shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply. Ideal for storage cupboards, or garden sheds.
About this item:
- FREESTANDING SHELVES: At Rhino Racking, we want to help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
- HEAVY-DUTY: The 4 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weight (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
- ADJUSTABLE: Our 180 cm tall shelving unit with five tiers of 120x60cm shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily changed again when necessary.
- DURABLE: We use galvanised steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each black metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 5-year warranty.
- EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Product Dimension: 180x120x60cm
Colour: Black
Product Weight: NW: 12.5 KG GW: 20.5 KG
What's in the box
- 1 x 5 tier (180x120x60cm), Steel Racking
Top UK brand Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised & Painted
Rhino Racking 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Black - ( set of 2)
Our reduced space shelving unit in Black; 180cm tall, with five tiers of 90 x 30cm (set of 2) shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply. Ideal for storage cupboards, or garden sheds.
About this item:
- FREESTANDING SHELVES: At Rhino Racking, we want to help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
- HEAVY-DUTY: The 4 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weight (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
- ADJUSTABLE: Our 180 cm tall shelving unit with five tiers of 90x30cm shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily changed again when necessary.
- DURABLE: We use galvanised steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each black metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 5-year warranty.
- EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Product Dimension: 180x90x30cm
Colour: Black
Product Weight: NW: 12.5 KG,GW: 21.3 KG
What's in the box
- 2 x 5 Tier 180x90x30cm), Steel Racking
Rhino Racking 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Galvanised - ( set of 2)
Our reduced space shelving unit in Galvanised; 180cm tall, with five tiers of 90 x 30cm (set of 2) shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply. Ideal for storage cupboards, or garden sheds.
About this item:
- FREESTANDING SHELVES: At Rhino Racking, we want to help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
- HEAVY-DUTY: The 4 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weight (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
- ADJUSTABLE: Our 180 cm tall shelving unit with five tiers of 90x30cm shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily changed again when necessary.
- DURABLE: We use galvanised steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each black metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 5-year warranty.
- EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Product Dimension: 180x90x30cm
Colour: No colour; Galvanised only
Product Weight: NW: 20.8KG GW: 21.3KG
What's in the box
- 1 x 5 tier (2 x 180x90x30cm) Steel Racking
Top UK brand Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised & Painted
Rhino Racking 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs Galvanised
Our reduced space shelving unit is Galvanised; 180cm tall, with five tiers of 90 x 40cm shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply. Ideal for storage cupboards, or garden sheds.
About this item:
- FREESTANDING SHELVES: At Rhino Racking, we want to help you organize your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
- HEAVY-DUTY: The 4 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weight (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
- ADJUSTABLE: Our 180 cm tall shelving unit with five tiers of 90x40cm shelves is adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily be changed again when necessary.
- DURABLE: We use galvanized steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each black metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 5-year warranty.
- EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Product Dimension: 180x90x40cm
Colour: No colour; Galvanised only
Product Weight: 12.8kg
What's in the box
- 1 x 5 Tier Steel Racking(180x90x40cm)
Top UK brand Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised & Painted
Rhino Racking 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Black - ( set of 2)
Our reduced space shelving unit in Black; 180cm tall, with five tiers of 90 x 40cm (set of 2) shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply. Ideal for storage cupboards, or garden sheds.
About this item:
- FREESTANDING SHELVES: At Rhino Racking, we want to help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
- HEAVY-DUTY: The 4 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weight (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
- ADJUSTABLE: Our 180 cm tall shelving unit with five tiers of 90x40cm shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily changed again when necessary.
- DURABLE: We use galvanised steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each black metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 5-year warranty.
- EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Product Dimension: 180x90x40cm
Colour: Black
Product Weight: NW: 12.5 KG GW: 24.9 KG
What's in the box
- 2 x 5 tier (180x90x40cm), Steel Racking
Top UK brand Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised & Painted
Rhino Racking 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs
Our reduced space shelving unit in Black; is 180cm tall, with five tiers of 90 x 40cm shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply. Ideal for storage cupboards, or garden sheds.
About this item:
- Freestanding Shelves: At Rhino Racking, we want to help you organize your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
- Heavy-Duty: The 4 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weight (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
- Adjustable: Our 180 cm tall shelving unit with five tiers of 90x40cm shelves is adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily be changed again when necessary.
- Durable: We use galvanized steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each black metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 5-year warranty.
- Easy-To-Build: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
Why Do You Need Shelving?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Product Dimension: 180x90x40cm
Colour: Black
Product Weight: NW: 12.5 KG GW: 12.7 KG
What's in the box
- 1 x 5 Tier Steel Racking (180x90x40cm)
Top UK brand Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised
Rhino Racking 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Galvanised - ( set of 2)
Our reduced space shelving unit in Galvanised; 180cm tall, with five tiers of 90 x 40cm (set of 2) shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply. Ideal for storage cupboards, or garden sheds.
About this item:
- FREESTANDING SHELVES: At Rhino Racking, we want to help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
- HEAVY-DUTY: The 4 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weight (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
- ADJUSTABLE: Our 180 cm tall shelving unit with five tiers of 90x40cm shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily changed again when necessary.
- DURABLE: We use galvanised steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each black metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 5-year warranty.
- EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Product Dimension: 180x90x40cm
Colour: No colour; Galvanised only
Product Weight: NW: 12.5 KG GW: 24.9 KG
What's in the box
- 1 x 5 tier (2 x 180x90x40cm) Steel Racking
R 895.00
Unit price perR 895.00
Unit price per
Top UK brand Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised & Painted
Rhino Racking 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs Galvanised
Our reduced space shelving unit is Galvanised; 180cm tall, with five tiers of 90 x 45cm shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply. Ideal for storage cupboards, or garden sheds.
About this item:
- FREESTANDING SHELVES: At Rhino Racking, we want to help you organize your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
- HEAVY-DUTY: The 4 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weight (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
- ADJUSTABLE: Our 180 cm tall shelving unit with five tiers of 90x45cm shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily be changed again when necessary.
- DURABLE: We use galvanized steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each black metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 5-year warranty.
- EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Product Dimension: 180x90x45cm
Colour: No colour; Galvanised only
Product Weight: NW: 12.5 KG GW: 13.9 KG
What's in the box
- 1 x 5 tier Steel Racking (180x90x45cm)
Top UK brand Storage Shelving Units - Heavy Duty & Adjustable Tiers Secure Boltless Galvanised & Painted
Rhino Racking 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Black - ( set of 2)
Our reduced space shelving unit in Black; 180cm tall, with five tiers of 90 x 45cm (set of 2) shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply. Ideal for storage cupboards, or garden sheds.
About this item:
- FREESTANDING SHELVES: At Rhino Racking, we want to help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
- HEAVY-DUTY: The 4 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weight (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
- ADJUSTABLE: Our 180 cm tall shelving unit with five tiers of 90x45cm shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily changed again when necessary.
- DURABLE: We use galvanised steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each black metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 5-year warranty.
- EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Product Dimension: 180x90x45cm
Colour: Black
Product Weight: NW: 12.5 KG GW: 27.4 KG
What's in the box
- 2 x 5 tier 180x90x45cm, Steel Racking
Rhino Racking 5 Tiers Storage Boltless Shelves 200Kgs - Galvanised - ( set of 2)
Our reduced space shelving unit in Galvanised; 180cm tall, with five tiers of 90 x 45cm (set of 2) shelves, giving you plenty of storage shelves when space is in short supply. Ideal for storage cupboards, or garden sheds.
About this item:
FREESTANDING SHELVES: At Rhino Racking, we want to help you organise your life and support all the items in it. Whether it's at the office, in the warehouse, or at home in your garage or shed, we've got the racking to get the job done.
HEAVY-DUTY: The 4 mm MDF boards used in our metal storage shelves hold a 1000 kg max load weight (200 kg per shelf) making them ideal for securely hiding away heavy tools and items.
ADJUSTABLE: Our 180 cm tall shelving unit with five tiers of 90x45cm shelves are adjustable in height to suit your needs, and easily changed again when necessary.
DURABLE: We use galvanised steel framework and rust-resistant coating on each black metal shelving unit, with reinforced feet for extra durability and stability. Our products come with a 5-year warranty.
EASY-TO-BUILD: Our shelving unit has a boltless design and comes as a flat pack for easy storage. It is constructed quickly and easily to create your optimal garage shelving unit design. We can help you tidy up any space.
ASSEMBLY REQUIRED (with instructions).
WHY DO YOU NEED SHELVING?
Properly stored items do not get damaged
Raise items off the floor for safety
Be able to locate items easily
Store more by using your storage area fully
Product Dimension: 180x90x45cm
Colour: No colour; Galvanised only
Product Weight: NW: 12.5 KG GW: 27.4 KG
What's in the Box: 5 tier (2 x 180x90x45cm), Steel Racking
What's in the box
1 x 5 tier (2 x 180x90x45cm) Steel Racking
About this item
STORAGE: Floating wall shelf that works great on walls of the living room, bathrooms, kitchens, entryways, and workrooms, and for a shelf next to the bed. You can display pictures, plants, or mementos on each shelf or you can connect multiple shelves to make interesting geometric designs.
DIMENSIONS: (cm) 120 x 71.4x 14.5; Weight (Kg) 7.8
EASE OF ASSEMBLY: Our products are delivered in an unassembled (not installed) box. In addition, only a screwdriver may be required. There are numbers on the parts for easy and error-free installation. You can easily install it by following the installation manual. Two people are recommended for product installation.
MAINTENANCE: It can be cleaned with a damp cloth. It does not require detergent. Avoid prolonged contact with water and heat.
Specifications:
- Zigzag design 3-tier wall shelf
- Design in dimensions suitable for ergonomic use
Flat Pack - Needs to be assembled
Product Dimensions (cm) 120 x 71.4x 14.5
Weight (Kg) 7.8
Color: White
Material: Wood, MDF
What's in the box
1 x Floating Shelf In Flat Pack
Features:
- Easy assembly: With detailed instructions, the cabinet are easy to assemble and the mirror can be easily installed on the wall. All parts are numbered for easy installation. Detailed assembly instructions are included in the package
- Storage organizer: Use these shelves to store shoes, items or display your collectibles, photo frames, etc.
- Wide application: Suitable for use throughout the home, including living room, office, bedroom, hallway, kitchen, and entrance.
- Maintenance: Cleaning should be carried out with a clean cloth without the use of chemicals
- Material used: It is produced from 18mm particle boards/particle boards in 1st class European E1 quality standards. Backrests are made of 3mm MDF. It is produced from 18mm particle boards/particle boards in 1st class European E1 quality standards. Backrests are made of 3mm MDF. The accessories used are in European standards and are of 1st quality. First class PVC tape is used in all parts of the product. A pressure mechanism is used on the cover
- Dimensions: H82.4 x W61 x D37.2cm, Mirror H72.4 x W30cm
With our innovative design, This Shoe rack Cabinet fit perfectly into your furniture
Yurupa Shoe Rack not only adapts to any environment with its ergonomic dimensions and functional structure, but also appeals to your eyes. The most important features that distinguish the series from its counterparts are that the connection systems allow to be disassembled and reassembled repeatedly, to adapt to any environment with trend colors, and to create combinations of the products that make up the series. TV units, coffee tables, bookcases, wall shelves, consoles, dressers, it offers you all the furniture that a house needs, including multi-purpose cabinets, dressers, nightstands, wardrobes, coat racks, dining tables, bedsteads, with different color options
Specifications:
- Flat Pack - Need to be assembled
- Product Dimension: Dimensions: H82.4 x W61 x D37.2cm, Mirror H72.4 x W30cm
- Color: Felt- Larex
- Product Weight: 29.4
- Warranty Period: Limited (12 months)
- Material: Wood (MDF)
What's in the box
1 x Shoe Rack Cabinet